Eaton Cutler-Hammer-Adjustable Frequency Drives

Adjustable Frequency Drives
M-Max 40.1 NFX9000 Drives

Product Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
40
Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 40
40.2 M-Max Series Adjustable Frequency AC Drives
40
40.3 SVX9000 Drives 40
Product Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
SVX9000 Open Drives 40
Product Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
40
Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
SVX9000 Enclosed Drives 40
H-Max Product Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
40
SVX9000 VFD Pump Panels 40
Product Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80 40
40.4 SPX9000 Drives 40
Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
40
40.5 H-Max Series Drives 40
Product Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138
40
H-Max Drives
Product Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139 40
CPX9000
H-Max IntelliPass and IntelliDisconnect Drives
40
Product Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149 40
40
40.6 CFX9000 Drives
Product Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159 40
40
40.7 CPX9000 Drives
40
40.8 LCX9000 Drives
40
40.9 SPA9000/SPN9000/SPI9000 Common DC Bus Drive Products
40
40
Learn Drawings An Eaton 40
Online Online Green Solution
40
Control Products Catalog CA08102001E—October 2010 www.eaton.com 1

40.1 Adjustable Frequency Drives
NFX9000 Drives
NFX9000 Drives Contents

40 Description Page
40 NFX9000 Drives
Catalog Number Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
40 Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
40 Wiring Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
40
40
40
40
40
40
40 Product Description Features and Benefits
40 NFX9000 Adjustable Models rated at 240 volts, NFX9000 Adjustable Frequency AC Drives
Frequency AC Drives from single- or three-phase, Feature Customer Benefit
Eaton’s electrical sector are 50/60 Hz are available in
40 designed to provide sizes ranging from 1/4 to V/Hz control Provides 150% starting torque and advanced
low speed control
adjustable speed control of 2 hp. Models rated at 115
40 three-phase motors. These volts, single-phase, 50/60 Hz Clearly laid out and easy to understand Most informative operator’s interface in this
microprocessor-based drives are available in the 1/4 to keypad with four-character LED display, class of VFD, provided as standard. All parameters,
40 have standard features that 1/2 hp size range. four status indicating LEDs, speed
potentiometer, and five function keys
diagnostic information and metering values
are displayed with a bright four-character
can be programmed to tailor LED display
The standard drive includes a
40 the drive’s performance to
suit a wide variety of digital display, operating and One analog input, four programmable, Provide enhanced application flexibility
programming keys on the intelligent digital inputs, one
application requirements.
40 keypad. programmable relay
The NFX9000 volts-per-hertz Serial communication port (RS-485) Direct connection to serial communications
The display provides drive
40 product line utilizes a 32-bit
monitoring as well as
networks
microprocessor and insulated Single-phase or three-phase input Operate three-phase motor with single-phase
gate bipolar transistors adjustment and diagnostic capability on 115/240 Vac rated units supply
40 (IGBTs) which provide quiet information. The keys are
motor operation, high motor utilized for digital adjustment
40 efficiency and smooth low and programming of the drive
speed performance. The size as well as for operator Standards and Certifications
40 and simplicity of the control. Separate terminal
blocks for control and power
● NEMA, IEEE, NEC: Design Standards
NFX9000 make it ideal for
wiring are provided for ● UL Listed
40 hassle free installation where
size is a primary concern. customer connections. The ● cUL Listed
drives feature RS-485 serial ● CE Marked
40 communications.
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
2 Control Products Catalog CA08102001E—October 2010 www.eaton.com

NFX9000 Drives
40.1
Catalog Number Selection
40
NFX9000 Drives
NFX 001 A 0 - 2 40
40
Base Catalog Number Voltage
40
1 = 115 Vac
Enclosure
2 = 240 Vac 40
0 = IP20
Horsepower
F25 = 1/4 hp
40
F50 = 1/2 hp
001 = 1 hp Series 40
002 = 2 hp A
40
Product Selection 40
NFX9000 NFX9000 Basic Controller IP20 40
Input Ampere
Description Single-/Three- Continuous Output 40
hp Volts Phase Rating Ampere Rating Catalog Number
1/4 90–130 6.0/— 1.6 NFXF25A0-1 40
1/2 9.0/— 2.5 NFXF50A0-1
1/4 200–240 4.9/— 1.6 NFXF25A0-2
40
1/2 6.5/— 2.5 NFXF50A0-2
40
1 9.7/— 4.2 NFX001A0-2
2 —/9.0 7 NFX002A0-2 40
Notes
Horsepower ratings are based on the use of a 240V or 480V NEMA B, four- or six-pole squirrel cage induction motor 40
and are for reference only. Units are to be selected such that the motor current is less than or equal to the NFX9000
rated continuous output current.
For 208V, 380V or 415V applications, select the unit such that the motor current is less than or equal to the NFX9000
40
rated continuous output current.
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40

NFX9000 Drives
Technical Data and Specifications

40
Set Up Adjustments, Performance Features,
40 General Specifications Operator Control and External Interface
40 NFX9000 Drives Keypad

Description Specification Description Specification
40 Output Ratings Alphanumeric display Standard, 1 x 4 character
Horsepower 90V–132V: 1/4–1/2 hp Digital indications RUN/STOP and FORWARD/REVERSE
40 200–240V: 1/2–2 hp
Diagnostics Last three trips with cause
Frequency range 0.1–400 Hz
LED status indicators Four (RUN/STOP and FORWARD/REVERSE)
40 Overload rating 150% for 60 seconds
Operator functions RUN/STOP, speed control (digital or potentiometer),
Frequency resolution Digital: 0.1 Hz RESET, MODE keys and ENTER
40 Frequency accuracy Digital: ±0.01% of max. frequency
Analog: ±0.2% of max. frequency
40 Undervoltage carryover limit 0.3 to 25 seconds I/O Terminal Block
40 Motor Performance Description Specification

Motor control V/Hz Analog inputs One input: 0–10 Vdc, 4–20 mA
40 Constant torque Standard
Potentiometer: 1 kohm to 2 kohm
Analog voltage: Nominal 10 Vdc (10 kohm input impedance)
Speed regulation 0.5% of base speed Analog current: Nominal 4–20 mA (250 ohm)
40 Input Power Digital inputs Four programmable inputs
Voltage at 50/60 Hz ±3 Hz 100V–120V: –10% +10%/single-phase Digital outputs One Form A relay contact
40 200V–240V: –10% +5%/single-phase
200V–240V: –10% +5%/three-phase
40 Displacement power factor Better than 0.95 Programmable Parameters
Efficiency Typically greater than 95% Description Specification
40 Design Type
Out of the box Factory settings loaded for quick start-up
Microprocessor 32-bit
40 Accel. and decel. 2 separately adjustable Linear or S Curve times: 0.1–600 seconds
Converter type Diode
DC injection braking
40 Inverter type Insulated gate bipolar transistor
External fault Terminal input
Waveform PWM Volts/Hertz
Jog Terminal input
40 Environment
Fault reset STOP/RESET or terminal input
Operating temperature –10° to 40°C
40 Humidity 20 to 90% non-condensing
I/O NO-NC selectable
Jump frequencies Three (with adjustable width)
40 Maximum elevation 1000 meters (3300 ft)
Parameter security Programmable software lock
Enclosure
Preset speeds Two preset speeds
40 Standard Protected chassis (IP20)
Reversing Keypad or terminal
Protective Features
Speed setting Keypad, terminal or pot
40 Ground fault Standard
RUN/STOP control Keypad or terminal
Overload protection Standard
40 Overcurrent Standard
Stop modes Decel, coast or DC injection
40 Overvoltage Standard
Undervoltage Standard Reliability
40 Overtemperature Standard Description Specification
Overload limit Standard Pretested components Standard
40 Surface mount technology Standard (PCBs)
40 Computerized testing Standard

Final test with full load Standard
40 Eaton’s Engineering
Systems and Service
National network of AF drive specialists
40 Note
The motor can be electronically stopped in the shortest possible time, without using an
40 optical external braking resistor.
40

NFX9000 Drives
40.1
Watts Loss
Watts Loss
40
Catalog Number Horsepower Volts 9 kHz
NFXF25A0-1 1/4 115 Vac 20W
40
NFXF50A0-1 1/2 20W 40
NFXF25A0-2 1/4 230 Vac 20W
NFXF50A0-2 1/2 20W 40
NFX001A0-2 1 38W
NFX002A0-2 2 75W
40
40
Wiring Diagrams 40
Control Terminal Wiring (Factory Settings)
40
RA RC +10V AVI DI1 DI2 DI3 DI4 GND
40
40
(120V AC/DC 28V 3A)
Relay Output Contact
Command
Analog Voltage, Current Frequency
Multi-Function Assistant Terminal
Multi-Function Input Selection 1
Digital Input Selection 2
Digital Input Selection 3
Common Signal
Relay 40
40
Power for Speed Setting
40
40
40
40
Wire Gauge: 22 – 24 AWG
Torque: 4 Kgf-cm
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40

NFX9000 Drives
Basic Wiring Diagram

40
40
R/L1 R/L1 U/T1
40
40 S/L2 S/L2 V/T2
IM
3-Phase
40
T/L3 T/L3 W/T3 Motor
40
40
40
40 +18V
Factory Default Settings
40 Forward/Stop DI1
4.7 KΩ
RA
+18V Relay Output Contacts
40 Reverse/Stop DI2
4.7 KΩ
120V AC/28V DC 3A
Factory Default: Fault Indication
40 +18V RC
Reset 4.7 KΩ
DI3
40
+18V
4.7 KΩ
40 Multi-Step 1 DI4
RJ-11
: +EV
40 Common Signal GND
1
2 : GND
3 : SG-
6←1
40 RS-485
4 : SG+
Communication
40 Port
Power Supply for Potentiometer
+10V 10 mA (Max.)
40 Master Freq. Setting +10V Main Circuit
3 (Power) Terminals
40 Analog Voltage VR
2
AVI
0 ~ 10V DC Control Circuit
40 1
Terminals
40 Analog Current
4 ~ 20 mA
GND Shielded Leads
40
40 Note: Do not plug a modem or telephone line to the RS-485 communication port, permanent damage may result.
Terminals 1 and 2 are the power sources for the optional copy keypad and should not be used while using RS-485
40 communication.
Use power terminals R/L1 and S/L2 for single-phase connection to models NFXF25A0-1,
40 ●
NFXF50A0-1, NFXF25A0-2, NFXF50A0-2 or NFX001A0-2.

● Use power terminals R/L1, S/L2 and T/L3 for three-phase connection to models NFXF25A0-2,
40 NFXF50A0-2, NFX001A0-2 or NFX002A0-2.
● Single-phase power must not be used for model NFX002A0-2.
40
40
40
40

NFX9000 Drives
40.1
Dimensions
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
40
1/4 to 2 hp Drive 40
2.68 (68.0) 0.20 (5.0)
2.20 (56.0) Dia. 40
R/L1 S/L2 T/L3
40
40
RUN STOP
FWD
REV
40
MODE
RUN
RESET
40
ENTER
STOP
40
NFX9000
4.72 5.20
MIN. MAX. 0.5 HP
230V 1 PHASE
(120.0) (132.0) 40
40
! WARNING
40
40
RA RC +10V AVI D1 D2 D3 D4 GND RS-485
40
U/T1 V/T2W/T3 40
40
40
RS-485
40
40
40
4.86
5.04 40
(128.1)
(123.4)
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40

M-Max Series Adjustable Frequency AC Drives
M-Max Series Drives for Machinery Applications Contents

40 Description Page
40 M-Max Series Adjustable Frequency AC Drive
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
40 Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
40
40
40
40
40
40
40 Product Description Features
Eaton’s M-Max™ Series The standard drive includes a ● Ease of use—preset ● Integrated EMC filters
40 Sensorless Vector Adjustable digital display, and operating application macros, startup make the unit suitable for
Frequency AC Drives are and programming keys on a wizard, diagnostic commercial and industrial
40 the next generation of drives visually appealing, efficient capabilities networks
specifically engineered application programming ● Compact, space-saving ● Available in the enclosure
40 for today’s machinery interface. The display design class IP20 as standard,
applications. These micro- provides drive monitoring, as ● Rugged and reliable— options for IP21 and
40 processor-based drives have
standard features that can be
well as adjustment and
diagnostic information. The
150% for one minute, 50C NEMA® 1
rated, conformal coated ● Brake chopper as standard
programmed to tailor the keys are used for digital
40 drive’s performance to suit a adjustment and programming
boards in three-phase, applications
● DIN rail and screw of frames 2 (FS2) and
wide variety of application of the drive, as well as for larger
40 requirements. The M-Max operator control. Separate mountable
● Temperature-controlled fan
product line uses a 32-bit terminal blocks for control ● Side-by-side installation
40 microprocessor and insulated and power wiring are ● Parameter upload and ● RS-485/Modbus® as
standard
gate bipolar transistors provided for customer download without the
(IGBTs) that provide quiet connections.
40 motor operation, high motor
need for a main power
supply
● PID controller as standard
● Several fieldbus options
efficiency, and smooth low- Industry leading efficiency
40 speed performance. The size
●
delivers energy savings to

and simplicity of the M-Max the customer
40 make it ideal for hassle-free
installation. Models rated at
40 575 volts, three-phase,
50/60 Hz are available in sizes Standards and Certifications
ranging from 1 to 7-1/2 hp.
40 Models rated at 480 volts, Product EMC (At Default Settings)
three-phase, 50/60 Hz ● Complies with EN61800-3 ● EMC Category C2, C3, and
40 are available in sizes ranging (2004) C4 (Level H): With an
from 1/2 to 10 hp. Models internal RFI filter option
40 rated at 240 volts, single- or Safety
three-phase, 50/60 Hz are ● 61800-5-1
40 available in sizes ranging from
1/4 to 3 hp. Models rated
● EN60204-1
● CE
at 115 volts, single-phase,
40 50/60 Hz are available in the
● UL
1/4 to 1-1/2 hp size range.
● cUL
40 ● IEC
● RoHS compliant
40 Note
See unit nameplate for more detailed
40 approvals.

40.2
40
MMX 1 1 AA 1D1 F 0 – 0
40
Description Option
MMX = Base catalog number Phase Enclosure Class 0 = Full version 40
1 = Single-phase 0 = NEMA 0 or IP20
3 = Three-phase 1 = IP21 or NEMA 1 40
Voltage Software Output Current EMC Filter 40
1 = 120V 4 = 480V Designation Series 1D6 = 1.6A F = Filter
2 = 230V 5 = 575V AA 010 = 10A N = No filter
40
Product Selection 40
M-Max Basic Controller
M-Max
100% Continuous Nominal Input Frame
40
hp Volts Current IN (A) Current (A) Size Catalog Number
1/4 100–120V single-phase in 1.7 9.2 FS2 MMX11AA1D7N0-0
40
1/2 230V three-phase out 2.4 11.6 MMX11AA2D4N0-0
3/4 2.8 12.4 MMX11AA2D8N0-0
40

1
1-1/2
3.7
4.8
15
16.5 FS3
MMX11AA3D7N0-0
MMX11AA4D8N0-0
40
1/4 200–240V single-phase in
230V three-phase out
1.7 4.2 FS1 MMX12AA1D7F0-0 40
1/2 2.4 5.7 MMX12AA2D4F0-0
3/4 2.8 6.6 MMX12AA2D8F0-0 40
1 3.7 8.3 MMX12AA3D7F0-0
1-1/2 4.8 11.2 FS2 MMX12AA4D8F0-0 40
2 7 14.1 MMX12AA7D0F0-0
3 9.6 15.8 FS3 MMX12AA9D6F0-0 40
1/4 200–240V three-phase in 1.7 2.7 FS1 MMX32AA1D7N0-0
1/2 230V three-phase out 2.4 3.5 MMX32AA2D4N0-0 40
3/4 2.8 3.8 MMX32AA2D8N0-0
1 3.7 4.3 MMX32AA3D7N0-0
40
1-1/2 4.8 6.8 FS2 MMX32AA4D8N0-0
2 7 8.4 MMX32AA7D0N0-0
40
3 11 13.4 FS3 MMX32AA011N0-0
1/2 380–480V three-phase in 1.3 2.2 FS1 MMX34AA1D3F0-0
40
460V three-phase out
3/4 1.9 2.8 MMX34AA1D9F0-0
40
1 2.4 3.2 MMX34AA2D4F0-0
1-1/2 3.3 4 MMX34AA3D3F0-0 40
2 4.3 5.6 FS2 MMX34AA4D3F0-0
3 5.6 7.3 MMX34AA5D6F0-0 40
4 7.6 9.6 FS3 MMX34AA7D6F0-0
5 9 11.5 MMX34AA9D0F0-0 40
7-1/2 12 14.9 MMX34AA012F0-0
10 14 18.7 MMX34AA014F0-0 40
1 575V three-phase in 1.7 2.0 FS3 MMX35AA1D7N0-0
2 575V three-phase out 2.7 3.6 MMX35AA2D7N0-0 40

3 3.9 5.0 MMX35AA3D9N0-0
5 6.1 7.6 MMX35AA6D1N0-0
40
7-1/2 9.0 10.4 MMX35AA9D0N0-0
40
Notes
Horsepower ratings are based on the use of a 240V, 460V, and 575V NEMA B, four- or six-pole squirrel cage induction motor and are for reference only.
Units are to be selected such that the motor current is less than or equal to the MMX rated continuous output current.
40
For 208V, 380V, or 415V applications, select the unit such that the motor current is less than or equal to the MMX rated continuous output current.
For MMX11_, MMX32_, and MMX35_, there are no options for units with filters. 40
40

Accessories
40
M-Max Copy/Paste Module
40 Description Catalog Number
Module is plugged onto the front of the drive to provide: upload/download of all parameters, MMX-COM-PC
40 direct link to a PC via USB interface for parameter assignment via MaxConnect software, and
copying of parameters for a series of devices or when exchanging devices. No PC required
40
40 Kits
Description Catalog Number
40 Type 1 and IP21 kit for frame 1 MMX-IP21-FS1
Type 1 and IP21 kit for frame 2 MMX-IP21-FS2
40 Type 1 and IP21 kit for frame 3 MMX-IP21-FS3
40
Optional Communication Modules
40 Communication adapter kit MMX-NET-XA

CANopen network card XMX-NET-CO-A
40 PROFIBUS DP network card with serial connection XMX-NET-PS-A
PROFIBUS DP network card with Sub-D connection XMX-NET-PD-A
40 DeviceNet network card XMX-NET-DN-A
40
Line Reactors
40
40 3% Line Reactor, Single-Phase

1/2 hp, 240V K64-000988-8091
40 1 hp, 240V K64-000988-0120
2 hp, 240V K64-000988-0180
40 3 hp, 240V K64-000988-0250
40 3% Line Reactor, Three-Phase

1/2 hp, 240V K64-000989-2091
40 1 hp, 240V K64-000989-4091
2 hp, 240V K64-000989-8091
40 3 hp, 240V K64-000989-0120
1 hp, 480V K64-000989-2091
40 2 hp, 480V K64-000989-4091
40 3 hp, 480V K64-000989-4091

5 hp, 480V K64-000989-8091
40 7-1/2 hp, 480V K64-000989-0180
10 hp, 480V K64-000989-0250
40 1 hp, 575V K64-000989-2091
40 2 hp, 575V K64-000989-8091

3 hp, 575V K64-000989-8091
40 5 hp, 575V K64-000989-4091
7-1/2 hp, 575V K64-000989-0180
40 10 hp, 575V K64-000989-0180
40 Notes
Type 1 kit provides conduit entry plate.
Additional input and output reactors are available. Consult Eaton representative for a complete listing.
40
40

40.2
40
Ratings Specifications
M-Max Basic Controller IP20 Standard Ratings M-Max Series Drives 40
40
Protections Input Ratings
Overcurrent protection Trip limit 4.0 x IH instantaneously Input voltage (Vin) +10%/–15% (575V units: +15%/–15%) 40
Overvoltage protection 115/230V series: 437 Vdc; 400V series: 874 Vdc; Input frequency (fin) 50/60 Hz (variation up to 45–66 Hz)
575V series: 1048 Vdc trip level
Connection to power Once per minute or less (typical operation) 40
Undervoltage protection 115/230V series: 183 Vdc; 400V series: 333 Vdc;
Output Ratings
575V series: 460 Vdc trip level
Output voltage 0 to Vin
40
Ground fault protection Ground fault is tested before every start. In case of ground fault in
motor or motor cable, only the frequency converter is protected Continuous output
current
Continuous rated current IN at ambient temperature max.
122°F (50°C), overload 1.5 x IN max. 1 min/10 min
40
Overtemperature Yes
protection
Motor overload protection Yes
Output frequency 0 to 320 Hz
40
Frequency resolution 0.01 Hz
Motor stall protection Yes Initial output current (IH) Current 2 x IN for 2 seconds in every 20-second period
Torque depends on motor
40
Motor underload Yes
protection Control Characteristics 40
Control method Frequency control (V/Hz) open loop or sensorless vector control
Switching frequency 1.5 to 16 kHz; default 6 kHz 40
Programmable Parameters
Frequency reference Analog input: resolution 0.1% (10-bit), accuracy ± 1% V/Hz
Description Panel reference: resolution 0.01 Hz 40
Application macros: basic, pump, fan and high load (hoist) Field weakening point 30 to 320 Hz
Programmable start/stop and reverse signal logic (sinking or sourcing) Acceleration time 0 to 3000 sec 40
Reference scaling Deceleration time 0 to 3000 sec
Programmable start and stop functions Braking torque DC brake: 30% x Tn (without brake option)
40
DC-brake at start and stop Brake Resistor (Minimum Values) 40
Programmable V/Hz curve 230V Series FS2 35 ohms and FS3 26 ohms
Adjustable switching frequency 400V Series FS2 75 ohms and FS3 54 ohms 40
Autorestart function after fault 575V Series Consult Eaton Representative
Protections and supervisions (all fully programmable; off, warning, fault) Ambient Conditions
40
Current signal input fault Ambient operating
temperature
14°F (–10°C), no frost to 122°F (+50°C): Rated loadability IN
40
External fault
Storage temperature –40°F (–40°C) to 158°F (70°C)
Fieldbus communication
Relative humidity 0 to 95% RH, noncondensing, non-corrosive, no dripping water
40
Eight preset speeds
Analog input range selection, signal scaling and filtering
Air quality Chemical vapors: IEC 721-3-3, unit in operation, Class 3C2;
Mechanical particles: IEC 721-3-3, unit in operation, Class 3S2
40
PID controller
Skip frequencies
Altitude 100% load capacity (no derating) up to 3280 ft (1000m);
1% derating for each 328 ft (100m) above 3280 ft (1000m);
40
max. 6560 ft (2000m)
Vibration EN 60068-2-6; 3 to 150 Hz, displacement amplitude 1 mm (peak)
40
at 3 to 15.8 Hz, max. acceleration amplitude 1G at 15.8 to 150 Hz
Shock EN 50178, IEC 68-2-27 UPS Drop test (for applicable UPS 40
weights); storage and shipping: max. 15G, 11 ms (in package)
Enclosure class IP20 40
Notes
Exception: 115V single-phase in, 230V three-phase out.
40
Only three-phase FS2 and FS3 drives are equipped with brake chopper circuit.
40
40
40
40
40

Standards
40
I/O Specifications Reliability
40 ● Digital inputs DI1–DI6 are Includes: ● Pretested components: ● 50°C rated
freely programmable. The ● Six digital inputs standard ● 150% for one minute
40 user can assign multiple ● Two analog inputs ● Computerized testing: ● 200% for two seconds
functions to a single input standard
– 4–20 mA ● Eaton Electrical Services
40 ● Digital, relay, and analog – 0–10V
● Final test with full load: and Systems: national
outputs are freely standard network of AF drive
programmable
● One analog output
40 ● One digital output
● Conformal-coated boards specialists
● Two relay outputs
40 ● RS-485 interface
40
40
M-Max I/O Interface
40 Terminal Signal Factory Preset Description
1 +10V Ref. output voltage — Maximum load 10 mA
40 2 AI1 Analog signal in 1 Freq. reference P) 0–+10 V Ri = 200k ohms [min.]
40
3 GND I/O signal ground — —
40 6 24V 24V output for DIs — ±20%, max. load 50 mA
40 7 GND I/O signal ground — —

8 DI1 Digital input 1 Start forward P) 0–+30 V Ri = 12k ohms min.
40 9 DI2 Digital input 2 Start reverse P) —
40 10 DI3 Digital input 3 Preset speed P) —
A A RS-485 signal A FB communication —

AUTOGEN
40 Ref B B RS-485 signal B FB communication —
Current
4 AI2 Analog signal in 2 PI actual value P) 0[4]–20 mA, Ri = 200k ohms
40
5 GND I/O signal ground — —
40 13 GND I/O signal ground — —

14 DI4 Digital input 4 Preset speed B1 P) 0–+30 V Ri = 12k ohms min.
40 15 DI5 Digital input 5 Fault reset P) 0–+30 V Ri = 12k ohms min.
Analog
16 DI6 Digital input 6 Disable PI contr. P) 0–+30 V Ri = 12k ohms min.
40 OUT
P)
18 AO Analog output Output frequency 0[4]–20 mA, RL = 500 ohms
40 20 DO Digital signal out Active = READY P) Open collector, max. load 48V/50 mA
22 RO11 Relay out 1 Active = RUN P) Max. switching load: 250 Vac/2A or 250 Vdc/0.4A
40 23 RO12
40 24 RO21 Relay out 2 Active = FAULT P) Max. switching load: 250 Vac/2A or 250 Vdc/0.4A
25 RO22
40 26 RO23
40 Note
P) Parameter-selectable function.
40
40
40
40
40

40.2
Dimensions
40
M-Max Drives 40
W2
W3 D2 40
40
40
40
H1 H2 H3
40
40
40
40
W1 D1
40
Weight
Frame Type H1 H2 H3 W1 W2 W3 D1 D2 Lbs (kg) 40
FS1 6.16 5.79 5.40 2.58 1.49 0.17 3.88 0.27 1.213 (0.550)
(156.5) (147.0) (137.3) (65.5) (37.8) (4.5) (98.5) (7.0) 40
FS2 7.68 7.20 6.69 3.54 2.46 0.22 4.00 0.27 1.543 (0.699)
(195.0) (183.0) (170.0) (90.0) (62.5) (5.5) (101.5) (7.0) 40
FS3 10.33 9.93 9.50 3.94 2.95 0.22 4.27 0.27 2.183 (0.990)
(262.5) (252.3) (241.3) (100.0) (75.0) (5.5) (108.5) (7.0) 40
NEMA 1/IP21 M-Max Drives and Communication Adapter Kit 40
D 40
40
W3 40
W2
40
H
40
40
40
40
W1
40
40
Frame Type H W1 W2 W3 D
FS1 8.14 3.77 2.99 3.98 5.41 40
(206.7) (95.7) (75.9) (101.2) (137.5)
FS2 9.90
(251.5)
4.72
(120.0)
3.97
(100.8)
4.94
(125.5)
5.68
(144.2)
40
FS3 12.26
(311.5)
5.12
(130.1)
4.36
(110.8)
5.33
(135.3)
6.32
(160.5)
40
40

SVX9000 Drives
SVX9000 Drives Contents

40 Description Page
40 SVX9000 Drives
SVX9000 Open Drives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
40 SVX9000 Enclosed Drives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
SVX9000 VFD Pump Panels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40 Product Overview Application Description
40 With the SVX9000 Series Application Engineering
Sensorless Vector Control, Proper selection and Motor Torque vs. Speed
Eaton’s expanded Eaton drive
40 offering now covers a
application of all drive system Capability Special Types of Motors
components is essential to As the speed of a motor is Standard NEMA Designs A
complete line of PWM assure that an adjustable
40 adjustable frequency (speed) frequency drive system will
reduced below its 60 Hz base
speed, motor cooling
and B three-phase motors are
the only motors
drives in ratings from: safely and reliably provide the becomes less effective recommended for use in the
40 ● 208V—3/4 to 100 hp IH; performance required for any because of the reduced speed majority of applications, but
1 to 100 hp IL given application. The party of the self-cooling fan. This other types of motors are
40 ● 230V—3/4 to 100 hp IH;
responsible for the overall limitation determines the occasionally used. If the
design and operation of the maximum torque for existing motor used in the
1 to 125 hp IL
40 ● 480V—1 to 1900 hp IH;
facility must make sure that
qualified personnel are
continuous operation at any application or the motor
operating speed. The proposed for use with the
1-1/2 to 2200 hp IL employed to select all maximum intermittent drive system is a type other
40 ● 575V—2 to 2000 hp IH; components of the drive operating torque is than NEMA Design A or B,
3 to 2300 hp IL system, including appropriate determined by the motor’s Application Engineering
40 safety devices. Eaton’s AF torque vs. current assistance must be
The Eaton family of drives Drives Application characteristics and the output requested to make certain
includes HVX9000, H-Max,
40 M-Max, SVX9000, SLX9000
Engineering Department is current capability of the that the drive is properly
prepared to provide adjustable frequency applied.
and SPX9000. 9000X Series
40 drive ratings are rated for
assistance to answer any
questions about the technical
controller.
either high overload (IH) or capabilities of Eaton drives. Multiple Motor Operation
40 low overload (IL). IL indicates
A number of motors can be
110% overload capacity for Motor Selection connected in parallel to a
40 1 minute out of 10 minutes.
IH indicates 150% overload The basic requirement of single controller. Since the
capacity for 1 minute out of motor selection is to match frequency of the power
40 10 minutes. the torque vs. speed supplied by the controller is
capability of the motor to the the same for each motor, the
40 A full range of enclosure torque vs. speed requirement
of the driven load.
motors will always operate at
types and options are the same speed. Application
available to meet a wide array Engineering assistance must
40 of applications—from simple be requested for all multiple
variable torque to more motor applications to assure
40 complex industrial compliance with all controller
applications such as design limitations.
40 conveyors, mixers and
machine controls.
40
40

SVX9000 Drives
40.3
Product Selection Guide Features
40
Controller Selection Controller Features
The basic requirement of Operator Control and Interface Auxiliary Equipment and 40
controller selection is to Requirements Accessories Enclosure Definitions
match the output current, Since there are many Adjustable drives are ● NEMA Type 1/IP21— 40
voltage and frequency possible configurations and generally designed to have a Enclosures are intended for
capabilities of the controller
with the requirements of the
many ways of achieving a
specific end result, it pays to
motor directly connected to
the controller output
indoor use primarily to
provide a degree of
40
connected motor. consider the operator control terminals with no other protection against contact
and interface requirements equipment connected in with enclosed equipment 40
Output Current carefully. A simplified and series or parallel. Motor and provide a degree of
The controller must be more economical drive starters, disconnect protection against a limited 40
selected and applied such package can often be switches, surge absorbers, amount of falling dirt in
that the average operating achieved by selecting from DV/DT suppression circuits, locations where unusual 40
motor current and standard product offerings output chokes, output service conditions do not
transformers and any other exist. Top or side openings
horsepower do not exceed rather than specifying a
custom designed equipment under in the NEMA Type 1/IP21
40
the continuous current and
horsepower ratings of the configuration. consideration for installation enclosure allow for the free
controller. The intermittent on the output of the controller exchange of inside and 40
operating current must not Installation Compatibility should not be installed outside air while meeting
exceed the intermittent The successful application without first requesting the UL rod entry and rust 40
current rating of the of an AC drive requires the Application Engineering resistance design tests.
controller. assurance that the drive will assistance. Power factor
correction capacitors must
● NEMA Type 12/IP54— 40
be compatible with the Enclosures are intended
never, under any
Motor Protection environment in which it will
be installed. In planning the circumstances, be connected
for indoor use primarily to 40
Eaton adjustable frequency provide a degree of
drives include electronic installation, be sure to at the output of the controller. protection against
motor overload protection carefully consider the heat They would serve no useful circulating dust, falling dirt
40
circuits that are designed to produced by the drive, the purpose, and they may and dripping noncorrosive
meet the requirements of altitude and temperature damage the controller. liquids. To meet UL drip, 40
NEC article 430-2 provided limits and the need for clean dust and rust resistance
that only one motor is cooling air. Other important tests, NEMA Type 12/IP54 40
connected to the output of considerations include enclosures have no
the controller. acoustical noise, vibration,
electromagnetic compatibility,
openings to allow for the 40
exchange of inside and
Output Voltage and Frequency power quality, controller input outside air.
When they are shipped, AF harmonic current and power 40
distribution equipment
● Chassis IP00—Similar to
controllers are adjusted to
provide a maximum output requirements. Protected Chassis IP20
except power terminals are
40
voltage and frequency protected by plastic
equivalent to the input line shielding only. Primarily 40
voltage and frequency. The intended to be mounted
controllers can be adjusted to inside a surrounding 40
operate above line frequency, protective enclosure.
but a hazard of personal injury
or equipment damage may
● NEMA Type 3R—Similar in 40
exist when the motor is design to NEMA Type 12/
operated above base speed. IP54 except with more 40
Before adjusting the drive to stringent design and test
operate above line frequency, requirements. 40
make sure that the motor and
the driven machinery can
safely be operated at the
40
resulting speed.
40
40
40
40
40
40

SVX9000 Drives
Motor Protection
40
DV/DT and Peak Motor Voltage Solutions
40 Today’s AFD products offer NEMA has introduced a ● MotoRx This patented ● Output Line Reactor This
significantly improved motor in MG1, Part 31, which solution provides an option provides an output
40 performance, but at the provides an insulation system energy recovery system line reactor, reducing the
potential cost of motor designed to maintain normal which clamps the peak DV/DT of the AFD output
40 insulation stress. The fast
switching time of the IGBT
motor life in AFD
applications. For existing
motor voltage to a safe
level for standard motors.
voltage and lessening the
transmission line effect, to
devices used in newer AFDs motors, a motor protection This option is used when lower the peak voltage at
40 can cause a transmission line scheme is required for longer the distance between a the motor terminals.
effect in the output power cable runs. Eaton offers three single motor and the drive
40 leads to the motor, leading to standard solutions for existing is 600 ft or less.
possibly damaging voltage systems.
40 levels. To meet this need,
40
Product Availability Codes
40 The product availability codes product from receipt of the
indicate the type of facility order to shipment from the
40 (warehouse, Mod Center or
factory) that the product will
designated facility. Please
note that this lead-time does
ship from and, if it is not in not include any in-transit time
40 stock, the number of working from our facility to your
days needed to assemble the facility.
40
Product Availability Codes
40 Code Description
40 W Warehouse stocked item. Shipped on customer request date. If item is backordered, please check Vista/VISTALINE or contact
your Customer Support Center for product availability.
F1 Factory assemble-to-order. Shipped from factory within 1 working day after receipt of order on Vista.
40 FA Factory assemble-to-order. Shipped from factory within 2–3 working days after receipt of order on Vista.
40 FB Factory assemble-to-order. Shipped from factory within 4–10 working days after receipt of order on Vista.
FC Factory assemble-to-order. Shipped from factory within 11–15 working days after receipt of order on Vista.
40 FD Factory assemble-to-order. Shipped from factory within 16–20 working days after receipt of order on Vista.
FP Factory assemble-to-order. Shipped from factory on negotiated promise date.
40 MA Mod Center assemble-to-order. Shipped from Mod Center within 1–3 working days after receipt of order on Vista.
40 MB Mod Center assemble-to-order. Shipped from Mod Center within 4–10 working days after receipt of order on Vista.
MP Mod Center assemble-to-order. Shipped from Mod Center on negotiated promise date.
40 Product availability codes For the most current
contained herein for a given information, refer to the
40 product may be quantity Product Identification Inquiry
sensitive and are subject to (PIN) screen on Vista.
40 change without notice.
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40

SVX9000 Drives
40.3
SVX9000 Open Drives Contents
Description Page
40
Standards and Certifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Catalog Number Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18 40
Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23 40
Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Replacement Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27 40
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
40
SVX9000 Enclosed Drives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
SVX9000 VFD Pump Panels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
40
40
40
40
Product Description Features 40
SVX9000 Series Adjustable ● Robust design—proven ● The SVX can be flexibly ● Hand-held auxiliary 24V
Frequency Drives from 500,000 hours MTBF adapted to a variety of power supply allows 40
Eaton’s electrical sector are ● Integrated 3% line reactors needs using our pre- programming/monitoring
the next generation of drives installed “Seven in One” of control module without
specifically engineered for
standard on drives from
precision application applying full power to the
40
FR4 through FR9
today’s commercial and programs consisting of: drive
industrial applications. The
● EMI/RFI Filters H standard
up to 200 hp IH 480V, 100 ● Basic ● Control logic can be 40
power unit makes use of the hp IH 230V ● Standard powered from an external
most sophisticated
● Simplified operating menu ● Local/remote auxiliary control panel, 40
semiconductor technology internal drive functions and
allows for typical Multi step speed control
and a highly modular
construction that can be programming changes,
●
● PID control
fieldbus if necessary 40
while programming mode ● Brake chopper standard
flexibly adapted to the
customer’s needs. provides control of
● Multi-purpose control from: 1–30 hp/380–500V 40
everything ● Pump and fan control 3/4–15 hp/208–230V
The input and output ● Quick Start Wizard built with auto change ● NEMA Type 1/IP21 and 40
configuration (I/O) is designed into the programming of ● Additional I/O and NEMA Type 12/IP54
with modularity in mind. The communication cards enclosures available,
I/O is compromised of option
the drive ensures a smooth
provide plug and play Frame Sizes FR4–FR9
40
start-up
cards, each with its own input functionality ● Open chassis FR10 and
and output configuration. The
● Keypad can display up to
three monitored ● I/O connections with greater 40
control module is designed to parameters simultaneously simple quick connection ● Standard option board
accept a total of five of these
● LOCAL/REMOTE terminals configuration includes an 40
cards. The cards contain not A9 I/O board and an A2
operation from keypad
only normal analog and digital
inputs but also fieldbus cards. ● Copy/paste function allows
relay output board installed 40
in slots A and B
transfer of parameter
These drives continue the settings from one drive to 40
tradition of robust the next
performance, and raise the ● Standard NEMA Type 12/ 40
bar on features and IP54 keypad on all drives
functionality, ensuring the
best solution at the right
40
price.
40
40
40
40

SVX9000 Drives
Standards and Certifications

40 Product EMC (At Default Settings) Safety
40 ● IEC 61800-2 ● Immunity: Fulfills all EMC
immunity requirements;
● UL 508C
Emissions: EN 61800-3,
40 LEVEL H
40
40
40
SVX9000 Adjustable Frequency Drives
40 SVX 010 A 1 – 4 A 1 B 1 _ _ _ _ _ _
40
40 Product Family Board Modifications Options
SVX = Open drives 1 = Standard boards Options appear in alphabetical order.
2 = Conformal (varnished) coating
40 SVX = Open drives FR10 and greater Extended I/O Card Options
B1 = 6 DI, 1 ext +24 Vdc/EXT +24 Vdc
B2 = 1 RO (NC-NO), 1 RO (NO), 1 therm
40 Horsepower Rating Brake Chopper Options B4 = 1 AI (mA isolated), 2 AO (mA isolated),
F07 = 3/4 hp 800 = 800 hp N = No brake chopper circuit 1 ext +24 Vdc/EXT + 24 Vdc
40 F15 = 1-1/2 hp
007 = 7-1/2 hp
900 = 900 hp
H10 = 1000 hp
B = Internal brake chopper circuit B5 = 3 RO (NO)
B8 = 1 ext +24 Vdc/EXT +24 Vdc, 3 Pt100
010 = 10 hp H12 = 1200 hp B9 = 1 RO (NO), 5 DI 42–240 Vac input
40 050 = 50 hp
125 = 125 hp
H13 = 1350 hp
H15 = 1500 hp
Input Options Communication Cards
1 = Three-phase, EMC H CA = Johnson Controls N2
350 = 350 hp H16 = 1600 hp
40 700 = 700 hp H20 = 2000 hp
2 = Three-phase, EMC N
4 = Three-phase, EMC L
CI = Modbus TCP
CJ = BACnet
CK = Ethernet IP
40 AFD Software Series
C2 = Modbus
Keypad C3 = Profibus DP
C4 = LonWorks
40 A = Standard software A = Alphanumeric
C5 = Profibus DP (D9 connector)
Enclosure Voltage Rating C6 = CanOpen (slave)
40 0 = Chassis
1 = NEMA Type 1/IP21
2 = 230 (208–240) V
4 = 480 (380–500) V
C7 = DeviceNet
C8 = Modbus (D9 Type connector)
2 = NEMA Type 12/IP54 5 = 575 (525–690) V D3 = RS-232 with D9 connection
40
40 Power Module
40 FR10 – 000 – 4 – A N S
40 Frame Code Varnishing
S = Standard V = Varnished
40 Horsepower Brake Option
Example: 150 = 150 hp N = No brake chopper
40 (See chart above) B = Brake chopper
40 4 = 380–500V
Voltage
Cooling Type
5 = 525–690V A = Air
40
Notes
40 All 230V drives and 480V drives up to 200 hp (IH) are only available with input option 1 (EMC Level H). 480V drives 250 hp (IH) or larger are available
with input option 2 (EMC Level N). 480V drives are available with input option 4 (EMC Level L). 575V drives 200 hp (IH) or larger are only available
with input option 2. 575V drives up to 150 hp (IH) are only available with input option 4 (EMC Level L).
40 480V drives up to 30 hp (IH) are only available with brake chopper option B. 480V drives 40 hp (IH) or larger come standard with brake chopper option
N. 230V drives up to 15 hp (IH) are only available with brake chopper option B. 230V drives 20 hp or larger come standard with brake chopper option
40 N. All 575V drives come standard without brake chopper option (N). N = No brake chopper.
480V drives 250 hp (I ) and larger are available with enclosure style 0 (chassis); 690V drives 200 hp (I ) and larger are available with
H H
enclosure style 0 (chassis).
40 Factory promise delivery. Consult sales office for availability.
40

SVX9000 Drives
40.3
Product Selection
40
230V SVX9000 Drives
40
SVX9000 Open Drives 208–240V, NEMA Type 1/IP21 Drives
Frame Delivery 40
Size Code hp (IH) Current (IH) hp (IL) Current (IL) Catalog Number
FR4 W 3/4 3.7 1 4.8 SVXF07A1-2A1B1 40
1 4.8 1-1/2 6.6 SVX001A1-2A1B1
1-1/2 6.6 2 7.8 SVXF15A1-2A1B1
40
2 7.8 3 11 SVX002A1-2A1B1
40
3 11 — 12.5 SVX003A1-2A1B1
FR5 W — 12.5 5 17.5 SVX004A1-2A1B1 40
5 17.5 7-1/2 25 SVX005A1-2A1B1
7-1/2 25 10 31 SVX007A1-2A1B1 40
FR6 W 10 31 15 48 SVX010A1-2A1B1
15 48 20 61 SVX015A1-2A1B1
40
FR7 W 20 61 25 75 SVX020A1-2A1N1
40
25 75 30 88 SVX025A1-2A1N1
30 88 40 114 SVX030A1-2A1N1 40
FR8 W 40 114 50 140 SVX040A1-2A1N1
50 140 60 170 SVX050A1-2A1N1 40
60 170 75 205 SVX060A1-2A1N1
FR9 W 75 205 100 261 SVX075A1-2A1N1
40
100 261 125 300 SVX100A1-2A1N1 40
40
208–240V, NEMA Type 12/IP54 Drives
Frame Delivery 40
FR4 F1 3/4 3.7 1 4.8 SVXF07A2-2A1B1 40
1 4.8 1-1/2 6.6 SVX001A2-2A1B1
1-1/2 6.6 2 7.8 SVXF15A2-2A1B1 40
2 7.8 3 11 SVX002A2-2A1B1
3 11 — 12.5 SVX003A2-2A1B1
40
FR5 F1 — 12.5 5 17.5 SVX004A2-2A1B1 40
5 17.5 7-1/2 25 SVX005A2-2A1B1
7-1/2 25 10 31 SVX007A2-2A1B1 40
FR6 F1 10 31 15 48 SVX010A2-2A1B1
15 48 20 61 SVX015A2-2A1B1
40
FR7 W 20 61 25 75 SVX020A2-2A1N1
25 75 30 88 SVX025A2-2A1N1
40
30 88 40 114 SVX030A2-2A1N1 40
FR8 FP 40 114 50 140 SVX040A2-2A1N1
50 140 60 170 SVX050A2-2A1N1 40
60 170 75 205 SVX060A2-2A1N1
FR9 FP 75 205 100 261 SVX075A2-2A1N1
40
100 261 125 300 SVX100A2-2A1N1
40
40
40
40

SVX9000 Drives
480V SVX9000 Drives

40
40 Frame Delivery
40 FR4 W 1 2.2 1-1/2 3.3 SVX001A1-4A1B1
1-1/2 3.3 2 4.3 SVXF15A1-4A1B1
40 2 4.3 3 5.6 SVX002A1-4A1B1
40 3 5.6 5 7.6 SVX003A1-4A1B1

5 7.6 — 9 SVX005A1-4A1B1
40 — 9 7-1/2 12 SVX006A1-4A1B1
FR5 W 7-1/2 12 10 16 SVX007A1-4A1B1
40 10 16 15 23 SVX010A1-4A1B1
40 15 23 20 31 SVX015A1-4A1B1
FR6 W 20 31 25 38 SVX020A1-4A1B1
40 25 38 30 46 SVX025A1-4A1B1
30 46 40 61 SVX030A1-4A1B1
40 FR7 W 40 61 50 72 SVX040A1-4A1N1
50 72 60 87 SVX050A1-4A1N1
40 60 87 75 105 SVX060A1-4A1N1
40 FR8 W 75 105 100 140 SVX075A1-4A1N1

100 140 125 170 SVX100A1-4A1N1
40 125 170 150 205 SVX125A1-4A1N1
FR9 W 150 205 200 261 SVX150A1-4A1N1
40 200 245 250 300 SVX200A1-4A1N1
40
40 Frame Delivery
40 FR4 F1 1 2.2 1-1/2 3.3 SVX001A2-4A1B1
40 1-1/2 3.3 2 4.3 SVXF15A2-4A1B1

2 4.3 3 5.6 SVX002A2-4A1B1
40 3 5.6 5 7.6 SVX003A2-4A1B1
5 7.6 — 9 SVX005A2-4A1B1
40 — 9 7-1/2 12 SVX006A2-4A1B1
FR5 F1 7-1/2 12 10 16 SVX007A2-4A1B1
40 10 16 15 23 SVX010A2-4A1B1
40 15 23 20 31 SVX015A2-4A1B1
FR6 F1 20 31 25 38 SVX020A2-4A1B1
40 25 38 30 46 SVX025A2-4A1B1
30 46 40 61 SVX030A2-4A1B1
40 FR7 W 40 61 50 72 SVX040A2-4A1N1
50 72 60 87 SVX050A2-4A1N1
40
60 87 75 105 SVX060A2-4A1N1
40 FR8 W 75 105 100 140 SVX075A2-4A1N1

100 140 125 170 SVX100A2-4A1N1
40 125 170 150 205 SVX125A2-4A1N1
FR9 W 150 205 200 261 SVX150A2-4A1N1
40 200 245 250 300 SVX200A2-4A1N1
40
40

SVX9000 Drives
40.3
SVX9000 Open Drives 380–500V, Open Chassis Drives
Frame Delivery
40
FR10 W 250 330 300 385 SPX250A0-4A2N1
40
300 385 350 460 SPX300A0-4A2N1
40
350 460 400 520 SPX350A0-4A2N1
FR11 W 400 520 500 590 SPX400A0-4A2N1 40
500 590 — 650 SPX500A0-4A2N1
— 650 600 730 SPX550A0-4A2N1 40
FR12 FP 600 730 — 820 SPX600A0-4A2N1
W — 820 700 920 SPX650A0-4A2N1
40
FP 700 920 800 1030 SPX700A0-4A2N1
40
FR13 FP 800 1030 900 1150 SPX800A0-4A2N1
900 1150 1000 1300 SPX900A0-4A2N1 40
1000 1300 1200 1450 SPXH10A0-4A2N1
FR14 FP 1200 1600 1500 1770 SPXH12A0-4A2N1 40
1600 1940 1800 2150 SPXH16A0-4A2N1
1900 2300 2200 2700 SPXH19A0-4A2N1
40
40
575V SVX9000 Drives
40
Frame Delivery
40
FR6 W 2 3.3 3 4.5 SVX002A1-5A4N1
40
3 4.5 — 5.5 SVX003A1-5A4N1 40
— 5.5 5 7.5 SVX004A1-5A4N1
5 7.5 7-1/2 10 SVX005A1-5A4N1 40
7-1/2 10 10 13.5 SVX007A1-5A4N1
10 13.5 15 18 SVX010A1-5A4N1
40
15 18 20 22 SVX015A1-5A4N1
40
20 22 25 27 SVX020A1-5A4N1
25 27 30 34 SVX025A1-5A4N1 40
FR7 W 30 34 40 41 SVX030A1-5A4N1
40 41 50 52 SVX040A1-5A4N1 40
FR8 W 50 52 60 62 SVX050A1-5A4N1
60 62 75 80 SVX060A1-5A4N1
40
75 80 100 100 SVX075A1-5A4N1 40
FR9 W 100 100 125 125 SVX100A1-5A4N1
125 125 150 144 SVX125A1-5A4N1 40
150 144 — 170 SVX150A1-5A4N1
— 170 200 208 SVX175A1-5A4N1 40
Note
FR10–FR14 includes 3% line reactor, but it is not integral to chassis.
40
40
40
40
40
40

SVX9000 Drives

40 Frame Delivery
40 FR6 F1 2 3.3 3 4.5 SVX002A2-5A4N1
40 3 4.5 — 5.5 SVX003A2-5A4N1

— 5.5 5 7.5 SVX004A2-5A4N1
40 5 7.5 7-1/2 10 SVX005A2-5A4N1
7-1/2 10 10 13.5 SVX007A2-5A4N1
40 10 13.5 15 18 SVX010A2-5A4N1
15 18 20 22 SVX015A2-5A4N1
40 20 22 25 27 SVX020A2-5A4N1
40 25 27 30 34 SVX025A2-5A4N1
FR7 FP 30 34 40 41 SVX030A2-5A4N1
40 40 41 50 52 SVX040A2-5A4N1
FR8 FP 50 52 60 62 SVX050A2-5A4N1
40 60 62 75 80 SVX060A2-5A4N1
75 80 100 100 SVX075A2-5A4N1
40 FR9 FP 100 100 125 125 SVX100A2-5A4N1
40 125 125 150 144 SVX125A2-5A4N1

150 144 — 170 SVX150A2-5A4N1
40 — 170 200 208 SVX175A2-5A4N1
40
525–690V, Open Chassis Drives
40 Frame Delivery
40 FR10 FP 200 208 250 261 SPX200A0-5A2N1
250 261 300 325 SPX250A0-5A2N1
40 300 325 400 385 SPX300A0-5A2N1
40 FR11 FP 400 385 450 460 SPX400A0-5A2N1

450 460 500 502 SPX450A0-5A2N1
40 500 502 — 590 SPX500A0-5A2N1
FR12 FP — 590 600 650 SPX550A0-5A2N1
40 600 650 700 750 SPX600A0-5A2N1
700 750 800 820 SPX700A0-5A2N1
40
FR13 FP 800 820 900 920 SPX800A0-5A2N1
40 900 920 1000 1030 SPX900A0-5A2N1

1000 1030 1250 1180 SPXH10A0-5A2N1
40 FR14 FP 1350 1300 1500 1500 SPXH13A0-5A2N1
1500 1500 2000 1900 SPXH15A0-5A2N1
40 2000 1900 2300 2250 SPXH20A0-5A2N1
40
40
40
40
40
40
40

SVX9000 Drives
40.3
Accessories
40
Demo Drive and Power Supply
40
Description Catalog Number 40
9000X demo drive 9000XDEMO
Hand-held 24V auxiliary power supply—Used to supply power to the control module in order to 9000XAUX24V 40
perform keypad programming before the drive is connected to line voltage
40
NEMA Type 12/IP54 Conversion Kit 40
The NEMA Type 12/IP54 kit kit consists of a metal
option is used to convert a drive shroud, fan kit for 40
NEMA Type 1/IP21 to a some frames, adaptor plate
NEMA Type 12/IP54 drive.
The NEMA Type 12/IP54
and plugs. 40
NEMA Type 12/IP54 Conversion Kit 40
Frame Size Delivery Code Length Width Height
Approximate
Weight Lb (kg) Catalog Number
40
FR4 W 13 (330) 7 (178) 4 (102) 4 (1.8) OPTN12FR4
40
FR5 16 (406) 8 (203) 7 (178) 5 (2.3) OPTN12FR5
FR6 21 (533) 10 (254) 5 (127) 7 (3.2) OPTN12FR6 40
40
Flange Kits
Flange Kit NEMA Type 12/ Flange Kit NEMA Type

40
IP54 1/IP21
The flange kit is utilized when
Flange kits for NEMA Type
12/IP54 enclosure drive rating
Flange Kit NEMA Type 12/
IP54—Frames 4–9 Flange kits for NEMA Type
40
the power section is are determined by rating of 1/IP21 enclosure drive rating
mounted through the back drive.
Frame
Size
Delivery
Code
Catalog
Number are determined by rating of 40
panel of an enclosure. drive.
Includes flange mount Flange Kit NEMA Type 12/ FR4 FP OPTTHR4 40
brackets and NEMA Type 12/ IP54— Frames 4, 5 and 6 FR5 OPTTHR5 Flange Kit NEMA Type
1/IP21—Frames 4–9
IP54 fan components. Metal Frame
Size
Delivery
Code
Catalog
Number
FR6 OPTTHR6 40
shroud not included. Frame Delivery Catalog
FR7 OPTTHR7 Size Code Number
FR4 W OPTTHRFR4
FR8 OPTTHR8
40
FR5 OPTTHRFR5 FR4 FP OPTTHR4
FR9 OPTTHR9
FR6 OPTTHRFR6 FR5 OPTTHR5 40
FR6 OPTTHR6
FR7 OPTTHR7 40
FR8 OPTTHR8
FR9 OPTTHR9
40
Note
For installation of an SVX9000 NEMA Type 1/IP21 drive into a NEMA Type 12/IP54 oversized enclosure.
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40

SVX9000 Drives
Options
40
9000X Series Option Board Kits
40 The 9000X Series drives can accommodate a wide selection of expander and adapter option boards
to customize the drive for your application needs. The drive’s control unit is designed to accept a
40 total of five option boards.
The 9000X Series factory installed standard board configuration includes an A9 I/O board and an A2
40 relay output board, which are installed in slots A and B.
Option Board Kits
40 Option Boards
Field Factory
Installed Installed SVX Ready Programs
40 Allowed Slot Catalog Option Local/
Option Kit Description Locations Number Designator Basic Remote Standard MSS PID Multi-P. PFC
40 Standard I/O Cards
D E 2 RO (NC-NO) B OPTA2 — ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
40 A B C
6 DI, 1 DO, 2 AI, 1AO, 1 +10 Vdc ref, A OPTA9 — ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
2 ext +24 Vdc/EXT +24 Vdc
40 Extended I/O Cards
2 RO, therm—SPX only B OPTA3 A3 — ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
40 Encoder low volt +5V/15V/24V—SPX only C OPTA4 A4 — ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Encoder high volt +15V/24V—SPX only C OPTA5 A5 — ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

40 Double encoder—SPX only C OPTA7 A7 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
6 DI, 1 DO, 2 AI, 1 AO—SPX only A OPTA8 A8 — ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

40 3 DI (encoder 10–24V), out +15V/+24V, C OPTAE AE ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
2 DO (pulse+direction)—SPX only
40 6 DI, 1 ext +24 Vdc/EXT +24 Vdc B, C, D, E OPTB1 B1 — — — — — ■ ■
1 RO (NC-NO), 1 RO (NO), 1 therm B, C, D, E OPTB2 B2 — — — — — ■ ■

40 1 AI (mA isolated), 2 AO (mA isolated), B, C, D, E OPTB4 B4 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
40 3 RO (NO) B, C, D, E OPTB5 B5 — — — — — ■ ■
1 ext +24 Vdc/EXT +24 Vdc, 3 Pt100 B, C, D, E OPTB8 B8 — — — — — — —

40 1 RO (NO), 5 DI 42–240 Vac input B, C, D, E OPTB9 B9 — — — — — ■ ■
Communication Cards
40 Modbus D, E OPTC2 C2 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Johnson Controls N2
40 Modbus TCP
D, E
D, E
OPTC2
OPTCI
CA
CI
—
■
—
■
—
■
—
■
—
■
—
■
—
■
40 BACnet D, E OPTCJ CJ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Ethernet IP D, E OPTCK CK ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
40 Profibus DP D, E OPTC3 C3 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
LonWorks D, E OPTC4 C4 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
40 Profibus DP (D9 connector) D, E OPTC5 C5 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
CanOpen (slave) D, E OPTC6 C6 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

40 DeviceNet D, E OPTC7 C7 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Modbus (D9 type connector) D, E OPTC8 C8 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

40 Adapter—SPX only D, E OPTD1 D1 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Adapter—SPX only D, E OPTD2 D2 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

40 RS-232 with D9 connection D, E OPTD3 D3 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Keypad
40 9000X Series local/remote keypad — KEYPAD- — — — — — — — —
(replacement keypad) LOC/REM
40 9000X Series remote mount keypad unit — OPTRMT- — — — — — — — —
(keypad not included, includes 10 ft cable, KIT-9000X
40 keypad holder, mounting hardware)
9000X Series RS-232 cable, 13 ft — PP00104 — — — — — — — —
40 Notes
AI = Analog Input; AO = Analog Output, DI = Digital Input, DO = Digital Output, RO = Relay Output
40 Option card must be installed in one of the slots listed for that card. Slot indicated in bold is the preferred location.
OPTC2 is a multi-protocol option card.
40 SPX9000 drives only (FR10 and larger).

SVX9000 Drives
40.3
Modbus RTU Network DeviceNet Network BACnet Network
Communications Communications Communications 40
The Modbus Network Card The DeviceNet Network Card The BACnet Network Card
OPTC2 is used for connecting OPTC7 is used for connecting OPTCJ is used for connecting 40
the 9000X Drive as a slave on the 9000X Drive on a the 9000X Drive to BACnet
a Modbus network. The DeviceNet Network. It networks. It includes a 5.08 40
interface is connected by a includes a 5.08 mm pluggable mm pluggable connector.
9-pin DSUB connector
(female) and the baud rate
connector. Transfer method
is via CAN using a two-wire
Data transfer is Master-Slave/
Token Passing (MS/TP) RS-
40
ranges from 300 to 19200 twisted shielded cable with 485. This interface uses a
baud. Other communication two-wire bus power cable collection of 30 Binary Value 40
parameters include an and drain. The baud rates Objects (BVOs) and 35
address range from 1 to 247; used for communication Analog Value Objects (AVOs) 40
a parity of None, Odd or include 125K baud, 250K to communicate drive
Even; and the stop bit is 1. baud and 500K baud. parameters. The card 40
supports 9.6, 19.2 and 38.4
Profibus Network Johnson Controls Kbaud communication
Communications Metasys N2 Network speeds and supports network
40
The Profibus Network Card Communications addresses 1–127.
OPTC3 is used for connecting The OPTC2 fieldbus board
40
the 9000X Drive as a slave on provides communication Ethernet/IP Network
a Profibus-DP network. The between the 9000X Drive and Communications 40
interface is connected by a a Johnson Controls The Ethernet/IP Network
9-pin DSUB connector Metasys™ N2 network. With Card OPTCK is used for 40
(female). The baud rates this connection, the drive can connecting the 9000X Drive
range from 9.6K baud to 12M
baud, and the addresses
be controlled, monitored and
programmed from the
to Ethernet/Industrial
Protocol networks. It includes
40
range from 1 to 127. Metasys system. The N2 an RJ-45 pluggable
fieldbus is available as a connector. The interface uses 40
LonWorks Network factory installed option and as CIP objects to communicate
Communications a field installable kit. drive parameters (CIP is 40
The LonWorks Network Card “Common Industrial
OPTC4 is used for connecting Modbus/TCP Network Protocol”, the same protocol 40
the 9000X Drive on a Communications used by DeviceNet). The
LonWorks network. This The Modbus/TCP Network board supports 10 Mbps and 40
interface uses Standard Card OPTCI is used for 100 Mbps communication
Network Variable Types connecting the 9000X Drive speeds. The IP address of the
(SNVT) as data types. The to Ethernet networks utilizing board is configurable by 40
channel connection is Modbus protocol. It includes Static, BOOTP and DHCP
achieved using a FTT-10A an RJ-45 pluggable methods. 40
Free Topology transceiver connector. This interface
via a single twisted transfer provides a selection of 40
cable. The communication standard and custom register
speed with LonWorks is values to communicate drive 40
78 kBits/s. parameters. The board
supports 10 Mbps and 100
CanOpen (Slave) Mbps communication
40
Communications speeds. The IP address of the
The CanOpen (Slave) board is configurable over 40
Network Card OPTC6 is used Ethernet using a supplied
for connecting the 9000X software tool. 40
Drive to a host system.
According to ISO11898 40
standard cables to be chosen
for CAN bus should have a
nominal impedance of 120
40
ohms, and specific line delay
of nominal 5 nS/m. 120 ohms 40
line termination resistors
required for installation. 40
40
40
40

SVX9000 Drives
Control Panel Options

40
Factory Options
40 Factory Installed Field Installed
NEMA Type 1/IP21
40 Description Option Code Catalog Number
Local/Remote Keypad SVX9000 Control Panel—This option is standard on all drives and A KEYPAD-LOC/REM
40 consists of an RS-232 connection, backlit alphanumeric LCD display with nine indicators for the
RUN status and two indicators for the control source. The nine pushbuttons on the panel are used
for panel programming and monitoring of all SVX9000 parameters. The panel is detachable and
40 isolated from the input line potential. Include LOC/REM key to choose control location.
Keypad Remote Mounting Kit—This option is used to remote mount the SVX9000 keypad. The — OPTRMT-KIT-9000X
40 footprint is compatible to the SV9000 remote mount kit. Includes 10 ft cable, keypad holder and
mounting hardware.
40
40 Miscellaneous Options
40 9000XDrive—A PC-based tool for controlling and monitoring of the SVX9000. Features include: loading parameters that 9000XDRIVE
can be saved to a file or printed, setting references, starting and stopping the motor, monitoring signals in graphical or text
form, and real-time display. To avoid damage to the drive or computer, SVDrivecable must be used.
40
SVDrivecable—6 ft (1.8m) RS-232 cable (22 gauge) with a 7-pin connector on each end. Should be used in conjunction SVDRIVECABLE
with the 9000XDrive option to avoid damage to the SVX9000 or computer. The same cable can be used for downloading
40 specialized applications to the drive.
External Dynamic Braking Resistors—Used with the dynamic braking chopper circuit to absorb motor regenerative
40 energy for stopping the load and to dissipate the energy flowing back into the drive. Resistors are separated into standard
duty and heavy-duty. Standard duty is defined as 20% duty or less with 100% braking torque, while heavy-duty is defined as
50% duty or less with 150% braking torque.
40
40 Open Drive Options
Brake Chopper Options
40
The brake chopper circuit purchase. Consult the factory For brake chopper circuit
option is used for applications for dynamic braking resistors selection and adder—NEMA
40 that require dynamic braking. which are supplied separately. Type 1/IP21, NEMA Type 12/
Dynamic braking resistors are Resistors are not UL Listed. IP54, Chassis, consult the
40 not included with drive factory. Delivery code is FP.
40
Conformal (Varnished) Conformal Coated
40 Coating Board Kits
Chassis Delivery Field Installed Factory Installed
40 Frame Code Catalog Number Option Designator
FR4 FP OPT_V
40 FR5 FP
FR6 FP
40
FR7 FP
40 FR8 FP
FR9 FP
40 FR10 FP
FR11 FP
40 FR12 FP
40 FR13 FP
FR14 FP
40
Notes
40 Consult factory.
See Product Selection on Pages 19–22, 208–240V, 380–500V, 525–690V. Consult the factory for adder.
40 See option catalog numbers on Page 24.

Replace “__” with the correct catalog number from Page 24. Example: OPTC2V.
Construct catalog numbers for factory installed per Catalog Number Selection on Page 18.
40

SVX9000 Drives
40.3
Replacement Parts
40
SVX9000 Drives Spare Units
208–690V, Frames 4–12 40
Control unit–Includes the control board, blue base housing, installed SVX9000 software program and blue flip cover. CSBS0000000000
40
Does not include any OPT boards or keypad. See Page 24 for standard and option boards and keypad.
40
SVX9000 Drives Replacement Parts
40
208–240V, Frames FR4–FR8
Frame 4 5 6 7 8
Delivery
40
hp (IH): 3/4 1 1-1/2 2 3 5 5 7-1/2 10 15 20 25 30 40 50 60 Code Catalog Number
Control Board
40
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 W VB00252
Power Boards
40
1 FB VB00308-0004-2 40
1 FB VB00308-0007-2
1 FB VB00308-0008-2 40
1 FB VB00310-0011-2
1 FB VB00310-0012-2
40
1 FB VB00313-0017-2
40
1 FB VB00313-0025-2
1 FB VB00313-0031-2 40
1 FB VB00316-0048-2
1 FB VB00316-0061-2 40
1 FB VB00319-0075-2
1 FB VB00319-0088-2
40
1 FB VB00319-0114-2 40
1 FB VB00322-0140-2
1 FB VB00322-0170-2 40
1 FB VB00322-0205-2
Electrolytic Capacitors 40
2 2 2 W PP01000
2 2 W PP01001
40
2 2 W PP01002 40
2 W PP01003
2 2 W PP01004 40
2 2 2 4 4 W PP01005
4 W PP01099
40
Cooling Fans
40
1 1 1 1 1 W PP01060
1 1 1 W PP01061 40
1 1 W PP01062
1 1 1 W PP01063 40
1 1 1 FC PP01123
1 1 1 1 1 W PP01086
40
1 1 1 1 1 FC PP01088 40
1 1 1 W PP01049
1 2 2 FC CP01180 40
1 1 1 FC PP08037
Notes
40
I only; has no corresponding I rated hp rating.
L H
PP00061 capacitor not included in main fan; please order separately. 40

SVX9000 Drives
208–240V, Frames FR4–FR8, continued

40 4 5 6 7 8
Frame Delivery
5
40 hp (IH): 3/4 1 1-1/2 2 3 5 7-1/2 10 15 20 25 30 40 50 60 Code Catalog Number
IGBT Modules
40 1 1 W CP01304
1 W CP01305
40 1 1 1 W CP01306
1 W CP01307
40 1 W CP01308
40 1 W PP01022
1 W PP01023
40 1 W PP01024
1 W PP01025
40 1 W PP01029
1 W PP01026
40 1 1 W PP01027
40 Choppers/Rectifiers
1 W CP01367
40 1 W CP01368
Diode/Thyristor Modules
40 3 3 3 W PP01035
3 3 3 W CP01268
40 Rectifying Boards
40 1 1 1 W VB00242
1 1 1 W VB00227
40
40 Frame 4 5 6 7 8 9
Delivery
7-1/2 7-1/2 10
40 hp (IH): 1 1-1/2 2 3 5 15 20 25 30 40 50 60 75 100 125 150 200 Code Catalog Number
Control Board
40 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 W VB00252
Power Boards
40 1 FB VB00208-0003-5
1 FB VB00208-0004-5
40 1 FB VB00208-0005-5
40 1 FB VB00208-0007-5
1 FB VB00208-0009-5
40 1 FB VB00210-0012-5
1 FB VB00213-0016-5
40 1 FB VB00213-0022-5
1 FB VB00213-0031-5
40 1 FB VB00216-0038-5
40 1 FB VB00216-0045-5
1 FB VB00216-0061-5
40 1 FB VB00219-0072-5
1 FB VB00219-0087-5
40 1 FB VB00219-0105-5
1 FB VB00236-0140-5
40 1 FB VB00236-0168-5
40 1 FB VB00236-0205-5
Note
40 I only; has no corresponding I rated hp rating.
L H

SVX9000 Drives
40.3
Frame 4 5 6 7 8 9
40
Delivery
7-1/2 7-1/2 10
hp (IH): 1 1-1/2 2 3 5 15 20 25 30 40 50 60 75 100 125 150 200 Code Catalog Number
40
Electrolytic Capacitors
2 2 2 2 W PP01000 40
2 2 W PP01001
2 2 W PP01002 40
2 W PP01003
2 2 2 W PP01004
40
2 2 2 4 4 4 8 8 W PP01005
40
Cooling Fans
1 1 1 1 1 1 W PP01060 40
1 1 1 W PP01061
1 1 1 W PP01062 40
1 1 1 W PP01063
1 1 1 FC PP01123
40
PP01080
1 1 FC
40
1 1 1 1 1 1 W PP01086
1 1 1 FC PP01088 40
1 1 1 1 1 1 W PP01049
1 1 1 FC CP01180 40
1 2 W PP01068
1 1 FC PP09051
40
IGBT Modules
40
1 1 1 W CP01304
1 1 W CP01305 40
1 1 W CP01306
1 W CP01307 40
1 W CP01308
1 W PP01020
40
1 W PP01022
40
1 W PP01023
1 W PP01024 40
1 W PP01025
1 W PP01029 40
1 W PP01026
1 1 W PP01027
40
Chopper/Rectifiers
40
1 1 W CP01367
1 W CP01368 40
3 3 3 W PP01035 40
3 3 3 W CP01268
3 3 W PP01037
40
Notes
40
L H
PP00061 capacitor not included in main fan; please order separately.
For FR9 NEMA Type 12/IP54 you need two PP01068 internal fans.
40
40
40

SVX9000 Drives

40 4 5 6 7 8 9
Frame Delivery
7-1/2 7-1/2 10
40 hp (IH): 1 1-1/2 2 3 5 15 20 25 30 40 50 60 75 100 125 150 200 Code Catalog Number
Rectifying Boards
40 1 1 1 W VB00242
1 1 1 W VB00227
40 1 1 W VB00459
Rectifying Module Sub-Assembly
40 1 1 W FR09810
40 Power Module Sub-Assemblies

1 W FR09-150-4-ANS
40 1 W FR09-200-4-ANS
40
40 Frame 10 11 12
Delivery
hp (IH): 250 300 350 400 500 550 600 650 700 Code Catalog Number
40 Control Board
40 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 W VB00561
Shunt Boards
40 6 FC VB00537
6 FC VB00497
40 6 12 12 12 FC VB00498
40 9 FC VB00538
9 FC VB00513
40 9 FC VB00514
Driver Boards
40 3 3 3 FC VB00489
1 1 1 2 2 2 FC VB00487
40 Driver Adapter Board
40 1 1 1 2 2 2 FC VB00330
ASIC Board
40 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 FC VB00451
Feedback Interface Board
40 2 2 2 FC VB00448
Star Coupler Board
40 1 1 1 FC VB00336
40 Power Modules
1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 FC FR10820
40 2 2 2 FC FR10828
1 FC FR10-250-4-ANS
40 1 FC FR10-300-4-ANS
FR10-350-4-ANS
40 1 2 2 2 FC
3 FC FR11–400-4-ANS
40 3 FC FR11-500-4-ANS
3 FC FR11-550-4-ANS
40 Notes
40 L
See Page 18 for details.
H
SPX9000 drives only (FR10 and larger).
40 Rectifying board not included.
40

SVX9000 Drives
40.3
10 11 12
40
Frame Delivery
40
2 2 2 3 3 3 4 4 4 FC PP00060 40
12 12 12 18 18 18 24 24 24 FC PP01005
Fuses
40
1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 FC PP01094
40
2 2 2 2 2 2 4 4 4 FC PP01095
Cooling Fans and Isolation Transformers 40
2 2 2 3 3 3 4 4 4 FC VB00299
2 2 2 3 3 3 4 4 4 FC PP01080 40
2 2 2 4 4 4 FC PP01068
1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 FC PP01096
40
1 1 1 2 2 2 FC FR10844
40
1 1 1 3 3 3 2 2 2 FC FR10845
1 1 1 2 2 2 FC FR10846 40
1 1 1 3 3 3 2 2 2 FC FR10847
Rectifying Board 40
1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 FC VB00459
40
40
Frame 6 7 8 9
Delivery 40
hp (IH): 2 3 5 5 7-1/2 10 15 20 25 30 40 50 60 75 100 125 150 200 Code Catalog Number
Control Board 40
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 W VB00252
Driver Boards 40
1 FB VB00404-0004-6
1 FB VB00404-0005-6
40
1 FB VB00404-0007-6 40
1 FB VB00404-0010-6
1 FB VB00404-0013-6 40
1 FB VB00404-0018-6
1 FB VB00404-0022-6 40
1 FB VB00404-0027-6
1 FB VB00404-0034-6
40
Power Boards 40
1 FB VB00419-0041-6
1 FB VB00419-0052-6 40
1 FB VB00422-0062-6
1 FB VB00422-0080-6 40
1 FB VB00422-0100-6
Power Modules
40
FR09-100-5-ANS
1 FC
40
1 FC FR09-125-5-ANS
1 FC FR09-150-5-ANS 40
1 FC FR09-175-5-ANS
Notes
40
L H
40
40

SVX9000 Drives

40 6 7 8 9
Frame Delivery
5 200 Code
40 hp (IH): 2 3 5 7-1/2 10 15 20 25 30 40 50 60 75 100 125 150 Catalog Number
40 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 FC PP01093
2 2 4 4 8 8 8 8 FC PP01041
40 4 FC PP01040
Fuses
40 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 W PP01094
40 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 W PP01095
Cooling Fans
40 1 1 1 1 1 W PP01061
1 1 1 1 W PP01062
40 1 1 W PP01063
1 1 1 FC PP01123
40 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 W PP01049
40 1 1 1 FC CP01180
1 1 1 1 W PP01068
40 1 1 1 1 FC PP01080
Fan Power Supply
40 1 1 1 FC VB00299
IGBT Modules
40 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 FC PP01091
40 1 1 FC PP01089
1 1 1 FC PP01127
40 IGBT/Diode (Brake)
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 FC PP01040
40 Diode Module
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 FC PP01092
40 Diode/Thyristor Modules
40 3 3 FC PP01071
3 3 3 3 FC PP01072
1 1 FC VB00442
40 1 1 1 1 FC VB00460
Rectifying Module Sub-Assemblies
40 1 1 1 W FR09810
40 1 1 1 FC FR09811
Notes
L H
For NEMA Type 12/IP54, two PP01068 internal fans are needed.
40
40
40
40
40
40
40

SVX9000 Drives
40.3
10 11 12
40
Frame Delivery
40
Component Boards
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 W VB00561 40
1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 FC VB00451
6 FC VB00545
40
6 FC VB00510
40
6 12 12 12 FC VB00511
1 1 1 2 2 2 FC VB00330 40
1 1 1 2 2 2 FC VB00487
3 3 3 FC VB00489 40
9 FC VB00546
9 FC VB00547
40
9 FC VB00512
40
2 2 2 FC VB00448
1 1 1 FC VB00336 40
Power Modules
1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 FC FR10821 40
2 2 2 FC FR10829
1 FC FR10-200-5-ANS
40
1 FC FR10-250-5-ANS 40
1 2 2 2 FC FR10-300-5-ANS
3 FC FR11–400-5-ANS 40
3 FC FR11-450-5-ANS
3 FC FR11-500-5-ANS
40
40
2 2 2 3 3 3 4 4 4 FC PP00060
12 12 12 18 18 18 24 24 24 FC PP01099 40
Fuses
1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 FC PP01094 40
2 2 2 2 2 2 4 4 4 FC PP01095
Cooling Fans and Isolation Transformers
40
2 2 2 3 3 3 4 4 4 FC VB00299
40
2 2 2 3 3 3 4 4 4 FC PP01080
2 2 2 4 4 4 FC PP01068 40
1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 FC PP01096
1 1 1 2 2 2 FC FR10844 40
1 1 1 3 3 3 2 2 2 FC FR10845
1 1 1 2 2 2 FC FR10846
40
1 1 1 3 3 3 2 2 2 FC FR10847 40
Fan Power Supply
1 1 1 FC VB00299 40
Rectifying Boards
1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 FC VB00460
40
Notes
SPX9000 drives only (FR10 and larger).
40
Rectifying board not included.
See Page 18 for details. 40
40
40

SVX9000 Drives

40
SVX9000 Drives
40 Description Specification Description Specification
Input Ratings Control Connections
40 Input voltage (Vin) +10%/–15% Analog input voltage 0 to 10V, R = 200 kohms (–10 to 10V joystick control)
resolution 0.1%; accuracy ±1%
40 Input frequency (fin) 50/60 Hz (variation up to 45–66 Hz)
Analog input current 0(4) to 20 mA; Ri—250 ohms differential
Connection to power Once per minute or less (typical operation)
40 High withstand rating 100 kAIC
Digital inputs (6) Positive or negative logic; 18 to 30 Vdc
Auxiliary voltage +24V ±15%, max. 250 mA
Output Ratings
40 Output voltage 0 to Vin
Output reference voltage +10V +3%, max. load 10 mA
Analog output 0(4) to 20 mA; RL max. 500 ohms;
40 Continuous output current IH rated 100% at 122°F (50°C), FR9 and below
IL rated 100% at 104°F (40°C), FR9 and below
resolution 10 bit; accuracy ±2%
IH/IL 100% at 104°F (40°C), FR10 and above Digital outputs Open collector output, 50 mA/48V
40 Overload current (IH/IL) 150% IH, 110% IL for 1 min. Relay outputs Two programmable Form C relay outputs
switching capacity: 24 Vdc/8A, 250 Vac/8A, 125 Vdc/0.4A
40 Frequency resolution 0.01 Hz
Protections
Overcurrent protection Trip limit 4.0 x IH instantaneously
40 Initial output current (IH) 250% for 2 seconds
Overvoltage protection Yes
Control Characteristics
Undervoltage protection Yes
40 Control method Frequency control (V/f)
Earth fault protection In case of earth fault in motor or motor cable, only the
Open loop: Sensorless vector control
Closed loop: SPX9000 drives only frequency converter is protected
40 Switching frequency Adjustable with parameter 2.6.9 Input phase supervision Trips if any of the input phases are missing
Frame 4–6 1–16 kHz; default 10 kHz Motor phase supervision Trips if any of the output phases are missing
40 Frame 7–12 1–10 kHz; default 3.6 kHz
Overtemperature protection Yes
Frequency reference Analog input: Resolution 0.1% (10-bit), accuracy ±1% V/Hz
40 Panel reference: Resolution 0.01 Hz Motor overload protection Yes
Field weakening point 30–320 Hz Motor stall protection Yes

40 Acceleration time 0–3000 sec. Motor underload protection Yes
Deceleration time 0–3000 sec. Short circuit protection Yes (+24V and +10V reference voltages)
40 Braking torque DC brake: 30% x Tn (without brake option)
40 Ambient Conditions
Standard I/O Specifications
Ambient operating 14°F (–10°C), no frost to 122°F (50°C) IH (FR4–FR9)
Description Specification
40 temperature 14°F (–10°C), no frost to 104°F (40°C) IH (FR10 and up)
14°F (–10°C), no frost to 104°F (40°C) IL (all frames) Six–digital input 24V: “0” ≤10V, “1” ≥18V,Ri >5 kohms
programmable
40 Storage temperature –40° to 158°F (–40° to 70°C)
Two–analog input Voltage: 0–±10V, Ri >200 kohms
Relative humidity 0 to 95% RH, noncondensing, non-corrosive,
no dripping water configurable w/jumpers Current: 0 (4)–20 mA, Ri = 250 ohms
40 Two–digital output Form C relays 250 Vac
Air quality Chemical vapors: IEC 721-3-3, unit in operation, class 3C2;
Mechanical particles: IEC 721-3-3, unit in operation, class 3S2 programmable 30 Vdc 2 amp resistive
40 Altitude 100% load capacity (no derating) up to 3280 ft (1000m); One–analog output 0–20 mA, RL max. 500 ohms 10 bits ±2%
1% derating for each 328 ft (100m) above 3280 ft (1000m); programmable
40 max. 9842 ft (3000m) configurable w/jumper
Vibration EN 50178, EN 60068-2-6; 5 to 50 Hz, displacement amplitude One digital output Open collector 48 Vdc 50 mA
40 1 mm (peak) at 3 to 15.8 Hz, max. acceleration amplitude programmable
1G at 15.8 to 150 Hz
40 Shock EN 50178, EN 60068-2-27 UPS Drop test (for applicable UPS

weights) Storage and shipping: max. 15G, 11 ms (in package)
40 Enclosure class NEMA 1/IP21 or NEMA 12/IP54, open chassis/IP20
40
40
40
40
40

SVX9000 Drives
40.3
Dimensions
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) 40
9000X Open Drives 40
NEMA Type 1/IP21 and NEMA Type 12/IP54, FR4, FR5 and FR6
40
W1
D1 W2 R2 40
R1
40
EATON
40
40
H1
40
H3
H2 40
40
40
R2
40
40
40
40
Knockouts 40
40
D3
D2 40
40
Weight Knockouts at Inches (mm)
Voltage hp (IH) H1 H2 H3 D1 D2 D3 W1 W2 R1 Dia. R2 Dia. Lbs (kg) N1 (O.D.) 40
FR4
230V 3/4–3 12.9 12.3 11.5 7.5 3.0 4.9 5.0 3.9 0.5 (13) 0.3 (7) 11.0 (5) 3 @ 1.1 (28)
40
(327) (313) (292) (190) (77) (126) (128) (100)
480V 1–5 40
FR5
230V 5–7-1/2 16.5 16.0 15.3 8.4 3.9 5.8 5.6 3.9 0.5 (13) 0.3 (7) 17.9 (8) 2 @ 1.5 (37) 40
(419) (406) (389) (214) (100) (148) (143) (100) 1 @ 1.1 (28)
480V 7-1/2–15
FR6
40
230V 10–15 22.0 21.3 20.4 9.3 4.2 6.5 7.6 5.8 0.6 (15.5) 0.4 (9) 40.8 (19) 3 @ 1.5 (37)
(558) (541) (519) (237) (105) (165) (195) (148) 40
480V 20–30
575V 2–25 40
40
40
40
40

SVX9000 Drives

40
NEMA Type 1/IP21 and NEMA Type 12/IP54 with Flange Kit, FR4, FR5 and FR6
40
40
40 W2
40 Dia. A
40 H2
H1
40 W1
40
40
H4
40
D1
40 H5
40 D2
40
40 H3
H7 Dia. B
40
40
Flange Opening
40 W5 FR4 to FR6 W4 W3
40
40 H8 H6 H9
40 FR4, FR5 and FR6 with Flange Kit

W1 W2 H1 H2 H3 H4 H5 D1 D2 Dia. A
40 FR4
40 5.0 (128) 4.5 (113) 13.3 (337) 12.8 (325) 12.9 (327) 1.2 (30) 0.9 (22) 7.5 (190) 3.0 (77) 0.3 (7)
FR5
40 5.6 (143) 4.7 (120) 17.0 (434) 16.5 (420) 16.5 (419) 1.4 (36) 0.7 (18) 8.4 (214) 3.9 (100) 0.3 (7)
FR6
40 7.7 (195) 6.7 (170) 22.0 (560) 21.6 (549) 22.0 (558) 1.2 (30) 0.8 (20) 9.3 (237) 4.2 (106) 0.3 (7)
40 Flange Opening, FR4 to FR6

W3 W4 W5 H6 H7 H8 H9 Dia. B
40
FR4
40 4.8 (123) 4.5 (113) — 12.4 (315) 12.8 (325) — 0.2 (5) 0.3 (7)
FR5
40 5.3 (135) 4.7 (120) — 16.2 (410) 16.5 (420) — 0.2 (5) 0.3 (7)
FR6
40 7.3 (185) 6.7 (170) 6.2 (157) 21.2 (539) 21.6 (549) 0.3 (7) 0.2 (5) 0.3 (7)
40

SVX9000 Drives
40.3
40
NEMA Type 1/IP21 and NEMA Type 12/IP54, FR7
H1 40
H2
40
40
W2 W1
40
40
40
R2 R1 R2
40
40
40
Knockouts
H3
40
D2 40
40
D1
40
D3
40
40
Voltage hp (IH) H1 H2 H3 D1 D2 D3 W1 W2 R1 Dia. R2 Dia.
Weight
Lbs (kg)
Knockouts at Inches (mm)
N1 (O.D.)
40
230V 20–30 24.8 (630) 24.2 (614) 23.2 (590) 10.1 (257) 3.0 (77) 7.3 (184) 9.3 (237) 7.5 (190) 0.7 (18) 0.4 (9) 77.2 (35) 3 at 1.5 (37)
40
480V 40–60
575V 30–40 40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40

SVX9000 Drives

40
40 H1
H2
40
40
40
40 W1 W2
40
40
40
40 R2
R1
40 H3
40
40
40
40
D1
40
40
40
40
Weight
40 Voltage hp (IH) D1 H1 H2 H3 W1 W2 R1 Dia. R2 Dia. Lbs (kg)
230V 40–60 13.5 (344) 30.1 (764) 28.8 (732) 28.4 (721) 11.5 (291) 10 (255) 0.7 (18) 0.4 (9) 127 (58)
40 480V 75–125
40 575V 50–75
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40

SVX9000 Drives
40.3
40
NEMA Type 1/IP21 and NEMA Type 12/IP54, with Flange Kit, FR7 and FR8
H6 H4 H4 H5 Dia. A 40
40
40
W4 W2 40
40
40
H2 40
H1
W3
H7 W1 40
40
40
D1
40
D2
40
40
H3
40
H12 H9 H9 H10 H11
40
40
Flange Opening W7
W5 W6 FR7/FR8 40
Dia. B
40
H13 H8 40
W1 W2 W3 W4 H1 H2 H3 H4 H5 H6 H7 D1 D2 Dia. A 40
FR7
9.3 (237) 6.8 (175) 10.6 (270) 10.0 (253) 24.9 (652) 24.8 (632) 24.8 (630) 7.4 (189) 7.4 (189) 0.9 (23) 0.8 (20) 10.1 (257) 4.6 (117) 0.3 (6) 40
FR8
11.2 (285) — 14.0 (355) 13.0 (330) 32.8 (832) — 29.3 (745) 10.2 (258) 10.4 (265) 1.7 (43) 2.2 (57) 13.5 (344) 4.3 (110) 0.4 (9)
40
Flange Opening, FR7 and FR8
40
W5 W6 W7 H8 H9 H10 H11 H12 H13 Dia. B
40
FR7
9.2 (233) 6.9 (175) 10.0 (253) 24.4 (619) 7.4 (189) 7.4 (189) 1.4 (35) 1.3 (32) 1.0 (25) 0.3 (6) 40
FR8
11.9 (301) — 13.0 (330) 31.9 (810) 10.2 (258) 10.4 (265) — — 1.3 (33) 0.4 (9)
40
40
40
40

SVX9000 Drives

40
40 H1
H2
40
40
40
W2 W1
40
40
40
R2 R1 R2
40
40
40 H3
40
40
D1 D2
40
40
40 Weight
Voltage hp (IH) H1 H2 H3 D1 D2 W1 W2 R1 Dia. R2 Dia. Lbs (kg)
40 230V 75–100 45.3 (1150) 44.1 (1120) 42.4 (1076) 13.4 (340) 14.3 (362) 18.9 (480) 15.7 (400) 0.8 (20) 0.4 (9) 321.9 (146)
480V 150–200
40 575V 100–175
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40

SVX9000 Drives
40.3
40
NEMA Type 1/IP21 and NEMA Type 12/IP54 FR9, continued
H6 H4 H3 W4
40
40
40
B- B+ /R+ R-
W5
W3 W2 W1 40
W5 40
PE
40
H2 H5 D3
40
H1
40
Dia.
40
40
D1 D2
40
40
W1 W2 W3 W4 W5 H1 H2 H3 H4 H5 H6 D1 D2 D3 Dia. 40
18.9 (480) 15.7 (400) 6.5 (165) 0.4 (9) 2.1 (54) 45.3 (1150) 44.1 (1120) 28.3 (721) 8.0 (205) 0.6 (16) 7.4 (188) 14.2 (361.5) 13.4 (340) 11.2 (285) 0.8 (21)
40
Note
Brake resistor terminal box (H6) included when brake chopper ordered.
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40

SVX9000 Drives

40
NEMA Type 1/IP21 and NEMA Type 12/IP54, FR9 with Flange Kit
40 H7
40
40 W5
40 W1
40
40
40
40 Dia.
40
40 D1
D2
40
D3
40
H4 H2 H4
40
40
H5 H3 H3 H3 H5
40
40
W4
40 Flange Opening
W3 W2
FR9
40
W4
40
40
40 H6 H1
.20 (5)
Dia.
40 W1 W2 W3 W4 W5 H1 H2 H3 H4 H5 H6 H7 D1 D2 D3 Dia.
40 20.9 (530) 20.0 (510) 19.1 (485) 7.9 (200) 0.2 (5.5) 51.7 (1312) 45.3 (1150) 16.5 (420) 3.9 (100) 1.4 (35) 0.4 (9) 0.1 (2) 24.9 (362) 13.4 (340) 4.3 (109) 0.8 (21)
40
40
40
40
40
40

SVX9000 Drives
40.3
40
NEMA Type 1/IP21 and NEMA Type 12/IP54, FR10 Freestanding
W7 W5 40
W6 W6
W4 W4
40
40
Dia. 3
Dia. 1 Dia. 2
40
D3 D2 D6 D7
40
D5
D4
40
W2
W3 W3 W3 W3 W2
40
40
W1 D1
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
H1 40
H2
40
40
Operator
(Shown with 40
Optional
Disconnect)
40
H3
40
40
40
Weight 40
W1 W2 W3 W4 W5 W6 W7 H1 H2 H3 D1 D2 D3 D4 D5 D6 D7 Dia. 1 Dia. 2 Dia. 3 Lbs (kg)
23.43 2.46 4.53 0.79 5.95 2.95 30.11 79.45 74.80 20.18 23.70 17.44 19.02 0.47 11.22 17.60 20.08 0.83 1.89 0.43 857 40
(595) (62.5) (115) (20) (151) (75) (79) (2018) (1900) (512.5) (602) (443) (483) (12) (285) (447) (510) (21) (48) (11) (389)
40
40
40
40

SVX9000 Drives

40
FR10 Open Chassis
40 H3
H5 H4
40
W3
40
40
40 W2 W5 W1
40
40
40
H7 H6 W4
40 H2
H1
40
40
40
40
40 D1
D2
40 D3 D4
40
40
40 Weight
Voltage hp (IH) W1 W2 W3 W4 W5 H1 H2 H3 H4 H5 H6 H7 D1 D2 D3 D4 Lbs (kg)
40 480V 250–350 19.7 16.7 1.2 2.6 12.8 45.9 44.1 34.6 33.5 0.7 24.7 10.8 19.9 17.9 16.7 16.6 518
(500) (425) (30) (67) (325) (1165) (1121) (879) (850) (17) (627) (275) (506) (455) (423) (421) (235)
575V 200–300
40 Note
9000X FR12 is built of two FR10 modules. Please refer to SPX9000 installation manual for mounting instructions.
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40

SVX9000 Drives
40.3
40
NEMA Type 1/IP21, FR11 Freestanding Drive
W5 W8 40
W6 W6 W6 W7 W7 W6 W6 W6
W4
40
40
Dia. 3
40
Dia. 1 Dia. 2
D3 D5 40
D2 D4 40
W2
W3 W3 W3 W3 W2 40
W1 D1
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
H1
H2
40
40
40
Operator
(Shown with
Optional
40
Disconnect)
40
H3
40
40
40
Weight
Voltage hp (IH) W1 W2 W3 W4 W5 W6 W7 W8 H1 H2 H3 D1 D2 D3 D4 D5 Dia. 1 Dia. 2 Dia. 3 Lbs (kg) 40
480 400–550 31.26 2.40 6.50 0.79 3.43 2.95 2.52 1.18 79.45 74.80 20.18 23.70 11.22 19.09 0.47 17.60 0.83 1.89 0.35 x 0.43 526
(794) (61) (165) (20) (87) (75) (64) (30) (2018) (1900) (512.5) (602) (285) (485) (12) (447) (21) (48) (9 x 11) (239) 40
40
40
40
40

SVX9000 Drives

40
FR11 Open Chassis
40 H2
40 W3 W3
40
W2 W2
40
40
W2
40 W2
40
Shown without
40 terminal cover
40
40 H1
40
40
40
40 W1
40
40
40
40
40
40
D1
40 D2
40
40
Weight
40 Voltage hp (IH) W1 W2 W3 H1 H2 D1 D2 Lbs (kg)
480V 400–550 27.9 (709) 8.86 (225) 2.6 (67) 45.5 (1155) 33.5 (850) 19.8 (503) 18.4 (468) 833 (378)
40 575V 400–500
40
40
40
40

SVX9000 Drives
40.3
40
FR13, Open Chassis Inverter
W3
D6
40
Dia. 4
40
D8 40
D7 40
40
D6
D5
W4 W4 W4 W4 W4 Dia. 1 40
D1 D2 W1
40
40
40
H3 H1 H4 40
40
40
H2 40
Dia. 3
Dia. 2 W2 W2 W2 W2 D4
D4
H5
40
40
40
Dia. 3 40
40
D3
W5 W5 W5
Dia. Dia. Dia. Dia. Weight

40
W1 W2 W3 W4 W5 H1 H2 H3 H4 H5 D1 D2 D3 D4 D5 D6 D7 D8 1 2 3 4 Lbs (kg)
27.87 5.91 26.65 4.57 3.35 41.54 2.46 39.86 41.34 0.79 21.77 0.51 0.63 1.97 1.06 1.57 5.91 9.64 0.35x0.59 0.18 0.51 0.37 683
40
(708) (150) (677) (116) (85) (1055) (62.5) (1012.5) (1050) (20) (553) (13) (16) (50) (27) (40) (150) (244.8) (9x15) (4.6) (13) (9.5) (310)
Notes
40
FR13 is built from an inverter module and a converter module. Please refer to SPX9000 installation manual for mounting instructions. 40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40

SVX9000 Drives

40
FR13, Open Chassis Converter
40 W3 Dia. 3
40 D9
40 D8
40 D7
40 D6
Dia. 1 W4 W4 W4
D1 D2 W1
40
40
40
40
40 H3 H1 H4
40
40
40
40 H2
40 W2 W2
D4
D5 D5 H5
Dia. 2
40
40
40 Dia. 2
40
D3 W5 W5
40 Weight
W1 W2 W3 W4 W5 H1 H2 H3 H4 H5 D1 D2 D3 D4 D5 D6 D7 D8 D9 Dia. 1 Dia. 2 Dia. 3 Lbs (kg)
40 18.74 5.91 17.52 4.57 3.35 41.54 2.46 39.86 41.34 0.69 14.69 0.51 0.73 6.42 2.56 1.06 1.57 5.91 5.24 0.35x0.59 0.51 0.37 295
(476) (150) (445) (116) (85) (1055) (62.5) (1012.5) (1050) (17.5) (373) (13) (18.5) (163) (65) (27) (40) (150) (133) (9x15) (13) (9.5) (134)
40
40 Number of Input Units
40 480V
Catalog Number hp
Input
Modules
690V
Catalog Number hp
Input
Modules
40 SPX800A0-4A2N1 800 2 SPX800A0-5A2N1 800 2

SPX900A0-5A2N1 900 2
40 SPXH10A0-5A2N1 1000 2
40
40
40

SVX9000 Drives
40.3
40
FR13, Open Chassis Converter—900/1000 hp 480V
W3 Dia. 4 40
D9 40
D8
40
D7 40
D6 40
Dia. 1 W4 W4 W4 W4 W4
D1 D2 W1
40
40
40
40
H3 H1 H4
40
40
40
40
H2
40
Dia. 2 W2 W2 W2 W2
D4
D5 D5 H5 40
Dia. 3
40
40
40
40
D3 W5 W5 W5
40
W1 W2 W3 W4 W5 H1 H2 H3 H4 H5 D1 D2 D3 D4 D5 D6 D7 D8 D9 1 2 3 4 Lbs (kg)
27.87 5.91 26.65 4.57 3.35 41.54 2.46 39.86 41.34 0.69 14.69 0.51 0.73 6.42 2.56 1.06 1.57 5.91 5.24 0.35x0.59 0.18 0.51 0.37 443
40
(708) (150) (677) (116) (85) (1055) (62.5) (1012.5) (1050) (17.5) (373) (13) (18.5) (163) (65) (27) (40) (150) (133) (9x15) (4.6) (13) (9.5) (201)
40
Number of Input Units 40
480V Input
Catalog Number hp Modules 40
SPX900A0-4A2N1 900 3
SPXH10A0-4A2N1 1000 3
40
40
40
40
40

SVX9000 Drives

40
AC Choke Dimensions
40
Choke Types
40 Catalog Number Frame Size Choke Type Catalog Number Frame Size Choke Type
Voltage Range 380–500V Voltage Range 525–690V
40 SPX 250 4 FR10 CHK0400 SPX 200 5 FR10 CHK0261
40 SPX 300 4 CHK0520 SPX 250 5 CHK0400

SPX 350 4 CHK0520 SPX 300 5 CHK0400
40 SPX 400 4 FR11 2 x CHK0400 SPX 400 5 FR11 CHK0520
SPX 500 4 2 x CHK0400 SPX 450 5 CHK0520
40 SPX 550 4 2 x CHK0400 SPX 500 5 2 x CHK0400
SPX 600 4 FR12 2 x CHK0520 SPX 550 5 FR12 2 x CHK0400
40 SPX 650 4 2 x CHK0520 SPX 600 5 2 x CHK0400
40 SPX 700 4 2 x CHK0520 SPX 700 5 2 x CHK0400

40 SPX 900 4 3 x CHK0520 SPX 900 5 2 x CHK0400
SPX H10 4 3 x CHK0520 SPX H10 5 2 x CHK0400
40 SPX H12 4 FR14 4 x CHK0520 SPX H13 5 FR14 4 x CHK0400
40
40 CHK0520
40
40
40
40 6.50
(165)
6.50
(165) .24
(6)
40
8.03 (204)
40 1.69
(43)
19.57
(497)
40
1 1 1
40
40 .79 17.57
(20) 15.71 (446)
40 3.03
1.58
(40)
(399)
(77) 3 3 3
40 .83
(21) .79
40 (20)
2 2 2
5.70 7.88
40 (145) (200)
9.61 (244) .55 (14)
40
Note
40 Chokes are provided with all FR10–FR14 drives.
40
40

SVX9000 Drives
40.3
40
CHK0400
40
40
40
.24
(6)
40
4.72
(120)
4.72
(120) 40
9.37 (238)
40
1.54
(39) 13.79 (350) 40
1 1 1
40
40
.59
13.94
(15) 16.58
15.08 (421) 40
1.18 (383)
2.64 (354)
(67) (30) 40
3 3 3
.75
(19)
.59 40
(15) 2 2 2
5.51 5.90 40
(140) (150)
10.30 (262) 10.83 (275) 40
40
CHK0261
40
40
.24
40
(6)
40
4.72 4.72
(120) (120)
40
13.79 (350)
8.11 (206) 40
1.54
(39) 40
1 1 1 40
.59
(15)
14.06
40
.87 1.18 12.56
11.30 (319) (357)
(22) (30)
3 3 3
(287) 40
.59
(15) 2 2 2
40
.39
4.25
(108) .75 (19)
5.90 40
(150)
(10) Min.
9.06 (230) 10.83 (275)
40
40

SVX9000 Drives
SVX9000 Enclosed Drives Contents

40 Description Page
40 SVX9000 Open Drives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
SVX9000 Enclosed Drives
40 Product Identification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
Wiring Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
40 Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
SVX9000 VFD Pump Panels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
40
40
40
40
40 SVX9000 Enclosed Drives
40 Product Description Features Standards and Certifications
● Standard Enclosed— ● Custom Engineered— ● NEMA Type 1/IP21 or ● UL Listed
40 covers a wide range of the for those applications with
more unique or complex
NEMA Type 12/IP54 ● cUL Listed
most commonly ordered enclosures
options. Pre-engineering requirements, these are
40 eliminates the lead time individually engineered to
● Input voltage: 208V, 230V,
480V and 575V (consult
normally associated with the customer’s needs. factory)
40 customer specific options. Consult your Eaton ● Complete range of control,
● Modified Standard representative for
network and power
40 Enclosed—applies to assistance in pricing and
options
specific customer lead time.
● Horsepower range:
40 requirements that vary
● 208V—3/4 to 100 hp IH;
from the standard enclosed
1 to 100 hp IL
40 offering, such as the need
for an additional indicating ● 230V—3/4 to 100 hp IH;
light or minor modifications 1 to 100 hp IL
40 to drawings. Consult your ● 480V—1 to 700 hp IH;
Eaton representative for 1-1/2 to 800 hp IL
40 assistance in pricing and ● HMCP padlockable
lead time.
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40

SVX9000 Drives
40.3
Product Identification
40
Enclosed 9000X Series Drive
1 2 3
40
40
40
4
40
40
5
40
6 40
40
40
7
40
12 11 10 9 8 40
40
1 Door mounted keypad (included as 6 Output contactor 9 115V control transformer
standard with bypass option) • Option PE (included as
standard with bypass option)
• Option KB
40
2 SVX9000 variable frequency drive 10 Bypass pilot lights and selector switches
7 Bypass contactor • Option RB
3 Input disconnect (HMCP)
• Option P1 • Option RB • Option RA 40
• Option RA • Option L2
4 Input line fuses
• Option P3 8 Overload relay • Option KF
11 Customer control and signal connection
40
• Option PH
5 Input contactor (included as • Option PI terminal block
standard with bypass option) 12 Control relay 40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40

SVX9000 Drives

40
SVX9000 Enclosed NEMA Type 1/IP21 and NEMA Type 12/IP54 Drives
40 Build Alphabetically and Numerically
40 SVX F07 1 4 A A _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _
40 K1
Enclosed Options
Door-mounted speed potentiometer
Type
Control
Product Family
K2 Door-mounted speed potentiometer with HOA Control
40 SVX = Enclosed drives selector switch
K3 3–15 psig follower Control
40 Horsepower Rating
K4
K5
HAND/OFF/AUTO switch (22 mm)
MANUAL/AUTO ref switch (22 mm)
Control
Control
F07 = 3/4 hp 025 = 25 hp 250 = 250 hp K6 START/STOP pushbuttons (22 mm) Control
40 001 = 1 hp
F15 = 1-1/2 hp
030 = 30 hp
040 = 40 hp
300 = 300 hp
350 = 350 hp
KB
KF
115V control transformer (550 VA)
Bypass test switch for RA and RB
Control
Addl. bypass
002 = 2 hp 050 = 50 hp 400 = 400 hp KO Standard elapsed time meter Control
40 003 = 3 hp 060 = 60 hp 500 = 500 hp L1 Power on and fault pilot lights Light
005 = 5 hp 075 = 75 hp 550 = 550 hp L2 Bypass pilot lights for RA, RB bypass options Addl. bypass
007 = 7-1/2 hp 100 = 100 hp 600 = 600 hp
40 010 = 10 hp 125 = 125 hp 650 = 650 hp
LA
LD
Green RUN light (22 mm)
Green STOP light (22 mm)
Light
Light
015 = 15 hp 150 = 150 hp 700 = 700 hp LE Red RUN light Light
40 020 = 20 hp 200 = 200 hp 800 = 800 hp LF Red STOP light (22 mm) Light
LJ White power on light (22 mm) Light
LU Misc. light (22 mm) Light
40 Enclosure Rating
P1 Input disconnect (HMCP) 100 kAIC Input
1 = NEMA Type 1/IP21 P2 Disconnect switch Input
40 2 = NEMA Type 12/IP54
6 = NEMA Type 12/IP54 filtered
P3
P7
Input line fuses (200 kAIC)
Input power surge protection
Input
Input
PE Output contactor Output
40 PF Output filter Output
Voltage Rating PG MotoRx (up to 600 ft) 1000 V/μS DV/DT filter Output
PH Single overload relay Output
40 1 =208V
2 =230V PI Dual overload relays Output
4 =480V PN Dual overloads for bypass Addl. bypass
40 RA Manual HOA bypass controller Bypass
RB Manual IOB bypass controller Bypass
RC Auto transfer HOA bypass controller Bypass
40 Application—Torque/Braking
A = IL/no brake chopper
RD Auto transfer IOB bypass controller Bypass
S5 Floor stand 22 in Enclosure
B = IL/internal brake chopper
40 D = IH/no brake chopper
S6
S7
Floor stand 12 in
10 in expansion
Enclosure
Enclosure
E = IH/internal brake chopper S8 20 in expansion Enclosure
40 S9 Space heater Enclosure
Communication Options
40 Enclosed Style
A = Enclosed drive C2 = Modbus C6 = CanOpen (slave) CA= Johnson Controls N2
C3 = Profibus DP C7 = DeviceNet CI = Modbus TCP
40 C4 =
C5 =
LonWorks
Profibus DP
C8 = Modbus (D9 type
connector)
CJ =
CK=
BACnet
Ethernet IP
(D9 connector) D3 = RS-232 with D9
40 connection
Control Options
40 B1 = 6 DI, 1 ext +24 Vdc/EXT +24 Vdc B5 = 3 RO (NO)
B2 = 1 RO (NC-NO), 1 RO (NO), 1 therm B8 = 1 ext +24 Vdc/EXT +24 Vdc, 3 Pt100
40 B4 = 1 AI (mA isolated), 2 AO (mA isolated), B9 = 1 RO (NO), 5 DI 42–240 Vac input
40 Engineered Options
HT High temperature rating for 50°C (FR10 and above)
40 VB Varnished boards
Notes
40 Local/remote keypad is included as the standard control panel.
Brake chopper is a factory installed option only, see drive options on Page 18. External dynamic braking resistors not included. Consult factory.
40 Includes local/remote speed reference switch.

Some options are voltage and/or horsepower specific. Consult your Eaton representative for details.
See Pages 61 and 62 for descriptions.
40 See Pages 59 and 60 for complete descriptions.
Applicable only with FR10 and FR11 freestanding designs.
40 Consult Eaton for availability.
40

SVX9000 Drives
40.3
Product Selection
40
When Ordering
● Select a base catalog greater than the motor’s ● If dynamic brake chopper ● Select enclosed options. 40
number that meets the full load amp rating). The or control/communication Add the codes as suffixes
application requirements— base enclosed package option is desired, change to the base catalog number 40
nominal horsepower, includes a standard drive, the appropriate code in the in alphabetical and numeric
voltage and enclosure door mounted local/remote base catalog number. order. 40
rating (the enclosed drive’s keypad and enclosure. ● Read all footnotes.
continuous output amp
rating should be equal to or 40
208V Drives 40
Input Base Drives
SVX9000 Enclosed
Drives NEMA Type 1/IP21 NEMA Type 12/IP54
40
Enclosure Frame Base Catalog Frame Base Catalog
Size hp Current (A) Size Number Size Number 40
High Overload Drive and Enclosure
0 3/4 3.7 4 SVXF0711EA 4 SVXF0721EA
40
1 4.8 SVX00111EA SVX00121EA
1-1/2 6.6 SVXF1511EA SVXF1521EA
40
2 7.8 SVX00211EA SVX00221EA 40
3 11 SVX00311EA SVX00321EA
0 5 17.5 5 SVX00511EA 5 SVX00521EA 40
7-1/2 25 SVX00711EA SVX00721EA
1 10 31 6 SVX01011EA 6 SVX01021EA 40
15 48 SVX01511EA SVX01521EA
2 20 61 7 SVX02011DA 7 SVX02021DA
40
25 75 SVX02511DA SVX02521DA
30 88 SVX03011DA SVX03021DA
40
3 40 114 8 SVX04011DA 8 SVX04021DA 40
4 50 143 8 SVX05011DA 8 SVX05021DA
5 60 170 8 SVX06011DA 8 SVX06021DA 40
75 211 9 SVX07511DA 9 SVX07521DA
100 273 SVX10011DA SVX10021DA 40
Low Overload Drive and Enclosure
0 1 4.8 4 SVX00111BA 4 SVX00121BA
40
1-1/2 6.6 SVXF1511BA SVXF1521BA
2 7.8 SVX00211BA SVX00221BA
40
3 11 SVX00311BA SVX00321BA 40
5 17.5 5 SVX00511BA 5 SVX00521BA
7-1/2 25 SVX00711BA SVX00721BA 40
10 31 SVX01011BA SVX01021BA
1 15 48 6 SVX01511BA 6 SVX01521BA 40
20 61 SVX02011BA SVX02021BA
2 25 75 7 SVX02511AA 7 SVX02521AA
40
30 88 SVX03011AA SVX03021AA
40 114 SVX04011AA SVX04021AA
40
3 50 — 8 SVX05011AA 8 SVX05021AA 40
4 60 170 8 SVX06011AA 8 SVX06021AA
5 205 8 SVX07511AA 8 SVX07521AA 40
261 9 SVX10011AA 9 SVX10021AA
Notes
40
For brake chopper options, see Page 63.
See enclosure dimensions starting on Page 67. 40
Includes drive, local/remote keypad and enclosure.
These units are current rated (75 I hp 205 amps, 100 I hp 261 amps). They are not hp rated.
L L 40

SVX9000 Drives
230V Drives
40 Input Base Drives
SVX9000 Enclosed
Drives
40 NEMA Type 1/IP21 NEMA Type 12/IP54
Size hp Current (A) Size Number Size Number
40
40 0 3/4 3.7 4 SVXF0712EA 4 SVXF0722EA
1 4.8 SVX00112EA SVX00122EA
40 1-1/2 6.6 SVXF1512EA SVXF1522EA
2 7.8 SVX00212EA SVX00222EA
40 3 11 SVX00312EA SVX00322EA
40 5 17.5 5 SVX00512EA 5 SVX00522EA

7-1/2 25 SVX00712EA SVX00722EA
40 1 10 31 6 SVX01012EA 6 SVX01022EA
15 48 SVX01512EA SVX01522EA
40 2 20 61 7 SVX02012DA 7 SVX02022DA
25 75 SVX02512DA SVX02522DA
40 30 88 SVX03012DA SVX03022DA
40 3 40 114 8 SVX04012DA 8 SVX04022DA

4 50 140 8 SVX05012DA 8 SVX05022DA
40 5 60 170 8 SVX06012DA 8 SVX06022DA
75 205 9 SVX07512DA 9 SVX07522DA
40 100 261 SVX10012DA SVX10022DA
40 Low Overload Drive and Enclosure

0 1 4.8 4 SVX00112BA 4 SVX00122BA
40 1-1/2 6.6 SVXF1512BA SVXF1522BA
2 7.8 SVX00212BA SVX00222BA
40 3 11 SVX00312BA SVX00322BA
5 17.5 5 SVX00512BA 5 SVX00522BA
40 7-1/2 25 SVX00712BA SVX00722BA
40 10 31 SVX01012BA SVX01022BA
1 15 48 6 SVX01512BA 6 SVX01522BA
40 20 61 SVX02012BA SVX02022BA
2 25 75 7 SVX02512AA 7 SVX02522AA
40 30 88 SVX03012AA SVX03022AA
40 114 SVX04012AA SVX04022AA
40 3 50 140 8 SVX05012AA 8 SVX05022AA
40 4 60 170 8 SVX06012AA 8 SVX06022AA

5 75 205 8 SVX07512AA 8 SVX07522AA
40 261 9 SVX10012AA 9 SVX10022AA
Notes
40 For brake chopper options, see Page 63.
See enclosure dimensions starting on Page 67.
40 Includes drive, local/remote keypad and enclosure.

This unit is current rated (100 I hp 100 amps, 261 I hp). It is not hp rated.
L L
40
40
40
40
40

SVX9000 Drives
40.3
480V Drives
Input Base Drives
40
SVX9000 Enclosed
Drives NEMA Type 1/IP21 NEMA Type 12/IP54 40
Size hp Current (A) Size Number Size Number
40
0 1 2.2 4 SVX00114EA 4 SVX00124EA 40
1-1/2 3.3 SVXF1514EA SVXF1524EA
2 4.3 SVX00214EA SVX00224EA 40
3 5.6 SVX00314EA SVX00324EA
5 7.6 SVX00514EA SVX00524EA
40
7-1/2 12 5 SVX00714EA 5 SVX00724EA
40
10 16 SVX01014EA SVX01024EA
15 23 SVX01514EA SVX01524EA 40
1 20 31 6 SVX02014EA 6 SVX02024EA
25 38 SVX02514EA SVX02524EA 40
30 46 SVX03014EA SVX03024EA
2 40 61 7 SVX04014DA 7 SVX04024DA
40
50 72 SVX05014DA SVX05024DA 40
60 87 SVX06014DA SVX06024DA
3 75 105 8 SVX07514DA 8 SVX07524DA 40
100 140 SVX10014DA SVX10024DA
4 125 170 8 SVX12514DA 8 SVX12524DA
40
5 150 205 9 SVX15014DA 9 SVX15024DA
40
200 245 SVX20014DA SVX20024DA
6, 8 250 300 10 SVX25014DA 10 SVX25064DA 40
300 385 SVX30014DA SVX30064DA
350 460 SVX35014DA SVX35064DA 40
8, 9 400 520 11 SVX40014DA 11 SVX40064DA
500 590 SVX50014DA SVX50064DA
40

550 650 SVX55014DA SVX55064DA
40
600 730 12 SVX60014DA 12 SVX60064DA
650 820 SVX65014DA SVX65064DA 40
700 920 SVX70014DA SVX70064DA
Notes
40
For brake chopper options, see Page 63.
See enclosure dimensions starting on Page 67. 40
The smaller enclosure Size 6 accommodates only power options, input disconnect (P1) and input line fuses (P3). 40
Bypass and other options require Size 8. Adding any standard control option will not require the larger enclosure.
For other options, consult factory.
The smaller enclosure Size 8 accommodates only power options, input disconnect (P1) and input line fuses (P3). 40
Consult Eaton.
40
40
40
40
40
40
40

SVX9000 Drives
SVX9000 Enclosed Input Base Drives, continued

40 Drives NEMA Type 1/IP21 NEMA Type 12/IP54
40 Size hp Current (A) Size Number Size Number
40 0 1-1/2 3.3 4 SVXF1514BA 4 SVXF1524BA
40 2 4.3 SVX00214BA SVX00224BA

3 5.6 SVX00314BA SVX00324BA
40 5 7.6 SVX00514BA SVX00524BA
7-1/2 12 SVX00714BA SVX00724BA
40 10 16 5 SVX01014BA 5 SVX01024BA
15 23 SVX01514BA SVX01524BA
40 20 31 SVX02014BA SVX02024BA
40 1 25 38 6 SVX02514BA 6 SVX02524BA
30 46 SVX03014BA SVX03024BA
40 40 61 SVX04014BA SVX04024BA
2 50 72 7 SVX05014AA 7 SVX05024AA
40 60 87 SVX06014AA SVX06024AA
40 75 105 SVX07514AA SVX07524AA

3 100 140 8 SVX10014AA 8 SVX10024AA
40 4 125 170 8 SVX12514AA 8 SVX12524AA
150 205 SVX15014AA SVX15024AA
40 5 200 261 9 SVX20014AA 9 SVX20024AA
250 300 SVX25014AA SVX25024AA
40 6, 8 300 385 10 SVX30014AA 10 SVX30064AA
40 350 460 SVX35014AA SVX35064AA

400 520 SVX40014AA SVX40064AA
40 8, 9 500 590 11 SVX50014AA 11 SVX50064AA
550 650 SVX55014AA SVX55064AA
40 600 730 SVX60014AA SVX60064AA
650 820 12 SVX65014AA 12 SVX65064AA
40 700 920 SVX70014AA SVX70064AA
40 800 1030 SVX80014AA SVX80064AA
Notes
40 For brake chopper options, see Page 63.
See enclosure dimensions starting on Page 67.

The smaller enclosure Size 6 accommodates only power options, input disconnect (P1) and input line fuses (P3).
40 For other options, consult factory.
The smaller enclosure Size 8 accommodates only power options, input disconnect (P1) and input line fuses (P3).
40 Bypass and other options require Size 9. Adding any standard control option will not require the larger enclosure.
Consult Eaton.
40
40
40
40
40
40
40

SVX9000 Drives
40.3
Options
40
The 9000X Series drives can accommodate a wide selection of expander and adapter option boards 40
total of five option boards.
40
relay output board, which are installed in slots A and B. 40
Option Board Kits
Option Boards
Field Factory
40
Allowed Slot Catalog Option Local/ 40
Standard I/O Cards 40
D E 2 RO (NC-NO) B OPTA2 — ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
A B C
6 DI, 1 DO, 2 AI, 1AO, 1 +10 Vdc ref, A OPTA9 — ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ 40
Extended I/O Cards 40
2 RO, therm—SPX only B OPTA3 A3 — ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Encoder low volt +5V/15V/24V—SPX only C OPTA4 A4 — ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ 40

Encoder high volt +15V/24V—SPX only C OPTA5 A5 — ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Double encoder—SPX only C OPTA7 A7 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

40
6 DI, 1 DO, 2 AI, 1 AO—SPX only A OPTA8 A8 — ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
3 DI (encoder 10–24V), out +15V/+24V, C OPTAE AE ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

40
6 DI, 1 ext +24 Vdc/EXT +24 Vdc B, C, D, E OPTB1 B1 — — — — — ■ ■ 40
1 AI (mA isolated), 2 AO (mA isolated), B, C, D, E OPTB4 B4 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

40
3 RO (NO) B, C, D, E OPTB5 B5 — — — — — ■ ■ 40
1 RO (NO), 5 DI 42–240 Vac input B, C, D, E OPTB9 B9 — — — — — ■ ■
40
Communication Cards
Modbus D, E OPTC2 C2 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
40
Modbus TCP D, E OPTCI CI
BACnet D, E OPTCJ CJ
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
40
40
Johnson Controls N2 D, E OPTC2 CA — — — — — — —
Profibus DP D, E OPTC3 C3 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ 40
Profibus DP (D9 connector) D, E OPTC5 C5 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ 40

DeviceNet D, E OPTC7 C7 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ 40

40
RS-232 with D9 connection D, E OPTD3 D3 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

40
Keypad
9000X Series local/remote keypad — KEYPAD- — — — — — — — —
40
LOC/REM
9000X Series remote mount keypad kit — OPTRMT- — — — — — — — —
40
(keypad not included) KIT-9000X
9000X Series RS-232 cable, 13 ft — PP00104 — — — — — — — — 40
Notes
40
Option card must be installed in one of the slots listed for that card. Slot indicated in bold is the preferred location.
OPTC2 is a multi-protocol option card. 40
40

SVX9000 Drives
Modbus RTU Network CanOpen (Slave) Modbus/TCP Network Ethernet/IP Network

40 Communications Communications Communications Communications
The Modbus Network Card The CanOpen (Slave) The Modbus/TCP Network The Ethernet/IP Network
40 OPTC2 is used for connecting Network Card OPTC6 is used Card OPTCI is used for Card OPTCK is used for
the 9000X Drive as a slave on for connecting the 9000X connecting the 9000X Drive connecting the 9000X Drive
40 a Modbus network. The Drive to a host system. to Ethernet networks utilizing to Ethernet/Industrial
interface is connected by a According to ISO11898 Modbus protocol. It includes Protocol networks. It includes
40 9-pin DSUB connector
an RJ-45 pluggable
connector. This interface
an RJ-45 pluggable
connector. The interface uses
ranges from 300 to 19200 nominal impedance of 120 provides a selection of CIP objects to communicate
40 baud. Other communication ohms, and specific line delay standard and custom register drive parameters (CIP is
parameters include an of nominal 5 nS/m. 120 ohms values to communicate drive “Common Industrial
40 address range from 1 to 247; line termination resistors parameters. The board Protocol”, the same protocol
a parity of None, Odd or required for installation. supports 10 Mbps and 100 used by DeviceNet). The
40 Even; and the stop bit is 1. Mbps communication board supports 10 Mbps and
DeviceNet Network speeds. The IP address of the 100 Mbps communication
Profibus Network Communications board is configurable over speeds. The IP address of the
40 Communications Ethernet using a supplied board is configurable by
The DeviceNet Network Card
The Profibus Network Card OPTC7 is used for connecting software tool. Static, BOOTP and DHCP
40 OPTC3 is used for connecting the 9000X Drive on a methods.
the 9000X Drive as a slave on DeviceNet Network. It BACnet Network
40 a Profibus-DP network. The includes a 5.08 mm pluggable Communications
interface is connected by a connector. Transfer method The BACnet Network Card
40 9-pin DSUB connector is via CAN using a two-wire OPTCJ is used for connecting
(female). The baud rates twisted shielded cable with the 9000X Drive to BACnet
40 range from 9.6K baud to 12M
two-wire bus power cable
and drain. The baud rates
networks. It includes a 5.08
mm pluggable connector.
range from 1 to 127. used for communication Data transfer is Master-Slave/
40 include 125K baud, 250K Token Passing (MS/TP) RS-
LonWorks Network baud and 500K baud. 485. This interface uses a
40 Communications collection of 30 Binary Value
The LonWorks Network Card Johnson Controls Objects (BVOs) and 35
40 OPTC4 is used for connecting Metasys N2 Network Analog Value Objects (AVOs)
the 9000X Drive on a Communications to communicate drive
40 LonWorks network. This The OPTC2 fieldbus board parameters. The card
interface uses Standard provides communication
Kbaud communication
40 Network Variable Types
(SNVT) as data types. The
between the 9000X Drive and
a Johnson Controls speeds and supports network
channel connection is Metasys™ N2 network. With addresses 1–127.
40 achieved using a FTT-10A this connection, the drive can
Free Topology transceiver be controlled, monitored and
40 via a single twisted transfer programmed from the
cable. The communication Metasys system. The N2
40 speed with LonWorks is fieldbus is available as a
78 kBits/s. factory installed option and as
a field installable kit.
40
40 SVX Conversion Kit
40 Frame 4–7
40 Frame Size Enclosure Size Delivery Code Catalog Number
FR4 0 FB10 OPTCON-SVXFR4-SZ00
40 1 OPTCON-SVXFR4-SZ01
40 1 OPTCON-SVXFR5-SZ01
40
2 OPTCON-SVXFR6-SZ02
40 FR7 2 FB10 OPTCON-SVXFR7-SZ02
Note
40 The kit consists of a flange kit, adapter plate(s), hardware, remote keypad kit and SVX9000 decal.
40

SVX9000 Drives
40.3
Control/Communication Option Descriptions
For availability, see Product Selection for base drive voltage required.
40
Available Control/Communications Options
40
Option Description Option Type 40
K1 Door-Mounted Speed Potentiometer—Provides the SVX9000 with the ability to adjust the frequency reference using a door-mounted potentiometer. This option uses Control
the 10 Vdc reference to generate a 0–10V signal at the analog voltage input signal terminal. When the HOA bypass option is added, the speed is controlled when the
HOA switch is in the HAND position. Without the HOA bypass option, a two-position switch (labeled local/remote) is provided on the keypad to select speed reference from the
40
speed potentiometer or a remote speed signal.
K2 Door-Mounted Speed Potentiometer with HOA Selector Switch—Provides the SVX9000 with the ability to start/stop and adjust the speed reference from Control
40
door-mounted control devices or remotely from customer supplied inputs. In HAND position, the drive will start and the speed is controlled by the door-mounted speed
potentiometer. The drive will be disabled in the OFF position. When AUTO is selected, the drive run and speed control commands are via user-supplied dry contact and
4–20 mA signal.
40
K3 3–15 PSIG Follower—Provides a pneumatic transducer which converts a 3–15 psig pneumatic signal to either 0–8 Vdc or a 1–9 Vdc signal interface with the SVX9000.
The circuit board is mounted on the inside of the front enclosure panel and connects to the user’s pneumatic control system via 6 ft (1.8m) of flexible tubing and a 1/4 in
Control 40
(6.4 mm) brass tube union.
K4 HAND/OFF/AUTO Switch for Non-Bypass Configurations—Provides a three-position selector switch that allows the user to select either a HAND or AUTO mode of Control
40
operation. HAND mode is defaulted to k (keypad operation, and AUTO mode is defaulted to control from an external terminal source. These modes of operation can be
configured via programming to allow for alternate combinations of start and speed sources. Start and speed sources include keypad, I/O and fieldbus. 40
K5 MANUAL/AUTO Speed Reference Switch—Provides a door-mounted selector switch for MANUAL/AUTO speed reference. Control
K6 START/STOP Pushbuttons—Provide door-mounted START and STOP pushbuttons for either bypass or non-bypass configurations. Control 40
KB 115V Control Transformer, 550 VA—Provides a fused control power transformer with additional 550 VA at 115V for customer use. Control
KF Bypass Test Switch for RB and RA—Allows the user to energize the AF drive for testing while operating the motor on the bypass controller. The test switch is Addl. bypass
40
mounted on the inside of the enclosure door.
KO Standard Elapsed Time Meter—Provides a door-mounted elapsed run time meter. Control
40
L1 Power On and Fault Pilot Lights—Provide a white power on light that indicates power to the enclosed cabinet and a red fault light that indicates a drive fault
has occurred.
Light
40
L2 Bypass Pilot Lights for RB, RA Bypass Options—A green light indicates when the motor is running in inverter mode and an amber light that indicates when the Addl. bypass
motor is running in bypass mode. The lights are mounted on the enclosure door, above the switches. 40
LA Green RUN Light (22 mm)—Provides a green run light that indicates the drive is running. Light
LD Green STOP Light (22 mm)—Provides a green light that indicates the drive is stopped. Light
40
LE Red RUN Pilot Light (22 mm)—Provides a red run pilot light that indicates the drive is running. Light
40
LF Red STOP Light (22 mm)—Provides a red stop light that indicates the drive is stopped. Light
LJ White Power On Light (22 mm)—The 22 mm white light that illuminates when the drive assembly is powered. Light 40
LU Misc. Light (22 mm)—Provides a misc. “user defined” pilot light. User to define light function and color. Light
P1 Input Disconnect Assembly Rated to 100 kAIC—High Interrupting Motor Circuit Protector (HMCP) that provides a means of short circuit protection for the power Input 40
cables between it and the SVX9000, and protection from high-level ground faults on the power cable. Allows a convenient means of disconnecting the SVX9000 from the line
and the operating mechanism can be padlocked in the OFF position. This is factory mounted in the enclosure. 40
P2 Disconnect Switch—Disconnect switch option is applicable only with NEMA Type 1/IP21 and NEMA Type 12/IP54 freestanding drives. Allows a convenient means of Input
disconnecting the SVX9000 from the line, and the operating mechanism can be padlocked in the OFF position. This is factory-mounted in the enclosure.
40
P3 Input Line Fuses Rated to 200 kAIC—Provides high-level fault protection of the SVX9000 input power circuit from the load side of the fuses to the input side of the Input
power transistors. This option consists of three 200 kA fuses, which are factory mounted in the enclosure.
40
P7 MOV Surge Suppressor—Provides a Metal Oxide Varistor (MOV) connected to the line side terminals and is designed to clip line side transients. Input
PE Output Contactor—Provides a means for positive disconnection of the drive output from the motor terminals. The contactor coil is controlled by the drive’s run or
permissive logic. NC and NO auxiliary contacts rated at 10A, 600 Vac are provided for customer use. Bypass options RB and RA include an output contactor as standard.
Output 40
This option includes a low VA 115 Vac fused control power transformer and is factory mounted in the enclosure.
PF Output Filter—Used to reduce the transient voltage (DV/DT) at the motor terminals. The output filter is recommended for cable lengths exceeding 100 ft (30m) with a Output
40
drive of 3 hp and above, for cable lengths of 33 ft (10m) with a drive of 2 hp and below, or for a drive rated at 525–690V. This option is mounted in the enclosure, and may be
used in conjunction with a brake chopper circuit. 40
PG MotoRx (300–600 ft) 1000 V/μS DV/DT Filter—Used to reduce transient voltage (DV/DT) and peak voltages at the motor terminals. This option is comprised of a 0.5% Output
line reactor, followed by capacitive filtering and an energy recovery/clamping circuit. Unlike the output filter (See option PF), the MotoRx recovers most of the energy from the
voltage peaks, resulting in a lower voltage drop to the motor, and therefore conserving power. This option is used when the distance between a single motor and the
40
drive is 300–600 ft (91–183m). This option can not be used with the brake chopper circuit. The output filter (option PF) should be investigated as an alternative.
PH Single Overload Relay—Uses a bimetallic overload relay to provide additional overload current protection to the motor on configurations without bypass options. It is Output
40
included with the bypass configurations for overload current protection in the bypass mode. The overload relay is mounted within the enclosure, and is manually
resettable. Heater pack included. 40
40
40
40

SVX9000 Drives
40
Available Control/Communications Options, continued
40 Option Description Option Type
40 PI Dual Overload Relays—This option is recommended when a single drive is operating two motors and overload current protection is needed for each of the motors. The
standard configuration includes two bimetallic overload relays, each sized to protect a motor with 50% of the drive hp rating. For example, a 100 hp drive would include
Output
two overload relays sized to protect two 50 hp motors. The relays are mounted within the enclosure, and are manually resettable. Heater packs not included.
40 PN Dual Overloads for Bypass—This option is recommended when a single drive is operating two motors in the bypass mode and overload current protection is needed Addl. bypass
for each of the motors. The standard configuration includes two bimetallic overload relays, each sized to protect a motor with 50% of the drive hp rating. For example, a
40 100 hp drive would include two overload relays sized to protect two 50 hp motors. The relays are mounted within the enclosure, and are manually resettable.
RA Manual HOA Bypass Controller—The manual HAND/OFF/AUTO (HOA)—3-contactor—bypass option provides a means of bypassing the SVX9000, allowing the AC Bypass
40 motor to be operated at full speed directly from the AC supply line. This option consists of an input disconnect, a fused control power transformer, and a full voltage
bypass starter with a door mounted HOA selector switch and an INVERTER/BYPASS switch. The HOA switch provides the ability to start and stop the drive in the inverter
mode. For applications up to 100 hp, a Freedom Series IEC input contactor, a Freedom Series IEC output contactor, and a Freedom Series IEC starter with a bimetallic
40 overload relay is included. For applications above 100 hp, an Advantage input contactor, an Advantage output contactor and an Advantage starter with electronic
overload protection is included. The contactors are mechanically and electrically interlocked (see power diagram on Page 66).
40 RB Manual IOB Bypass Controller—The manual INVERTER/OFF/BYPASS (IOB)—3-contactor—bypass option provides a means of bypassing the SVX9000, allowing the
AC motor to be operated at full speed directly from the AC supply line. This option consists of an input disconnect, a fused control power transformer, and a full voltage
Bypass
bypass starter with a door mounted IOB selector switch. For applications up to 100 hp, a Freedom Series IEC input contactor, a Freedom Series IEC output contactor, and
40 a Freedom Series IEC starter with a bimetallic overload relay is included. For applications above 100 hp, an Advantage input contactor, an Advantage output contactor
and an Advantage starter with electronic overload protection is included. The contactors are mechanically and electrically interlocked (see power diagram on Page 66).
40 RC Auto Transfer HOA Bypass Controller—The manual HAND/OFF/AUTO (HOA)—3-contactor—bypass option provides a means of bypassing the SVX9000, allowing Bypass
the AC motor to be operated at full speed directly from the AC supply line. The circuitry provides an automatic transfer of the load to “across the line” operation after a
drive trip. This option consists of an input disconnect, a fused control power transformer, and a full voltage bypass starter with a door mounted HOA selector switch and
40 an INVERTER/BYPASS switch. The HOA switch provides the ability to start and stop the drive in either mode. For applications up to 100 hp, a Freedom Series IEC input
contactor, a Freedom Series IEC output contactor, and a Freedom Series IEC starter with a bimetallic overload relay is included. For applications above 100 hp, an Advantage input
40 contactor, an Advantage output contactor and an Advantage starter with electronic overload protection is included. The contactors are mechanically and electrically
interlocked (see power diagram on Page 66). Door-mounted pilot lights are provided which indicate bypass or inverter operation. A green light indicates when the motor
is running in inverter mode and an amber light indicates when the motor is running in bypass mode.
40 WARNING: The motor may restart when the overcurrent relay is reset when operating in bypass, unless the IOB selector switch is turned to the OFF position.
RD Auto Transfer IOB Bypass Controller—The auto INVERTER/OFF/BYPASS (IOB)—3-contactor—bypass option provides a means of bypassing the SVX9000, allowing Bypass
40 the AC motor to be operated at full speed directly from the AC supply line. The circuitry provides an automatic transfer of the load to “across the line” operation after a
drive trip. This option consists of an input disconnect, a fused control power transformer, and a full voltage bypass starter with a door mounted IOB selector switch. For
applications up to 100 hp, a Freedom Series IEC input contactor, a Freedom Series IEC output contactor, and a Freedom Series IEC starter with a bimetallic overload relay
40 is included. For applications above 100 hp, an Advantage input contactor, an Advantage output contactor and an Advantage starter with electronic overload protection is
included. The contactors are mechanically and electrically interlocked (see power diagram on Page 66). Door-mounted pilot lights are provided which indicate bypass or
inverter operation. A green light indicates when the motor is running in inverter mode and an amber light indicates when the motor is running in bypass mode.
40 WARNING: The motor may restart when the overcurrent relay is reset when operating in bypass, unless the IOB selector switch is turned to the OFF position.
S5 Floor Stand 22 in—Converts a Size 1 or 2, normally wall mounted enclosure to a floor standing enclosure with a height of 22 in (558.8 mm). Enclosure
40 S6 Floor Stand 12 in—Converts a Size 2, normally wall mounted enclosure to a floor standing enclosure with a height of 12 in (304.8 mm). Enclosure
40 S7 10 in Expansion—In a Size 5 enclosure, the extension allows for bottom cable entry and additional space for customer mounted components.
NOTE: Enclosure expansion rated NEMA Type 1/IP21 only.
Enclosure
40 S8 20 in Expansion—In a Size 5 enclosure, the extension allows for bottom cable entry and additional space for customer mounted components. When the output filter
(option PF) is selected for a drive using a Size 5 enclosure, this expansion box is required and included in the option pricing.
Enclosure
Enclosure expansion rated NEMA Type 1/IP21 only.

40 S9 Space Heater—Prevents condensation from forming in the enclosure when the drive is inactive or in storage. Includes a thermostat for variable temperature control. A Enclosure
200W heater is installed in enclosures 0 and 1, and a 400W heater is installed in enclosures 2–5. Requires a customer supplied 115V remote supply source.
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40

SVX9000 Drives
40.3
Enclosed Drive Options
40
The brake chopper circuit purchase. Consult the factory For brake chopper circuit 40
option is used for applications for dynamic braking resistors selection and adder—NEMA
that require dynamic braking.
Dynamic braking resistors are
which are supplied separately.
Resistors are not UL Listed.
Type 1/IP21, NEMA Type 12/
IP54, consult the factory.
40
not included with drive
40
Conformal (Varnished) 40
Coating
Chassis Delivery
40
Frame Code
FR4 FP
40
FR5 FP
40
FR6 FP
FR7 FP 40
FR8 FP
FR9 FP 40
FR10 FP
FR11 FP
40
FR12 FP
40
FR13 FP
FR14 FP 40
40
208V and 230V Control Options—3/4–100 hp 480V Control Options—1–800 hp
Catalog Number Catalog Number 40

Description Suffix Description Suffix
Door-mounted speed potentiometer K1 Door-mounted speed potentiometer K1 40
Door-mounted speed potentiometer with HOA selector switch K2 Door-mounted speed potentiometer with HOA selector switch K2
3–15 psig follower K3 3–15 psig follower K3 40
HAND/OFF/AUTO switch (22 mm) K4 HAND/OFF/AUTO switch (22 mm) K4
40
MANUAL/AUTO ref switch (22 mm) K5 MANUAL/AUTO ref switch (22 mm) K5
START/STOP pushbuttons (22 mm) K6 START/STOP pushbuttons (22 mm) K6 40
115 Volt control transformer 550 VA KB 115 Volt control transformer 550 VA KB
Standard elapsed time meter KO Standard elapsed time meter KO 40
40
208V and 230V Light Options—3/4–100 hp 480V Light Options—1–800 hp
Catalog Number Catalog Number

40
Power on/fault pilot lights (22 mm) L1 Power on/fault pilot lights (22 mm) L1
40
Green RUN light (22 mm) LA Green RUN light (22 mm) LA
40
Green STOP light (22 mm) LD Green STOP light (22 mm) LD
Red RUN light (22 mm) LE Red RUN light (22 mm) LE 40
Red STOP light (22 mm) LF Red STOP light (22 mm) LF
Power on light (22 mm) LJ Power on light (22 mm) LJ 40
Misc. light (22 mm) LU Misc. light (22 mm) LU
40
Notes
External dynamic braking resistors not included. Consult factory.
40
See Product Selection on Pages 55–58, 208V, 230V and 480V. Consult the factory for adder.
Consult factory for adder information. 40
40

SVX9000 Drives
208V and 230V Bypass Options, 3/4–100 hp 208V and 230V Power Options, 3/4–100 hp
40 Catalog Number Catalog Number

40 Bypass test switch for RA, RB (and RC, RD—230V) KF Input
40 Bypass pilot lights for RA, RB options L2 Input disconnect (HMCP) 100 kAIC P1
Dual overloads for bypass PN Input line fuses 200 kAIC P3
40 Manual HOA bypass controller RA Input power surge protection P7
Manual IOB bypass controller RB Output
40 Auto transfer HOA bypass controller RC Output contactor PE
Auto transfer IOB bypass controller RD Output filter PF
40 MotoRx (300–600 ft) 1000 V/μs DV/DT filter PG
480V Bypass Options, 1–800 hp
40 Catalog Number
Single overload relay PH
Dual overload relays PI
Description Suffix
40 Bypass test switch for RA, RB, RC, RD KF 480V Power Options, 1–800 hp
40 Bypass pilot lights for RA, RB options L2 Catalog Number

Dual overloads for bypass PN Description Suffix
40 Manual HOA bypass controller RA Input
Manual IOB bypass controller RB Input disconnect (HMCP) 100 kAIC P1
40 Auto transfer HOA bypass controller RC Input line fuses 200 kAIC P3
Auto transfer IOB bypass controller RD Input power surge protection P7
40
Output
40 208V and 230V Enclosure Options, Sizes 0–5

Output contactor PE
Output filter PF
40 Description
Catalog Number
Suffix MotoRx (300–600 ft) 1000 V/μs DV/DT filter PG
Single overload relay PH
40 Floor stand 22 in (558.8 mm) S5
Floor stand 12 in (304.8 mm) S6
40 10 in (254 mm) expansion S7
20 in (508 mm) expansion S8 Input Options, 250–550 hp
40 Space heater S9 Catalog Number
Description Suffix
40 480V Enclosure Options, Sizes 0–9
480V Only
Catalog Number
40 Description Suffix Load switch P2

40 Floor stand 12 in (304.8 mm) S6
10 in (254 mm) expansion
40 S7
20 in (508 mm) expansion S8
40 Space heater S9
Notes
40 See Page 62 for details.
Consult factory for adder information.
40 See Page 67 for dimensions.

Requires customer supplied 115 Vac supply.
40 Not required for 208V and 230V applications.

Output filter may be required whenever the distance from the drive to the motor exceeds 100 ft (30m). Refer to Page 61, option PF for further details.”.
Heater packs not included.
40 Applicable with FR10 and FR11 freestanding designs only.
40
40
40
40

SVX9000 Drives
40.3
40
9000X Enclosed Drives
NEMA Type 1/IP21 or NEMA Type 12/IP54 NEMA Type 1/IP21 or NEMA Type 12/IP54
40
Primary Design Features Input/Output Interface Features
40
45–66 Hz input frequency Standard Setup adjustment provisions
40
Output: AC volts maximum Input voltage base Remote keypad/display Standard
Output frequency range 0–320 Hz Personal computer Standard 40
Initial output current (IH) 250% for 2 seconds Operator control provisions
Overload (1 minute [IH/IL]) 150%/110% Drive mounted keypad/display Standard 40
Enclosure space heater Optional Remote keypad/display Standard
Oversize enclosure Standard Conventional control elements Standard
40
Output contactor Optional Serial communications Optional 40
Bypass motor starter Optional 115 Vac control circuit Optional
Listings UL, cUL Speed setting inputs 40
Protection Features Keypad Standard
Incoming line fuses Optional 0–10 Vdc potentiometer/voltage signal Standard
40
AC input circuit disconnect Optional 4–20 mA Isolated Configurable
40
Line reactors Standard 4–20 mA Differential Configurable
Phase rotation insensitive Standard 3–15 psig Optional 40
EMI filter Standard Analog outputs
Input phase loss protection Standard Speed/frequency Standard 40
Input overvoltage protection Standard Torque/load/current Programmable
Line surge protection Standard Motor voltage Programmable
40
Output short circuit protection Standard Kilowatts Programmable
40
Output ground fault protection Standard 0–10 Vdc signals Configurable w/jumpers
Output phase protection Standard 4–20 mA DC signals Standard 40
Overtemperature protection Standard Isolated signals Optional
DC overvoltage protection Standard Discrete outputs 40
Drive overload protection Standard Fault alarm Standard
Motor overload protection Standard Drive running Standard
40
Programmer software Optional Drive at set speed Programmable 40
Local/remote keypad Standard Optional parameters 14
Keypad lockout Standard Dry contacts 1 (2 relays Form C) 40
Fault alarm output Standard Open collector outputs 1
Built-in diagnostics Standard Additional discrete outputs Optional
40
Communications
40
RS-232 Standard
RS-422/485 Optional 40
DeviceNet™ Optional
Modbus RTU Optional 40
CanOpen (slave) Optional
Profibus-DP Optional
40
Lonworks® Optional
40
Johnson Controls Metasys™ N2 Optional
40
40
40
40

SVX9000 Drives
9000X Enclosed Drives, continued Standard I/O Specifications

40 NEMA Type 1/IP21 or NEMA Type 12/IP54 Description Specification
24V: “0” ≤10V, “1” ≥18V,Ri >5 kohms
40 Performance Features
Six–digital input
programmable
40 Sensorless vector control Standard Two–analog input

configurable w/jumpers
Voltage: 0–±10V, Ri >200 kohms
Current: 0 (4)–20 mA, Ri = 250 ohms
Volts/hertz control Standard
Two–digital output Form C relays 250 Vac
40 IR and slip compensation Standard programmable 30 Vdc 2 amp resistive
Electronic reversing Standard One–analog output 0–20 mA, RL max. 500 ohms 10 bits ±2%
40 Dynamic braking Optional programmable
configurable w/jumper
DC braking Standard
40 PID setpoint controller Programmable
One digital output Open collector 48 Vdc 50 mA
programmable
40 Critical speed lockout Standard
Current (torque) limit Standard
40 Adjustable acceleration/deceleration Standard I/O Specifications for Control/Communication Options
Linear or S curve accel/decel Standard Description Specification
40 Jog at preset speed Standard Analog voltage, input 0–±10V, Ri ≥200 kohms
Thread/preset speeds 7 Analog current, input 0 (4)–20 mA, Ri = 250 ohms

40 Automatic restart Selectable Digital input 24V: “0” ≤10V, “1” ≥18V, Ri >5 kohms
40 Coasting motor start Standard Auxiliary voltage 24V (±20%), max. 50 mA
Coast or ramp stop selection Standard Reference voltage 10V ±3%, max. 10 mA
40 Elapsed time meter Optional Analog current, output 0 (4)–20 mA, RL = 500 kohms resolution 10 bit,
accuracy ≤±2%
Carrier frequency adjustment 1–16 kHz
40 Standard Conditions for Application and Service
Analog voltage, output 0 (2)–10V, RL ≥1 kohms, resolution 10 bit,
accuracy ≤±2%
40 Operating ambient temperature 0 to 40°C Relay output

Storage temperature –40 to 60°C Maximum switching voltage 300 Vdc, 250 Vac
40 Humidity (maximum), non-condensing 95% Maximum switching load 8A/24 Vdc, 0.4A/300 Vdc, 2 kVA/250 Vac
Altitude (maximum without derate) 3300 ft (1000m) Maximum continuous load 2A rms
40 Line voltage variation +10/–15% Thermistor input Rtrip = 4.7 kohms
Line frequency variation 45–66 Hz Encoder input 24V: “0” ≤10V, “1” ≥18V, Ri = 2.2 kohms
40 Efficiency >96% 5V: “0” ≤2V, “1” ≥3V, Ri = 330 ohms
40 Power factor (displacement) >0.94
40 Wiring Diagram
40 Power Diagram for Bypass Options RB and RA

Input
40 Power
40 HMCP
40
Inverter
40 Input I
Contactor
40 HVX9000
Drive
40 Mechanical
Interlock
Output M L Bypass
40 Contactor Contactor
40
Motor
40
Note
40 Some horsepower units include dynamic braking chopper as standard—refer to individual drive sections.

SVX9000 Drives
40.3
Dimensions
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) 40
9000X Enclosed Drives 40
Size 0
40
1.50 (38.1) For Cable
Lifting Holes
4 Places K K
Entry
V 40
J
U 40
L 40
H S
B
F T 40
Top View
For Cable
R Entry 40
P
40
C D
A
0.44 (11.2) W 40
Mounting Holes
4 Places
V 40
NEMA Type 1/IP21, NEMA Type 12/IP54 Bottom View
NEMA Type 12/IP54 Includes Cover Plates Over Louvers 40
For reference only, dimensions are subject to change.
40
Wide High Deep Mounting Door Height Min. Air Space
A B C D D1 E E1 F G G1 H J K 40
19.9 (504) 29.0 (737) 16.4 (416) 18.3 (465) — — — 27.4 (695) — — 25.4 (644) 4.0 (102) 3.0 (76)
40
Max. Approx.
Cable Entry Door Clearance CB Handle Shipping Weight
L M N P R S T U V W Lbs (kg) 40
5.0 (127) — — 6.0 (152) 9.6 (245) 26.4 (669) 1.5 (38) 6.3 (160) 4.3 (108) 5.3 (134) 200 (91)
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40

SVX9000 Drives

40
Size 1
40 2.50 (63.5) 2.50 (63.5) D
Lifting Holes Lifting Holes
4 Places K AA K
40 J
4 Places
J
40
40 H H
B B
F
40
40 X CC
40 C D
A
BB
0.44 (11.2)
40 Mounting Holes
4 Places
40 NEMA Type 1/IP21, NEMA Type 12/IP54

NEMA Type 12/IP54 Includes Cover Plates Over Louvers
40 Y Z DD
C A
with Floor Stand
40 0.44 (11.2)
For Cable Mounting Holes
M N 6 Places
40 Entry For Cable
Entry
NN
For Cable
For Cable Entry
40 For Cable
L Entry
P
EE
MM
Entry FF EE
40 U KK
S
JJ U
40 Top View
T
Bottom View
R
GG LL
HH
Bottom View
with Floor Stand
40 For reference only, dimensions are subject to change.
40 Wide High Deep Mounting Door Height Min. Air Space

A B C D D1 E E1 F G G1 H J K
40 26.4 (669) 36 (914) 16.3 (414) 24.8 (630) — — — 34.0 (864) — — 32.4 (822) 4.0 (102) 3.0 (76)
40 Cable Entry Door Clearance CB Handle

Max. Approx.
Shipping Weight
L M N P R S T U V W Lbs (kg)
40 11.0 (279) 6.0 (152) 9.0 (229) 10.0 (254) 6.5 (165) 26.4 (669) 1.5 (38) 4.3 (108) — — 230 (104)
40 Floor Stand
X Y Z AA BB CC DD EE FF GG HH JJ KK LL MM NN PP RR SS TT UU VV
40 56.0 4.3 11.1 1.8 0.8 55.2 26.0 3.5 5.5 3.0 6.0 2.0 5.4 1.1 8.8 5.4 — — — — — —
(1422) (108) (281) (46) (19) (1402) (660) (90) (141) (76) (152) (51) (136) (28) (224) (137)
40
40
40
40
40

SVX9000 Drives
40.3
40
Size 2
2.50 (63.5) 2.50 (63.5) D 40
Lifting Holes Lifting Holes AA
2 Places 2 Places
J J
40
K K
2.50 (63.5) D
Lifting Holes AA
2 Places
40
J
K 40
H H
40
B B
F PP
40
NN
XB
H
CC
40
40
C D BB 40
A
0.44 (11.2)
Mounting Holes 40
4 Places
BB
NEMA Type 1/IP21, NEMA Type 12/IP54
NEMA Type 12/IP54 Includes
40
Cover Plates Over Louvers
Y
C
Z DD
A
Y
C
Z DD
A
40
NEMA Type 1/IP21, NEMA Type 12/IP54 NEMA Type 1/IP21, NEMA Type 12/IP54
with 22 in Floor Stand with 12 in Floor Stand 40
For Cable For Cable
For Cable
Entry Entry
For Cable
Entry Entry 0.44 (11.2) Mounting
40
Holes 6 Places
P
EE
MM
40
FF EE
L
U U V
40
S
Top View
T
Bottom View
R
GG
JJ
KK LL
40
HH
Bottom View
NEMA Type 1/IP21, NEMA Type 12/IP54
40
with Floor Stand

40
Wide High Deep Mounting Door Height Min. Air Space 40
26.4 (669) 59.0 (1499) 19.4 (492) 24.8 (630) — — — 57.0 (1448) — — 55.4 (1406) 4.0 (102) 3.0 (76) 40
Max. Approx. 40
L M N P R S T U V W Lbs (kg)
40
5.9 (149) — — 12.4 (315) 9.5 (241) 26.4 (669) 1.5 (38) 4.8 (121) 5.9 (151) — 380 (173)
Floor Stand
40
X Y Z AA BB CC DD EE FF GG HH JJ KK LL MM NN PP RR SS TT UU VV
40
69.0 4.8 13.6 1.8 0.8 68.2 26.0 4.8 6.8 3.0 6.0 2.0 5.0 1.1 11.3 79.0 78.2 — — — — —
(1753) (121) (344) (46) (19) (1732) (660) (121) (172) (76) (152) (51) (127) (28) (288) (2007) (1986)
40
40
40
40

SVX9000 Drives

40
Size 3
40 0.50 (12.7)
Lifting Eyes
2 Places K
40 J
M P
40 V
For Cable
40 Entry U
L
40 S
T
40 Top View
H
B RR
40 0.44 (11.2)
Mounting Holes
6 Places For Cable
40 R Entry
40 F N
40 G
40 SS
TT
UU G1 D1 D
W
C A E1 E
VV
Bottom View
40 Wide High Deep Mounting Door Height Min. Air Space
40 26.4 (671) 77.0 (1956) 19.4 (493) 19.5 (495) 3.3 (83) 23.0 (584) 1.5 (38) 11.7 (298) 5.5 (140) 0.9 (24) 76.4 (1939) 4.0 (102) 3.0 (76)
40 Max. Approx.
40 L M N P R S T U V W RR SS TT UU VV Lbs (kg)
5.3 23.4 10.0 1.3 12.9 26.4 1.5 8.0 4.8 6.8 79.5 13.40 0.8 1.3 26.0 690 (313)
40 (133) (594) (254) (32) (328) (669) (38) (203) (121) (173) (2018) (340) (19) (32) (660)
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40

SVX9000 Drives
40.3
40
Size 4
0.50 (12.7) 40
Lifting Eyes
2 Places K
J 40
M P
40
V
For Cable
Entry U 40
L
40
S
H Top View
T
40
B RR
0.44 (11.2)
40
Mounting Holes
For Cable
6 Places
Entry 40
R
40
F N
40
G
SS
TT
G1 D1 D
40
C A
E1 E
NEMA Type 1/IP21, NEMA Type 12/IP54 Bottom View
40

40
26.4 (671) 90.0 (2286) 19.4 (493) 19.5 (495) 3.3 (83) 23.0 (584) 1.5 (38) 11.7 (298) 5.5 (140) 0.9 (24) 89.4 (2270) 4.0 (102) 3.0 (76)
40
Max. Approx. 40
L M N P R S T U V W RR SS TT UU VV Lbs (kg) 40
5.3 23.4 13.8 1.0 11.2 26.4 1.5 8.0 4.8 — 92.5 0.8 1.3 — — 825 (375)
(133) (594) (351) (25) (286) (669) (38) (204) (121) (2349) (19) (32) 40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40

SVX9000 Drives

40
Size 5
40
J
40
40
40
Lifting Eyes
(2 Places)
40
40 RR
40
40 N
T For Cable
Entry L
40 H
S
40 B
M P
A Top View
40 Front View
NEMA Type 1/IP21
40
0.56 (14.2) Dia.
40 Mounting
Holes
(4 Places) F
40 SS
G
C
40 Side View D1 D
Bottom View
40
40 IL hp
208/230V 75
40 100
480V 200
40 250
40
40 Front View
NEMA Type 12/IP54
40 Wide
A
High
B
Deep
C
Mounting
D D1 E E1 F G G1
Door Height
H
Min. Air Space
J K
40 40.0 (1016) 90.0 (2286) 21.3 (541) 36.0 (914) 2.0 (51) — — 8.0 (203) 10.8 (273) — 84.4 (2143) 4.0 (102) —
40 Cable Entry Door Clearance

Max. Approx.
Shipping Weight
L M N P R S T U V W RR SS TT UU VV Lbs (kg)
40 15.0 10.0 4.8 2.0 — 36.3 20.0 — — — 94.0 15.5 — — — 1275 (579)
(381) (254) (122) (51) (921) (508) (2387) (394)
40
40
40

SVX9000 Drives
40.3
40
Size 5-1P
40
J
40
40
40
Lifting Eyes
(2 Places)
40
RR
40
For Cable
Entry N
40
T L 40
S 40
B H Door Clearance M P
A
Top View 40
Front View
NEMA Type 1/IP21 0.56 (14.2) Dia.
For Cable
40
Mounting Holes
(4 Places) Entry
40
F
U
40
V
G
SS
C
40
D1 D
M P
Bottom View 40
40
IL hp 40
208/230V 75
100 40
480V 200
250 40
40
Front View
NEMA Type 12/IP54
40
For reference only, dimensions are subject to change. 40
Wide
A
High
B
Deep
C
Mounting
D D1 E E1 F G G1
Door Height
H
Min. Air Space
J K
40
50.0 (1270) 90.0 (2286) 21.3 (541) 36.0 (914) 2.0 (51) — — 8.0 (203) 10.8 (273) — 84.4 (2143) 4.0 (102) — 40
Cable Entry Door Clearance
Max. Approx.
Shipping Weight
40
17.1 8.0 1.3 1.0 — 36.3 20.0 18.4 1.3 — 94.0 15.5 — — — 1375 (624)
40
(435) (203) (33) (25) (921) (508) (466) (32) (2387) (394)
40
40
40

SVX9000 Drives

40
Size 5-2P
40
J
40
40
40 Lifting Eyes
(2 Places)
40
RR
40
For Cable
N
40 Entry
40 T L
40
B H S M P
Door Clearance
40 A Top View
Front View
40 NEMA Type 1/IP21 0.56 (14.2) Dia.
Mounting Holes For Cable
(4 Places) Entry
40
F
40 V
U
G
40 SS
C D1 D
M R
40 Bottom View
40
40 IL hp
208/230V 75
40 100
480V 200
40 250
40
40 Front View
NEMA Type 12/IP54
40 Wide
A
High
B
Deep
C
Mounting
D D1 E E1 F G G1
Door Height
H
Min. Air Space
J K
40 Enclosure Size 5-2P

60.0 (1524) 90.0 (2286) 21.3 (541) 36.0 (914) 2.0 (51) — — 8.0 (203) 10.8 (273) — 84.4 (2143) 4.0 (102) —
40
Max. Approx.
40 L M N P R S T U V W RR SS TT UU VV
Shipping Weight
Lbs (kg)
40 17.0
(432)
18.0
(457)
1.5
(38)
1.0
(25)
0.9
(23)
36.3
(921)
20.0
(508)
18.4
(466)
1.3
(32)
— 94.0
(2387)
15.5
(394)
— — — 1585 (720)
40
40

SVX9000 Drives
40.3
40
Size 6
40
T
40
40
S
Door Clearance 40
Top View
40
J
40
Keypad
40
Flanged Disconnect Supplied
with Circuit Breaker When Specified
40
Operator Elements When Specified, 40
Mounted on These Panels
40
RR Key-Locking Handle
B H 40
40
40
Ventilating Slots
40
Quarter Turn Latch
(2 Places) 40
C A 40
Side View
Front View
40
M L For Cable Entry
N
40
IL hp
480V 300 F
0.56 (14.2) Dia.
40
350 P Mounting Hole –
400
G
(4 Places) 40
D1 D 40
Bottom View
For reference only, dimensions are subject to change. See Page 57, notes 3 and 5 for enclosure and option selection. 40
30.0 (762) 90.0 (2286) 26.0 (660) 26.5 (673) 1.8 (46) — — 17.3 (438) 5.5 (140) — 84.4 (2143) 4.0 (102) — 40
Max. Approx.
Shipping Weight
40
23.5 3.3 4.5 19.3 — 26.2 24.8 — — — 93.9 — — — — 1500 (681)
40
(597) (84) (114) (490) (667) (629) (2386)
40
40
40

SVX9000 Drives

40
Size 8
40 T For Top Cable Entry –
S (2 Places)
40
40 R
40
40 Top View
40 J
40
40
40
40
40
RR
B H
40
40
40
40
40
U V
40 C
A
Side View Front View
40 0.56 (14.2) Dia.
M L For Bottom
Mounting Hole –
(4 Places) Cable Entry
40
IL hp
40 480V 300
F N
350
40 400
G P
40 D1 D
Bottom View
40 For reference only, dimensions are subject to change. See Page 57, notes 3 and 5 for enclosure and option selection.

40 A B C D D1 E E1 F G G1 H J K
40 48.0 (1219) 90.0 (2286) 24.0 (610) 42.2 (1072) 3.0 (77) — — — 5.5 (139) — 84.4 (2143) 4.0 (102) —
Max. Approx.
40 Cable Entry Shipping Weight
40 9.5 37.5 12.5 7.7 8.3 1.3 31.0 21.5 21.3 — 93.5 — — — — 2000 (908)
(241) (952) (318) (196) (210) (32) (787) (545) (541) (2375)
40
40

SVX9000 Drives
40.3
40
Size 9
S
T U 40
R 40
Access in Top –
(2 Places) W
V 40
40
90° Max. 90° Max.
Door
Opening
Door
Opening 40
SS UU
TT
40
Top View
40
J
Openings Filtered for
NEMA Type 12/IP54 Design 40
Drive Circuit Breaker
40
40
Key-Locking Handle 40
RR 40
B
40
40
Access
Plate –
4 Places 40
40
C A 40
Side View Front View
0.56 (14.2) Dia.

M L Bottom Access
40
Mounting Hole –
(5 Places)
N 40
G
IL hp
IH hp
G1
P 40
480V 400 500
500 550
550 600 D1 D D2 40
E
Bottom View
40
For reference only, dimensions are subject to change. See Page 57, notes 3 and 5 for enclosure and option selection.

40
60.0 (1524) 90.0 (2286) 260.1 (664) 22.9 (582) 2.0 (51) 30.0 (762) 44.3 (1125) 10.6 (270) 10.6 (270) 8.2 (208) — 4.0 (102) —
40
Max. Approx.
40
Cable Entry Shipping Weight
L M N P R S T U V W RR SS TT UU VV Lbs (kg) 40
8.5 32.7 12.0 11.9 9.8 1.5 43.5 15.0 7.5 25.0 93.5 27.4 290.1 270.1 — 2500 (1135)
(216) (831) (305) (303) (249) (38) (1105) (381) (191) (635) (2375) (696) (738) (687) 40
40
40

SVX9000 Drives
SVX9000 VFD Pump Panels Contents

40 Description Page
40 SVX9000 Open Drives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
SVX9000 Enclosed Drives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
40 SVX9000 VFD Pump Panels
Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
Wiring Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
40 Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
40
40
40
40
40 SVX9000 VFD Pump Panels
40 Product Description Features Product Identification
● Standard Enclosed— ● NEMA Type 12/IP54 or SVX9000 Pump Application
40 covers a wide range of the NEMA Type 3R enclosures
1
most commonly ordered ● Input voltage: 208V, 230V,
40 options. Pre-engineering 480V and 575V (consult
eliminates the lead time factory)
normally associated with
40 customer specific options.
● Complete range of control,
network and power
● Modified Standard
40 Enclosed—applies to
options
6 2
● Horsepower range:
specific customer
40 requirements that vary
● 208V—3/4 to 100 hp IH;
from the Standard 1 to 100 hp IL
40 Enclosed offering, such as ● 230V—3/4 to 100 hp IH;
1 to 100 hp IL
the need for an additional 3
40 indicating light or minor
modifications to drawings.
● 480V—1 to 350 hp IH;
1-1/2 to 400 hp IL
Consult your Eaton
40 representative for
● HMCP padlockable
● Single-phase input
assistance in pricing and
available—consult factory
40 lead time.
4
● Custom Engineered—for
40 those applications with
more unique or complex
40 requirements, these are
individually engineered to
5
● UL Listed
the customer’s needs.
40 Consult your Eaton
● cUL Listed
representative for
40 assistance in pricing and
lead time.
1 SVX9000 variable frequency drive 4 Space heater
40 2 Input disconnect (HMCP) Option S9
Option P1 5 Bypass contactor
40 3 Input contactor (included as Option RA/RB
standard with bypass option) 6 Door-mounted keypad
40 (included as standard)
40
40

SVX9000 Drives
40.3
40
SVX9000 Enclosed NEMA Type 12/IP54/3R Drive
Build Alphabetically and Numerically
40
SVX 010 2 4 E P _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 40
Product Family Enclosed Options Type 40
SVX = Enclosed drives K1 Door-mounted speed potentiometer Control
K2 Door-mounted speed potentiometer with HOA selector
switch
Control 40
Horsepower Rating K5 MANUAL/AUTO reference switch (22 mm) Control
F07 = 3/4 hp 010 = 10 hp 060 = 60 hp K6 START and STOP pushbuttons (22 mm) Control 40
001 = 1 hp 015 = 15 hp 075 = 75 hp K9 (2) Factory installed auxiliary contacts Power
F15 = 1-1/2 hp
002 = 2 hp
020 = 20 hp
025 = 25 hp
100 = 100 hp
125 = 125 hp
L1
L2
Power on and fault pilot lights
Bypass pilot lights for RA bypass option
Light
Addl. bypass
40
003 = 3 hp 030 = 30 hp 150 = 150 hp LD Green STOP light Light
005 = 5 hp 040 = 40 hp 200 = 200 hp LE Red RUN light Light 40
007 = 7-1/2 hp 050 = 50 hp LU Light (22 mm) Light
LW PTT light (22 mm) Light
Consult factory
LY Adder for LED each Light 40
250 = 250 hp 350 = 350 hp
300 = 300 hp 400 = 400 hp P1 Input disconnect (HMCP) 100 kAIC Input
P3
P7
Input
Input
40
P8 TVSS transient voltage surge suppressor Input
Enclosure Rating PE Output contactor Output 40
2 = NEMA Type 12/IP54 RA Manual HOA bypass controller Bypass
3 = NEMA Type 3R S5 Floor stand 22 in Enclosure 40
S9 Space heater w/out CPT Enclosure
SA Space heater w/CPT Enclosure
Voltage Rating SB Socket type control relay Enclosure 40
Three-phase Single-phase SE On-delay timer Enclosure
1 = 208V
2 = 230V
J = 230V
K = 480V
SF Off-delay timer Enclosure 40
4 = 480V
40
Application—Torque/Braking

C2 = Modbus
C3 = Profibus DP
40
B = IL/internal brake chopper C4 = LonWorks
D = IH/no brake chopper C5 = Profibus DP (D9 connector) 40
E = IH/internal brake chopper C6 = CanOpen (slave)
C7 = DeviceNet
C8 = Modbus (D9 type connector) 40
Enclosed Style CA = Johnson Controls N2
P = Pumping application CI = Modbus TCP
CJ = BACnet
40
CK = Ethernet IP
D3 = RS-232 with D9 connection 40
Control Options 40
B4 = 1 AI (mA isolated), 2 AO (mA isolated),
40
B5 = 3 RO (NO) 40
B9 = 1 RO (NO), 5 DI 42–240 Vac input
40
Notes
Consult factory. 40
Local/remote keypad is included as the standard control panel.
Brake chopper is a factory installed option only, see drive options on Page 18. External dynamic braking resistors not included. Consult factory.
Includes local/remote speed reference switch.
40
See Page 87 for descriptions. 40
See Pages 85 and 86 for complete descriptions.
Bypass options applicable only in the pump panel three-phase design. 40
40
40

SVX9000 Drives
Product Selection
40
When Ordering
40 ● Select a base catalog greater than the motor’s ● If dynamic brake chopper ● Select enclosed options.
number that meets the full load amp rating). The or control/communication Add the codes as suffixes
40 application requirements— base enclosed package option is desired, change to the base catalog number
nominal horsepower, includes a standard drive, the appropriate code in the in alphabetical and numeric
40 voltage and enclosure
rating (the enclosed drive’s
door mounted local/remote
keypad and enclosure.
base catalog number. order.
● Read all footnotes.
continuous output amp
40 rating should be equal to or
40 208V Drives
Pump Panel Style (Three-Phase)
40 SVX9000 Enclosed
Drives NEMA Type 12/IP54 NEMA Type 3R
40 Size hp Size Number Size Number
40 A 3/4 4 SVXF0721EP 4 SVXF0731EP
40 1 SVX00121EP SVX00131EP
1-1/2 SVXF1521EP SVXF1531EP
40 2 SVX00221EP SVX00231EP
3 5 SVX00321EP 5 SVX00331EP
40 5 SVX00521EP SVX00531EP
7-1/2 SVX00721EP SVX00731EP
40 10 6 SVX01021EP 6 SVX01031EP
B 15 SVX01521EP SVX01531EP
40 20 7 SVX02021DP 7 SVX02031DP
40 25 SVX02521DP SVX02531DP
C 30 SVX03021DP SVX03031DP
40 40 8 SVX04021DP 8 SVX04031DP
50 SVX05021DP SVX05031DP
40 D 60 SVX06021DP SVX06031DP
75 9 SVX07521DP 9 SVX07531DP
40 100 SVX10021DP SVX10031DP
40 A 1 4 SVX00121BP 4 SVX00131BP
40 1-1/2 SVXF1521BP SVXF1531BP

2 SVX00221BP SVX00231BP
40 3 SVX00321BP SVX00331BP
5 5 SVX00521BP 5 SVX00531BP
40 7-1/2 SVX00721BP SVX00731BP
40 15 6 SVX01521BP 6 SVX01531BP
B 20 SVX02021BP SVX02031BP
40 25 7 SVX02521AP 7 SVX02531AP
40 30 SVX03021AP SVX03031AP
C 40 SVX04021AP SVX04031AP
40 50 8 SVX05021AP 8 SVX05031AP
60 SVX06021AP SVX06031AP
40 D 75 SVX07521AP SVX07531AP
100 9 SVX10021AP 9 SVX10031AP
40 Notes
Enclosure dimensions starting on Page 92.
40

SVX9000 Drives
40.3
230V Drives
40
SVX9000 Enclosed
Drives
Enclosure
NEMA Type 12/IP54
Frame Base Catalog
NEMA Type 3R
Frame Base Catalog
40
Size hp Size Number Size Number
40
A 3/4 4 SVXF0722EP 4 SVXF0732EP 40
1 SVX00122EP SVX00132EP
1-1/2 SVXF1522EP SVXF1532EP 40
3 5 SVX00322EP 5 SVX00332EP 40
7-1/2 SVX00722EP SVX00732EP
40
10 6 SVX01022EP 6 SVX01032EP
B 15 SVX01522EP SVX01532EP
40
20 7 SVX02022DP 7 SVX02032DP 40
C 30 SVX03022DP SVX03032DP 40
40 8 SVX04022DP 8 SVX04032DP
50 SVX05022DP SVX05032DP 40
D 60 SVX06022DP SVX06032DP
75 9 SVX07522DP 9 SVX07532DP
40
40
A 1 4 SVX00122BP 4 SVX00132BP 40
1-1/2 SVXF1522BP SVXF1532BP
2 SVX00222BP SVX00232BP 40
5 5 SVX00522BP 5 SVX00532BP 40
7-1/2 SVX00722BP SVX00732BP
40
15 6 SVX01522BP 6 SVX01532BP
B 20 SVX02022BP SVX02032BP
40
25 7 SVX02522AP 7 SVX02532AP
40
C 40 SVX04022AP SVX04032AP 40
50 8 SVX05022AP 8 SVX05032AP
60 SVX06022AP SVX06032AP 40
D 75 SVX07522AP SVX07532AP
100 9 SVX10022AP 9 SVX10032AP
40
Notes
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40

SVX9000 Drives
SVX9000 Enclosed Pump Panel Style (Single-Phase)

40 Drives NEMA Type 12/IP54 NEMA Type 3R
40 A 3/4 4 SVXF072JBP 4 SVXF073JBP
40 1 SVX0012JBP SVX0013JBP
2 5 SVX0022JBP 5 SVX0023JBP
40 3 SVX0032JBP SVX0033JBP
5 SVX0052JBP SVX0053JBP
40 7-1/2 6 SVX0072JBP 6 SVX0073JBP
10 SVX0102JBP SVX0103JBP
40 B 15 7 SVX0152JBP 7 SVX0153JBP
40 20 SVX0202JAP SVX0203JAP
C 25 8 SVX0252JAP 8 SVX0253JAP
40 30 SVX0302JAP SVX0303JAP
40 SVX0402JAP SVX0403JAP
40
Notes
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40

SVX9000 Drives
40.3
480V Drives
40
SVX9000 Enclosed
Drives
Enclosure
NEMA Type 12/IP54
Frame Base Catalog
NEMA Type 3R
Frame Base Catalog
40
Size hp Size Number Size Number
40
A 1 4 SVX00124EP 4 SVX00134EP 40
1-1/2 SVXF1524EP SVXF1534EP
2 SVX00224EP SVX00234EP 40
5 SVX00524EP SVX00534EP 40
7-1/2 5 SVX00724EP 5 SVX00734EP
40
20 6 SVX02024EP 6 SVX02034EP
40
25 SVX02524EP SVX02534EP 40
B 30 7 SVX03024EP 7 SVX03034EP
40 SVX04024DP SVX04034DP 40
60 SVX06024DP SVX06034DP 40
C 75 8 SVX07524DP 8 SVX07534DP
40
D 150 9 SVX15024DP 9 SVX15034DP
40
200 SVX20024DP SVX20034DP 40
Consult factory 250 10 SVX25024DP 10 SVX25034DP
300 SVX30024DP SVX30034DP 40
Low Overload Drive and Enclosure 40
A 1-1/2 4 SVXF1524BP 4 SVXF1534BP
40
40
7-1/2 SVX00724BP SVX00734BP
40
10 5 SVX01024BP 5 SVX01034BP
15 SVX01524BP SVX01534BP 40
25 6 SVX02524BP 6 SVX02534BP 40
B 40 7 SVX04024BP 7 SVX04034BP
40
40
40
C 100 8 SVX10024AP 8 SVX10034AP
125 SVX12524AP SVX12534AP 40
D 200 9 SVX20024AP 9 SVX20034AP 40
Consult factory 300 10 SVX30024AP 10 SVX30034AP
40
40
Notes
40
40

SVX9000 Drives
SVX9000 Enclosed Pump Panel Style (Single-Phase)

40 Drives NEMA Type 12/IP54 NEMA Type 3R
40 A 3/4 4 SVXF072KBP 4 SVXF073KBP
1 SVX0012KBP SVX0013KBP
40 2 SVX0022KBP SVX0023KBP
40 3 SVX0032KBP SVX0033KBP
5 5 SVX0052KBP 5 SVX0053KBP
40 7-1/2 SVX0072KBP SVX0073KBP
40 15 6 SVX0152KBP 6 SVX0153KBP
40 B 25 7 SVX0252KAP 7 SVX0253KAP
30 SVX0302KAP SVX0303KAP
40 C 40 8 SVX0402KAP 8 SVX0403KAP
40 50 SVX0502KAP SVX0503KAP
60 SVX0602KAP SVX0603KAP
40 Notes
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40

SVX9000 Drives
40.3
Options
40
total of five option boards. 40
Option Board Kits
Option Boards
Field Factory
40
Allowed Slot Catalog Option Local/ 40
Standard I/O Cards 40
D E 2 RO (NC-NO) B OPTA2 — ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
A B C
40
Extended I/O Cards
40
6 DI, 1 ext +24 Vdc/EXT +24 Vdc B, C, D, E OPTB1 B1 — — — — — ■ ■
40
1 AI (mA isolated), 2 AO (mA isolated), B, C, D, E OPTB4 B4 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ 40

3 RO (NO) B, C, D, E OPTB5 B5 — — — — — ■ ■ 40
1 RO (NO), 5 DI 42–240 Vac input B, C, D, E OPTB9 B9 — — — — — ■ ■ 40
Communication Cards
Modbus D, E OPTC2 C2 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
40
Modbus TCP D, E OPTCI CI ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
40
BACnet D, E OPTCJ CJ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Ethernet IP D, E OPTCK CK ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ 40
Profibus DP D, E OPTC3 C3 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
40
Profibus DP (D9 connector) D, E OPTC5 C5 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

40
40
DeviceNet D, E OPTC7 C7 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Modbus (D9 type connector) D, E OPTC8 C8 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ 40

Keypad
40
9000X Series local/remote keypad — KEYPAD-
LOC/REM
— — — — — — — —
40
9000X Series remote mount keypad kit — OPTRMT- — — — — — — — —
KIT-9000X 40
40
Notes
40
40
40
40
40
40

SVX9000 Drives

40 Communications Communications Communications
40 OPTC2 is used for connecting OPTC7 is used for connecting OPTCJ is used for connecting
40 a Modbus network. The DeviceNet Network. It networks. It includes a 5.08
interface is connected by a includes a 5.08 mm pluggable mm pluggable connector.
40 9-pin DSUB connector
connector. Transfer method
is via CAN using a two-wire
Data transfer is Master-Slave/
Token Passing (MS/TP) RS-
40 baud. Other communication two-wire bus power cable collection of 30 Binary Value
40 address range from 1 to 247; used for communication Analog Value Objects (AVOs)
40 Even; and the stop bit is 1. baud and 500K baud. parameters. The card
Profibus Network Johnson Controls Kbaud communication
40 Communications Metasys N2 Network speeds and supports network
The Profibus Network Card Communications addresses 1–127.
40 OPTC3 is used for connecting The OPTC2 fieldbus board
the 9000X Drive as a slave on provides communication Ethernet/IP Network
40 a Profibus-DP network. The between the 9000X Drive and Communications
interface is connected by a a Johnson Controls The Ethernet/IP Network
40 9-pin DSUB connector Metasys™ N2 network. With Card OPTCK is used for
(female). The baud rates this connection, the drive can connecting the 9000X Drive
40 range from 9.6K baud to 12M
be controlled, monitored and
programmed from the
to Ethernet/Industrial
Protocol networks. It includes
range from 1 to 127. Metasys system. The N2 an RJ-45 pluggable
40 fieldbus is available as a connector. The interface uses
LonWorks Network factory installed option and as CIP objects to communicate
40 Communications a field installable kit. drive parameters (CIP is
40 OPTC4 is used for connecting Modbus/TCP Network Protocol”, the same protocol
the 9000X Drive on a Communications used by DeviceNet). The
40 LonWorks network. This The Modbus/TCP Network board supports 10 Mbps and
100 Mbps communication
interface uses Standard Card OPTCI is used for
speeds. The IP address of the
40 Network Variable Types
(SNVT) as data types. The
connecting the 9000X Drive
to Ethernet networks utilizing board is configurable by
channel connection is Modbus protocol. It includes Static, BOOTP and DHCP
40 achieved using a FTT-10A an RJ-45 pluggable methods.
Free Topology transceiver connector. This interface
40 via a single twisted transfer provides a selection of
cable. The communication standard and custom register
40 speed with LonWorks is values to communicate drive
78 kBits/s. parameters. The board
supports 10 Mbps and 100
40 CanOpen (Slave) Mbps communication
Communications speeds. The IP address of the
40 The CanOpen (Slave) board is configurable over
Network Card OPTC6 is used Ethernet using a supplied
40 for connecting the 9000X software tool.
Drive to a host system.
40 According to ISO11898
40 for CAN bus should have a
nominal impedance of 120
40 of nominal 5 nS/m. 120 ohms
40 required for installation.
40
40
40

SVX9000 Drives
40.3
40
40
K1 Door-Mounted Speed Potentiometer—Provides the SVX9000 with the ability to adjust the frequency reference using a door-mounted potentiometer. This option uses Control
the 10 Vdc reference to generate a 0–10V signal at the analog voltage input signal terminal. When the HOA bypass option is added, the speed is controlled when the
HOA switch is in the HAND position. Without the HOA bypass option, a two-position switch (labeled local/remote) is provided on the keypad to select speed reference from the
40
Speed Potentiometer or a remote speed signal.
K2 Door-Mounted Speed Potentiometer with HOA Selector Switch—Provides the SVX9000 with the ability to start/stop and adjust the speed reference from Control
40
door-mounted control devices or remotely from customer supplied inputs. In HAND position, the drive will start and the speed is controlled by the door-mounted speed
4–20 mA signal.
40
K5 MANUAL/AUTO Speed Reference Switch—Provides a door-mounted selector switch for MANUAL/AUTO speed reference. Control 40
K6 START and STOP Pushbuttons (22 mm)—START (green) STOP (red). Provide door-mounted START and STOP pushbuttons for either bypass or Control
non-bypass configurations.
40
K9 (2) Factory Installed Auxiliary Contacts—Provide two NO/NC auxiliary contacts. Power
L1 Power On and Fault Pilot Lights—Provide a white power on light that indicates power to the enclosed cabinet and a red fault light that indicates a drive fault Light 40
has occurred.
L2 Bypass Pilot Lights for RB, RA Bypass Options—A green light indicates when the motor is running in inverter mode and an amber light indicates when the motor is
running in bypass mode. The lights are mounted on the enclosure door, above the switches.
Addl. Bypass 40
LD Green STOP Light (22 mm)—Provides a green light that indicates the drive is stopped. Light 40
LE Red RUN Pilot Light (22 mm)—Provides a red run pilot light that indicates the drive is running. Light
LU Misc. Light (22 mm)—Provides a misc. “user defined” pilot light. User to define light function and color. Light 40
LW PTT (Push-To-Test) Light (22 mm)—Provides misc. “user defined” PTT pilot light. User to define light function and color. Light
LY Adder for LED Each—Changes light packages from standard incandescent bulb to LED style bulb. Light
40
P1 Input Disconnect Assembly Rated to 100 kAIC—High Interrupting Motor Circuit Protector (HMCP) that provides a means of short circuit protection for the power Input
cables between it and the SVX9000, and protection from high-level ground faults on the power cable. Allows a convenient means of disconnecting the SVX9000 from the line 40
and the operating mechanism can be padlocked in the OFF position. This is factory mounted in the enclosure.
P3 Input Line Fuses Rated to 200 kAIC—Provide high-level fault protection of the SVX9000 input power circuit from the load side of the fuses to the input side of the Input 40
power transistors. This option consists of three 200 kA fuses, which are factory mounted in the enclosure.
P7 MOV Surge Suppressor—Provides a Metal Oxide Varistor (MOV) connected to the line side terminals and is designed to clip line side transients. Input 40
P8 TVSS Transient Voltage Surge Suppressor—Provides transient voltage surge suppression of the unit. Consult factory for ratings. Input
PE Output Contactor—Provides a means for positive disconnection of the drive output from the motor terminals. The contactor coil is controlled by the drive’s run or Output
40
permissive logic. NC and NO auxiliary contacts rated at 10A, 600 Vac are provided for customer use. Bypass option RA includes an output contactor as standard. This
option includes a low VA 115 Vac fused control power transformer and is factory mounted in the enclosure. 40
RA Manual HOA Bypass Controller—The Manual HAND/OFF/AUTO (HOA)—3-contactor—bypass option provides a means of bypassing the SVX9000, allowing the AC Bypass
motor to be operated at full speed directly from the AC supply line. This option consists of an input disconnect, a fused control power transformer, and a full voltage
bypass starter with a door mounted HOA selector switch and an INVERTER/BYPASS switch. The HOA switch provides the ability to start and stop the drive in the inverter
40
mode. For applications up to 100 hp, a Freedom Series IEC input contactor, a Freedom Series IEC output contactor, and a Freedom Series IEC starter with a bimetallic
overload relay is included. For applications above 100 hp, an Advantage input contactor, an Advantage output contactor and an Advantage starter with electronic 40
overload protection is included. The contactors are mechanically and electrically interlocked (see power diagram on Page 91).
S5 Floor Stand 22 in—Converts a Size A or B, normally wall mounted enclosure to a floor standing enclosure with a height of 22 in (558.8 mm). Enclosure 40
S9 Space Heater without CPT—Prevents condensation from forming in the enclosure when the drive is inactive or in storage. Includes a thermostat for variable Enclosure
temperature control. A 200W heater is installed in enclosures A and B, and 400W heater is installed in enclosures C and D. Requires a customer supplied 115V remote
supply source.
40
SA Space Heater with CPT— Prevents condensation from forming in the enclosure when the drive is inactive or in storage. Includes a thermostat for variable temperature Enclosure
control. A 200W heater is installed in enclosures A and B, and 400W heater is installed in enclosures C and D. Provided with CPT connected to load side of input disconnect.
40
SB Ice Cube Style Control Relay—Provides misc. “user defined” 4PDT control relay. Requires user to define functionality. Enclosure
40
SE On-Delay Timer (Delay on Make)—Provides misc. “user defined” time delay relay. Requires user to define functionality and time setting requirement. Enclosure
SF Off-Delay Timer (Delay on Break)—Provides misc. “user defined” time delay relay. Requires user to define functionality and time setting requirement. Enclosure 40
40
40
40
40
40

SVX9000 Drives
VFD Pump Panel Options

40
40 208V and 230V: NEMA Type 12/IP54/3R, I H hp 3/4 to 100; 208V, 230V and 480V Enclosure Options, Sizes A–D
IL hp 1 to 100 Catalog Number

40 480V: NEMA Type 12/IP54/3R, IH hp 1 to 400; IL hp 1-1/2 to 400 Description Suffix

208V and 230V Control Options, 3/4–100 hp
40 Catalog Number Space heater without CPT S9
Description Suffix Space heater with CPT SA
40 Door-mounted speed potentiometer K1 Socket type control relay SB
40 Door-mounted speed potentiometer with HOA selector switch K2 On-delay timer SE

Manual/auto reference switch (22 mm) K5 Off-delay timer SF
40 START and STOP pushbuttons (22 mm) K6
40 480V Control Options, 1–800 hp 208 and 230V Power Options, 3/4–100 hp
Catalog Number Catalog Number

40 Description Suffix Description Suffix
Door-mounted speed potentiometer K1 Two auxiliary contacts installed K9

40 Door-mounted speed potentiometer with HOA selector switch K2 Input disconnect (HMCP) 100 kAIC P1
Input line fuses 200 kAIC P3
40 Manual/auto reference switch (22 mm) K5
Input power surge protection P7
START and STOP pushbuttons (22 mm) K6
40 TVSS transient voltage surge suppressor P8
Output contactor PE
40 208V and 230V Light Options, 3/4–100 hp
Catalog Number 480V Power Options, 1–400 hp
40 Description Suffix
Catalog Number
Power on/fault pilot lights (22 mm) L1 Description Suffix
40 Green STOP light (22 mm) LD Two auxiliary contacts installed K9
Red RUN light (22 mm) LE Input disconnect (HMCP) 100 kAIC P1
40 Misc. light (22 mm) LU Input line fuses 200 kAIC P3
40 PTT light (22 mm) LW Input power surge protection P7

LED LY TVSS transient voltage surge suppressor P8
40
Output contactor PE
480V Light Options, 1–800 hp
40 Catalog Number
Description Suffix 208 and 230V Bypass Options, 3/4–100 hp
40 Power on/fault pilot lights (22 mm) L1 Catalog Number

Green STOP light (22 mm) LD Description Suffix
40 Red RUN light (22 mm) LE Bypass pilot lights for RA option L2
Misc. light (22 mm) LU Manual HOA bypass controller RA

40 PTT light (22 mm) LW
480V Bypass Options, 1–400 hp
40 LED LY
Catalog Number
Notes Description Suffix
40 External dynamic braking resistors not included. Consult factory.
Bypass pilot lights for RA option L2
Consult factory for adder information.
Manual HOA bypass controller RA
Bypass options applicable only in the pump panel three-phase design.
40
40
40
40
40

SVX9000 Drives
40.3
40
9000X VFD Pump Panels
NEMA Type 12/IP54 or NEMA Type 3R NEMA Type 12/IP54 or NEMA Type 3R
40
Primary Design Features Input/Output Interface Features
40
40
Output (AC volts maximum) Input voltage base Remote keypad/display Standard
Output frequency range 0–320 Hz Personal computer Standard 40
Initial output current (IH) 250% for 2 seconds Operator control provisions
Overload (1 minute [IH/IL]) 150%/110% Drive mounted keypad/display Standard 40
Oversize enclosure Standard Conventional control elements Standard
40
Output contactor Optional Serial communications Optional 40
Bypass motor starter Optional 115 Vac control circuit Optional
Listings UL, cUL Speed setting inputs 40
Protection Features Keypad Standard
Incoming line fuses Optional 0–10 Vdc potentiometer/voltage signal Standard
40
AC input circuit disconnect Optional 4–20 mA isolated Configurable
40
Line reactors Standard 4–20 mA differential Configurable
Phase rotation insensitive Standard Analog outputs 40
EMI filter Standard—Thru Frame 9 Speed/frequency Standard
Input phase loss protection Standard Torque/load/current Programmable 40
Input overvoltage protection Standard Motor voltage Programmable
Line surge protection Standard Kilowatts Programmable
40
Output short circuit protection Standard 0–10 Vdc signals Configurable w/jumpers
40
Output ground fault protection Standard 4–20 mA DC signals Standard
Output phase protection Standard Isolated signals Optional 40
Overtemperature protection Standard Discrete outputs
DC overvoltage protection Standard Fault alarm Standard 40
Drive overload protection Standard Drive running Standard
Motor overload protection Standard Drive at set speed Programmable
40
Programmer software Optional Optional parameters 14 40
Local/remote keypad Standard Dry contacts 1 (2 relays Form C)
Keypad lockout Standard Open collector outputs 1 40
Fault alarm output Standard Additional discrete outputs Optional
Built-in diagnostics Standard Communications
40
RS-232 Standard
40
RS-422/485 Optional
DeviceNet™ Optional 40
Modbus RTU Optional
CanOpen (slave) Optional 40
Profibus-DP Optional
Lonworks® Optional
40
Johnson Controls Metasys™ N2 Optional
40
40
40
40
40

SVX9000 Drives
9000X VFD Pump Panels, continued Standard I/O Specifications

40 NEMA Type 12/IP54 or NEMA Type 3R Description Specification
24V: “0” ≤10V, “1” ≥18V,Ri >5 kohms
40 Performance Features
Six–digital input
programmable
40 Sensorless vector control Standard Two–analog input

configurable w/jumpers
Voltage: 0–±10V, Ri >200 kohms
Current: 0 (4)–20 mA, Ri = 250 ohms
Two–digital output Form C relays 250 Vac
40 IR and slip compensation Standard programmable 30 Vdc 2 amp resistive
Electronic reversing Standard One–analog output 0–20 mA, RL max. 500 ohms 10 bits ±2%
40 Dynamic braking Optional programmable
configurable w/jumper
DC braking Standard
40 PID setpoint controller Programmable
One digital output Open collector 48 Vdc 50 mA
programmable
40 Critical speed lockout Standard
Current (torque) limit Standard
40 Adjustable acceleration/deceleration Standard I/O Specifications for Control/Communication Options
Linear or S curve accel/decel Standard Description Specification
40 Jog at preset speed Standard Analog voltage, input 0–±10V, Ri ≥200 kohms
Thread/preset speeds 7 Analog current, input 0 (4)–20 mA, Ri = 250 ohms

40 Automatic restart Selectable Digital input 24V: “0” ≤10V, “1” ≥18V, Ri >5 kohms
40 Coasting motor start Standard Auxiliary voltage 24V (±20%), max. 50 mA
Coast or ramp stop selection Standard Reference voltage 10V ±3%, max. 10 mA
40 Elapsed time meter Optional Analog current, output 0 (4)–20 mA, RL = 500 kohms, resolution
10 bit, accuracy ≤±2%
Carrier frequency adjustment 1–16 kHz
40 Standard Conditions for Application and Service
Analog voltage, output 0 (2)–10V, RL ≥1 k kohms, resolution 10 bit,
accuracy ≤±2%
40 Operating ambient temperature 0 to 40°C Relay output

Storage temperature –40 to 60°C Maximum switching voltage 300 Vdc, 250 Vac
40 Humidity (maximum), non-condensing 95% Maximum switching load 8A/24 Vdc, 0.4A/300 Vdc, 2 kVA/250 Vac
Altitude (maximum without derate) 3300 ft (1000m) Maximum continuous load 2A rms
40 Line voltage variation +10/–15% Thermistor input Rtrip = 4.7 kohms
Line frequency variation 45–66 Hz
40 Efficiency >96%
Note
Some horsepower units include dynamic braking chopper as standard—refer to individual
drive sections.
40 Power factor (displacement) 0.96
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40

SVX9000 Drives
40.3
Wiring Diagrams
40
Power Diagram for Bypass Option RA SVX9000 Pump Panel Bypass Power Wiring
Input Incoming Power 40
Power L1 L2 L3
Bypass 40
HMCP Circuit
Breaker
40
Inverter
40
Input I
Contactor
Optional Fuse 40
HVX9000
Drive
40
Mechanical
Output M
Interlock
L Bypass
L1 L2 L3 40
Contactor Contactor
To Drive Input
40
Motor
To Drive Output
40
U(T1) V(T2)W(T3)
40
Output Bypass
A2 Board Control Wiring Contactor Contactor
40
Basic Relay
Board A2 RO1/1 21 40
RO1/2 22
RO1/3 23
RL
AC / DC Overload
40
Relay
RO2/1 24 Max. Current/Voltage

40
Switching: V(T2)
RO2/2 25 <8A / 24V DC
<0.4A / 300V DC
U(T1)
Motor
W(T3)
40
RO2/3 26 <2 kVA / 250V AC
Continuously <2 Arms 40
SVX9000 Pump Panel Disconnect Power Wiring
A9 Board Control Wiring Incoming Power
40
L1 L2 L3
Basic I/O +10Vref 1
40
Board A9 Input Reference
AI1+
GND
2
3
(Voltage)
Circuit
Breaker 40
AI2+
AI2-
4
5
Input Reference
(Current)
40
24Vout
GND
6
7
Control Voltage Output
Optional Fuse
40
DIN1
DIN2
8
9
40
24V To Drive Input
DIN3 10
CMA 11 GND 40
24Vout 12
GND 13
To Drive Output
40
U(T1) V(T2)W(T3)
DIN4 14
DIN5 15 Optional
40
24V Output
DIN6 16
CMB 17 GND
Contactor 40
AO1+ 18
AO1- 19
0 (4)/20 mA
RL<500 Ω
40
V(T2)
DO1 20 + V<+48V
I<50 mA
U(T1)
Motor
W(T3)
40
Indicates Connections for Inverted Signals
40

SVX9000 Drives
Dimensions
40 Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
40 SVX9000 Pump Application Drives

Enclosure Box A NEMA Type 12/IP54
40
40 4.00 (101.6) 3.00 (76.2)
Minimum Free Air Minimum Air
Space Required Space
40 Required
Both Sides
40
40
40
H1 H2 H
40
40
40
40 0.44 (11.2)
Mounting
Holes
40 W1
W
(4 Places)
D1 D
40
40
40
40
40
40
Approx. Approx.
40 Voltage hp hp Weight Shipping Weight
AC (IH) (IL) H H1 H2 W W1 D D1 Lbs (kg) Lbs (kg)
40 Three-Phase
208V 3/4–10 1–15 29.00 27.00 25.35 16.92 15.30 16.26 2.34 120 (54) 160 (73)
40 230V 3/4–10 1–15
(736.6) (685.8) (643.9) (429.8) (388.6) (413.0) (59.4)
40 480V 1–25 1–30

Single-Phase
40 230V — 3/4–10 29.00

(736.6)
27.00
(685.8)
25.35
(643.9)
16.92
(429.8)
15.30
(388.6)
16.26
(413.0)
2.34
(59.4)
120 (54) 160 (73)
480V — 3/4–20
40
40
40
40
40
40

SVX9000 Drives
40.3
40
Enclosure Box B NEMA Type 12/IP54
40
4.00 (101.6) 3.00 (76.2)
Minimum Free Air
Space Required
Minimum Air
Space
40
Required
Both Sides 40
40
40
40
40
H1 H2 H
40
40
40
40
0.44 (11.2)
40
Mounting
W1
Holes
(4 Places) 40
W D1 D
40
40
40
40
40
40
Approx. Approx.
Voltage hp hp Weight Shipping Weight 40
AC (IH) (IL) H H1 H2 W W1 D D1 Lbs (kg) Lbs (kg)
Three-Phase 40
208V 15–25 20–30 40.00 38.00 36.35 20.92 19.30 16.76 2.34 185 (84) 229 (104)
230V 15–25 20–30
(1016.0) (965.2) (923.3) (531.4) (490.2) (425.7) (59.4) 40
480V 30–60 40–75 40
Single-Phase
230V — 15–20 40.00 38.00 36.35 20.92 19.30 16.76 2.34 185 (84) 229 (104) 40
(1016.0) (965.2) (923.3) (531.4) (490.2) (425.7) (59.4)
480V — 25–30
40
40
40
40
40

SVX9000 Drives

40
Enclosure Box C NEMA Type 12/IP54
40 0.44 (11.2) 0.44 (11.2)
W1
3.00 (76.2)
Mounting 4.00 (101.6) Minimum 3.00 (76.2) Mounting 4.00 (101.6) Minimum Minimum Air Space
40 Holes
(4 Places)
Free Air Space Required Minimum Air Space
Required Both Sides
Holes
(4 Places)
Free Air Space Required Required Both Sides
40
40
40
40
H1 H2 H H2
40
40 H3
H4
40
40
W1
40 W D1 D
40
40
40 W D1 D
40
40
40
40 Voltage hp hp
Approx.
Shipping Weight
AC (IH) (IL) H H1 H2 H3 H4 W W1 D D1 Lbs (kg)
40 Three-Phase
40 208V 30–50 40–60 52.00

(1320.8)
50.00
(1270.0)
48.35
(1228.1)
72.00
(1828.8)
71.19
(1808.2)
30.92
(785.4)
29.30
(744.2)
16.78
(426.2)
2.34
(59.4)

230V 30–50 40–60

40 480V 75–125 100–150
Single-Phase
40 230V — 25–40 52.00 50.00 48.35 72.00 71.19 30.92 29.30 16.78 2.34
(1320.8) (1270.0) (1228.1) (1828.8) (1808.2) (785.4) (744.2) (426.2) (59.4)

40 480V — 40–60
Note
40 Consult factory.
40
40
40
40
40

SVX9000 Drives
40.3
40
Enclosure Box A NEMA Type 3R
W D 40
40
40
40
40
40
H
H1 H2 H3 40
40
40
40
W2
40
W3 W1 D2 D1
40
0.44 (11.2)
Mounting
Holes 40
(4 Places)
40
40
40
40
40
40
Voltage hp hp
Approx.
Weight
Approx.
Shipping Weight
40
AC (IH) (IL) H H1 H2 H3 W W1 W2 W3 D D1 D2 Lbs (kg) Lbs (kg)
Three-Phase
40
208V 3/4–10 1–15 33.00
(838.2)
31.36
(796.5)
29.67
(753.6)
25.35
(643.9)
21.05
(534.7)
16.92
(429.8)
15.30
(388.6)
2.07
(52.6)
17.24
(437.9)
16.26
(413.0)
3.31
(840.1)
170 (77) 215 (98) 40
230V 3/4–10 1–15
480V 1–25 1–30 40
Single-Phase
230V — 3/4–10 33.00 31.36 29.67 25.35 21.05 16.92 15.30 2.07 17.24 16.26 3.31 170 (77) 215 (98)
40
(838.2) (796.5) (753.6) (643.9) (534.7) (429.8) (388.6) (52.6) (437.9) (413.0) (840.1)
480V — 3/4–20
40
40
40
40
40

SVX9000 Drives

40
Enclosure Box B NEMA Type 3R
40 W D
40
40
40
40
40
40
H2
40 H1 H
H3
40
40
40
40
40
40
W2
40 W3 W1 D2 D1
0.44 (11.2)
40 Mounting
Holes
(4 Places)
40
40
40
40
40
40
40 Approx. Approx.
Voltage hp hp Weight Shipping Weight
40 AC (IH) (IL) H H1 H2 H3 W W1 W2 W3 D D1 D2 Lbs (kg) Lbs (kg)
Three-Phase
40 208V 15–25 20–30 46.09 44.45 42.77 36.35 26.31 20.92 19.30 2.69 17.74 16.76 3.31 235 290
(1170.7) (1129.0) (1086.4) (923.3) (668.3) (531.4) (490.2) (68.3) (450.6) (425.7) (840.1) (107) (132)
230V 15–25 20–30
40 480V 30–60 40–75
Single-Phase
40 230V — 15–20 46.09 44.45 42.77 36.35 26.31 20.92 19.30 2.69 17.74 16.76 3.31 235 290
(1170.7) (1129.0) (1086.4) (923.3) (668.3) (531.4) (490.2) (68.3) (450.6) (425.7) (840.1) (107) (132)
40 480V — 25–30
40

SVX9000 Drives
40.3
40
Enclosure Box C NEMA Type 3R
0.44 (11.2)
0.44 (11.2)
40
Mounting Holes
(4 Places) Mounting Holes
W D
W
W2
(4 Places)
D
40
40
40
40
40
H1 H2
H2 40
H3 H H3
40
H5 H4
40
40
40
W2
W1 D1 40
W3 D2
40
40
W1
D2
D1 40
40
40
40
Approx. 40
Voltage hp hp Weight
AC (IH) (IL) H H1 H2 H3 H4 H5 W W1 W2 W3 D D1 D2 Lbs (kg) 40
Three-Phase
208 30–50 40–60 58.09 56.45 54.77 48.35 78.09 77.64 37.73 30.92 29.30 3.34 17.74 16.77 3.31 40
(1475.5) (1433.8) (1391.2) (1228.1) (1983.5) (1972.1) (958.3) (785.4) (744.2) (84.8) (450.6) (426.0) (840.1)
230 30–50 40–60
480 75–125 100–150
40
Single-Phase

40
230V — 25–40 58.09 56.45 54.77 48.35 78.09 77.64 37.73 30.92 29.30 3.34 17.74 16.77 3.31
(1475.5) (1433.8) (1391.2) (1228.1) (1983.5) (1972.1) (958.3) (785.4) (744.2) (84.8) (450.6) (426.0) (840.1)
480V — 40–60 40
Note
Consult factory. 40
40
40
40
40

SPX9000 Drives
SPX9000 Drives Contents

40 Description Page
40 SPX9000 Drives
Features and Benefits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99
40 Standards and Certifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
40 Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
Replacement Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121
40
40
40
40
40 Product Description
The SPX9000 Series The SPX9000 supports fast The Eaton family of drives
40 Adjustable Frequency Drives drive-to-drive communication. includes HVX9000, H-Max,
from Eaton’s electrical sector It also offers an integrated M-Max, SVX9000, SLX9000
40 are specifically designed data logger functionality for and SPX9000. 9000X Series
for high performance analysis of dynamic events drive ratings are rated for
40 applications. Equipped with without the need of additional either high overload (IH) or
high processing power, the hardware. Simultaneous fast low overload (IL). IL indicates
40 SPX9000 can use information
from an encoder or a resolver
monitoring of several drives
can be done by using the
110% overload capacity for
1 minute out of 10 minutes.
in order to provide very 9000Xdrive tool and CAN IH indicates 150% overload
40 precise motor control. communication. In capacity for 1 minute out of
Sensorless vector and simple applications where reliability 10 minutes.
40 frequency control are also and quality are essential for
supported. Typical high-performance, the
40 applications requiring high SPX9000 is the logical choice.
performance are: master-
slave drives, positioning
40 applications, winder tension
control and synchronization.
40
The core of the SPX9000
40 is a fast microprocessor,
providing high dynamic
performance for applications
40 where good motor handling
and reliability are required.
40 It can be used both in open
loop applications as well
40 as in applications requiring
encoder feedback.
40
40
40
40
40
40

SPX9000 Drives
40.4
Features and Benefits
● Speed error <0.01%, ● Simplified operating menu ● Additional I/O and
40
depending on the encoder allows for typical communication cards
● Incremental or absolute programming changes, provide plug and play 40
encoder support while programming mode functionality
● Encoder voltages of 5V provides control of ● I/O connections with 40
(RS-422), 15V or 24V, everything simple quick connection
depending on the option ● Quick Start Wizard built terminals 40
card into the programming of ● Control logic can be
● Full torque control at all the drive ensures a smooth
start-up
powered from an external 40
speeds, including zero auxiliary control panel,
● Torque accuracy <2%;
● Keypad can display up to
three monitored
internal drive functions and
fieldbus if necessary
40
<5% down to zero speed
parameters simultaneously
● Starting torque >200%, ● LOCAL/REMOTE
● Brake chopper standard
from: 1–30 hp/380–500V
40
depending on motor and
operation from keypad 3/4–15 hp/208–230V
drive sizing
● Copy/paste function allows ● NEMA Type 1/IP21
40
● Integrated datalogger for
transfer of parameter enclosures available Frame
system analysis
settings from one drive to Sizes FR4–FR11, NEMA 40
● Fast multiple drive the next Type 12/IP54 enclosures
monitoring with PC ● Standard NEMA Type 12/ available Frame Sizes FR4– 40
● Full capability for master/ IP54 keypad on all drives FR10 (FR10 and FR11
slave configurations ● Hand-held auxiliary 240 freestanding drives) 40
● High-speed bus (12 Mbit/s) power supply allows ● Open chassis FR10 and
for fast inter-drive
communication
programming/monitoring greater 40
of control module without ● Standard option board
● High-speed applications applying full power to the configuration includes an
(up to 7200 Hz) possible drive A9 I/O board and an A2
40
● Robust design—proven The SPX can be flexibly relay output board installed
500,000 hours MTBF
●
adapted to a variety of in slots A and B 40

● Integrated 3% line reactors needs using our pre-
standard on drives from installed “Seven in One” 40
FR4 through FR9 precision application
● Line reactor is included but programs consisting of: 40
is separated from chassis ● Basic
● EMI/RFI Filters H standard ● Standard 40
up to 200 hp IH 480V, ● Local/remote
100 hp IH 230V ● Multi-step speed control 40
● PID control
● Multi-purpose control 40
● Pump and fan control
with auto change 40
40
40
40
Product EMC (at default settings)
● IEC 61800-2 ● Immunity: Fulfills all EMC ● UL Listed 40
immunity requirements;
Safety Emissions: EN 61800-3, 40
● UL 508C LEVEL H
40
40
40
40
40

SPX9000 Drives

40
SPX9000 Adjustable Frequency Drives
40
SPX 010 A 1 – 4 A 1 B 1 _ _ _ _ _ _
40
Options
40 Product Family Options appear in alphabetical order.

Extended I/O Card Options
SPX = Open drives
A3 = 2 RO, Therm
40 Horsepower Rating A4 = Encoder low volt +5V/15V24V
A5 = Encoder high volt +15V/24V
F07 =3/4 125 =125
40 001 =1 150 =150
A7 = Double Encoder
A8 = 6 DI, 1 DO, 2 AI, 1AO
F15 =1-1/2 250 =250
AE = 3 DI (Encoder 10–24V), Out +15V/+24V 2 DO (pulse + direction)
002 =2 300 =300
40 003 =3 350 =350
004 =5 (IL) 400 =400
B4 = 1 AI (mA isolated), 2 AO (mA isolated), 1 ext +24 Vdc/EXT + 24 Vdc
40 005 =5
006 =7-1/2 (IL)
500 =500
550 =550
B5 = 3 RO (NO)
007 =7-1/2 600 =600
40 010 =10 650 =650
BB = SPI, absolute encoder
015 =15 700 =700
800 =800 Communication Cards
40 020 =20
025 =25 900 =900 CA = Johnson Controls N2 C5 = Profibus DP (D9 connector)
030 =30 H10 =1000 CI = Modbus TCP C6 = CANopen (slave)
40 040 =40
050 =50
H12 =1200
H13 =1350
CJ = BACnet
CK = Ethernet IP
C7 = DeviceNet
C8 = Modbus (D9 type connector)
060 =60 H15 =1500 C2 = Modbus D1 = Adapter—SPX only
40 075 =75 H16 =1600
H20 =2000
C3 = Profibus DP
C4 = LonWorks
D2 = Adapter—SPX only
D3 = RS-232 with D9 connection
100 =100
40 AFD Software Series Board Modifications
A = Standard software 1 = Standard boards
40 2 = Conformal (varnished) coating
Enclosure
40 0 = Chassis
1 = NEMA Type 1/IP21 N = No brake chopper circuit
2 = NEMA Type 12/IP54 B = Internal brake chopper circuit
40
Voltage Rating Input Options
40 2 = 230 (208–240) V
4 = 480 (380–500) V Keypad
1 = Three-phase, EMC H
2 = Three-phase, EMC N
5 = 575 (525–690) V A = Alphanumeric 4 = Three-phase, EMC L
40
40 Power Module
40 FR10 – 000 – 4 – A N S
40 Frame Code Varnishing
S = Standard V = Varnished
40 Horsepower Brake Option
Example: 150 = 150 hp N = No brake chopper
40 (See chart above) B = Brake chopper
40 4 = 380–500V
Voltage
Cooling Type
5 = 525–690V A = Air
40
Notes
40 All 230V drives and 480V drives up to 200 hp (I ) are only available with input option 1 (EMC level H). 480V drives 250 hp (I ) or larger are
H H
available with input option 2 (EMC level N). 575V drives 200 hp (IH) or larger are available with input option 2. 575V drives up to 150 hp (IH)
are available with input option 4 (EMC level L). 480V and 690V freestanding drives are available with input option 4 (EMC level L).
40 480V drives up to 30 hp (I ) are only available with brake chopper option B. 480V drives 40 hp (I ) or larger come standard with brake
H H
chopper option N. 230V drives up to 15 hp (IH) are only available with brake chopper option B. 230V drives 20 hp and larger come standard
with brake chopper option N. All 575V drives come standard without brake chopper option (N). N = No brake chopper.
40 480V drives 250–350 hp (I ) and 690V drives 200–300 hp (I ) are available with enclosure style 0 (chassis). 480V and 690V FR10
H H
freestanding drives are available with 1 (NEMA Type 1/IP21) or 2 (NEMA Type 12/IP54). FR11 freestanding drives are only available with
40 enclosure style 1 (NEMA Type 1/IP21).
Factory promise delivery. Consult sales office for availability.
40

SPX9000 Drives
40.4
Product Selection
40
230V Drives
40
SPX9000 Open Drives 208–240V, NEMA Type 1/IP21 Drives
Frame Delivery 40
FR4 FP 3/4 3.7 1 4.8 SPXF07A1-2A1B1 40
1 4.8 1-1/2 6.6 SPX001A1-2A1B1
1-1/2 6.6 2 7.8 SPXF15A1-2A1B1
40
2 7.8 3 11 SPX002A1-2A1B1
40
3 11 — 12.5 SPX003A1-2A1B1
FR5 FP — 12.5 5 17.5 SPX004A1-2A1B1 40
5 17.5 7-1/2 25 SPX005A1-2A1B1
7-1/2 25 10 31 SPX007A1-2A1B1 40
FR6 FP 10 31 15 48 SPX010A1-2A1B1
15 48 20 61 SPX015A1-2A1B1
40
FR7 FP 20 61 25 75 SPX020A1-2A1N1 40
25 75 30 88 SPX025A1-2A1N1
30 88 40 114 SPX030A1-2A1N1 40
FR8 FP 40 114 50 140 SPX040A1-2A1N1
50 140 60 170 SPX050A1-2A1N1
40
60 170 75 205 SPX060A1-2A1N1
FR9 FP 75 205 100 261 SPX075A1-2A1N1
40
100 261 — — SPX100A1-2A1N1 40
40
Frame Delivery 40
FR4 FP 3/4 3.7 1 4.8 SPXF07A2-2A1B1 40
1 4.8 1-1/2 6.6 SPX001A2-2A1B1
1-1/2 6.6 2 7.8 SPXF15A2-2A1B1 40
2 7.8 3 11 SPX002A2-2A1B1
3 11 — 12.5 SPX003A2-2A1B1
40
FR5 FP — 12.5 5 17.5 SPX004A2-2A1B1 40
5 17.5 7-1/2 25 SPX005A2-2A1B1
7-1/2 25 10 31 SPX007A2-2A1B1 40
FR6 FP 10 31 15 48 SPX010A2-2A1B1
15 48 20 61 SPX015A2-2A1B1
40
FR7 FP 20 61 25 75 SPX020A2-2A1N1
40
25 75 30 88 SPX025A2-2A1N1
30 88 40 114 SPX030A2-2A1N1 40
FR8 FP 40 114 50 140 SPX040A2-2A1N1
50 140 60 170 SPX050A2-2A1N1 40
60 170 75 205 SPX060A2-2A1N1
FR9 FP 75 205 100 261 SPX075A2-2A1N1
40
100 261 — — SPX100A2-2A1N1
40
40
40
40

SPX9000 Drives
480V Drives
40
40 Frame Delivery
40 FR4 W 1 2.2 1-1/2 3.3 SPX001A1-4A1B1
FP 1-1/2 3.3 2 4.3 SPXF15A1-4A1B1
40 FP 2 4.3 3 5.6 SPX002A1-4A1B1
40 W 3 5.6 5 7.6 SPX003A1-4A1B1

W 5 7.6 — 9 SPX005A1-4A1B1
40 FP — 9 7-1/2 12 SPX006A1-4A1B1
FR5 W 7-1/2 12 10 16 SPX007A1-4A1B1
40 10 16 15 23 SPX010A1-4A1B1
40 15 23 20 31 SPX015A1-4A1B1
FR6 W 20 31 25 38 SPX020A1-4A1B1
40 25 38 30 46 SPX025A1-4A1B1
30 46 40 61 SPX030A1-4A1B1
40 FR7 FP 40 61 50 72 SPX040A1-4A1N1
W 50 72 60 87 SPX050A1-4A1N1
40 W 60 87 75 105 SPX060A1-4A1N1
40 FR8 FP 75 105 100 140 SPX075A1-4A1N1

W 100 140 125 170 SPX100A1-4A1N1
40 W 125 170 150 205 SPX125A1-4A1N1
FR9 W 150 205 200 261 SPX150A1-4A1N1
40 200 245 250 300 SPX200A1-4A1N1
40
380–500V, NEMA Type 1/IP21 Freestanding Drives
40 Frame Delivery
40 FR10 W 250 330 300 385 SPX250A1-4A4N1
40 FP 300 385 350 460 SPX300A1-4A4N1

W 350 460 400 520 SPX350A1-4A4N1
40 FR11 FP 400 520 500 590 SPX400A1-4A4N1
FP 500 590 550 650 SPX500A1-4A4N1
40 FP 550 650 600 730 SPX550A1-4A4N1
40 Note
Integrated fuses as standard. Limited option selection available; 115V transformer (KB), light kit (L1), HOA (K4),
speed potentiometer w/HOA (K2), Disconnect switch (P2). See Freestanding Option selection on Page 111.
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40

SPX9000 Drives
40.4
Frame Delivery
40
FR4 W 1 2.2 1-1/2 3.3 SPX001A2-4A1B1
40
FP 1-1/2 3.3 2 4.3 SPXF15A2-4A1B1
40
FP 2 4.3 3 5.6 SPX002A2-4A1B1
W 3 5.6 5 7.6 SPX003A2-4A1B1 40
W 5 7.6 — 9 SPX005A2-4A1B1
FP — 9 7-1/2 12 SPX006A2-4A1B1 40
FR5 W 7-1/2 12 10 16 SPX007A2-4A1B1
10 16 15 23 SPX010A2-4A1B1
40
15 23 20 31 SPX015A2-4A1B1
40
FR6 W 20 31 25 38 SPX020A2-4A1B1
25 38 30 46 SPX025A2-4A1B1 40
30 46 40 61 SPX030A2-4A1B1
FR7 FP 40 61 50 72 SPX040A2-4A1N1 40
50 72 60 87 SPX050A2-4A1N1
60 87 75 105 SPX060A2-4A1N1
40
FR8 FP 75 105 100 140 SPX075A2-4A2N1 40
100 140 125 170 SPX100A2-4A1N1
125 170 150 205 SPX125A2-4A1N1 40
FR9 FP 150 205 200 261 SPX150A2-4A1N1
200 245 250 300 SPX200A2-4A1N1
40
40
Frame Delivery
40
FR10 FP 250 330 300 385 SPX250A2-4A4N1
40
FP 300 385 350 460 SPX300A2-4A4N1 40
FP 350 460 400 520 SPX350A2-4A4N1
40
380–500V, Open Chassis Drives 40
Frame Delivery
Size Code hp (IH) Current (IH) hp (IL) Current (IL) Catalog Number 40
FR10 W 250 330 300 385 SPX250A0-4A2N1
300 385 — 460 SPX300A0-4A2N1 40
350 460 400 520 SPX350A0-4A2N1
FR11 FP 400 520 500 590 SPX400A0-4A2N1
40
500 590 — 650 SPX500A0-4A2N1
40
— 650 600 730 SPX550A0-4A2N1
FR12 FP 600 730 — 820 SPX600A0-4A2N1 40
— 820 700 920 SPX650A0-4A2N1
700 920 800 1030 SPX700A0-4A2N1 40
FR13 FP 800 1030 900 1150 SPX800A0-4A2N1
900 1150 1000 1300 SPX900A0-4A2N1
40
1000 1300 1200 1450 SPXH10A0-4A2N1 40
FR14 FP 1200 1600 1500 1770 SPXH12A0-4A2N1
1600 1940 1800 2150 SPXH16A0-4A2N1 40
Notes
40
speed potentiometer w/HOA (K2), disconnect switch (P2). See Freestanding Option selection on Page 111.
FR10–FR14 includes 3% line reactor, but it is not integral to chassis. 40

SPX9000 Drives
575V Drives
40
40 Frame Delivery
40 FR6 W 2 3.3 3 4.5 SPX002A1-5A4N1
3 4.5 — 5.5 SPX003A1-5A4N1
40 — 5.5 5 7.5 SPX004A1-5A4N1
40 5 7.5 7-1/2 10 SPX005A1-5A4N1

7-1/2 10 10 13.5 SPX007A1-5A4N1
40 10 13.5 15 18 SPX010A1-5A4N1
15 18 20 22 SPX015A1-5A4N1
40 20 22 25 27 SPX020A1-5A4N1
40 25 27 30 34 SPX025A1-5A4N1
FR7 W 30 34 40 41 SPX030A1-5A4N1
40 40 41 50 52 SPX040A1-5A4N1
FR8 W 50 52 60 62 SPX050A1-5A4N1
40 60 62 75 80 SPX060A1-5A4N1
75 80 100 100 SPX075A1-5A4N1
40 FR9 W 100 100 125 125 SPX100A1-5A4N1
40 125 125 150 144 SPX125A1-5A4N1

150 144 — 170 SPX150A1-5A4N1
40 — 170 200 208 SPX175A1-5A4N1
40
40 Frame Delivery
40 FR10 FP 200 208 250 261 SPX200A1-5A4N1
250 261 300 325 SPX250A1-5A4N1
40 300 325 400 385 SPX300A1-5A4N1
40 FR11 FP 400 385 450 460 SPX400A1-5A4N1

450 460 500 502 SPX450A1-5A4N1
40 500 502 550 590 SPX500A1-5A4N1
Note
40 Integrated fuses as standard. Limited option selection available; 115V transformer (KB), light kit (L1), HOA (K4),
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40

SPX9000 Drives
40.4
Frame Delivery
40
FR6 F1 2 3.3 3 4.5 SPX002A2-5A4N1
40
3 4.5 — 5.5 SPX003A2-5A4N1
40
— 5.5 5 7.5 SPX004A2-5A4N1
5 7.5 7-1/2 10 SPX005A2-5A4N1 40
7-1/2 10 10 13.5 SPX007A2-5A4N1
10 13.5 15 18 SPX010A2-5A4N1 40
15 18 20 22 SPX015A2-5A4N1
20 22 25 27 SPX020A2-5A4N1
40
25 27 30 34 SPX025A2-5A4N1
40
FR7 FP 30 34 40 41 SPX030A2-5A4N1
40 41 50 52 SPX040A2-5A4N1 40
FR8 FP 50 52 60 62 SPX050A2-5A4N1
60 62 75 80 SPX060A2-5A4N1 40
75 80 100 100 SPX075A2-5A4N1
FR9 FP 100 100 125 125 SPX100A2-5A4N1
40
125 125 150 144 SPX125A2-5A4N1 40
150 144 — 170 SPX150A2-5A4N1
— 170 200 208 SPX175A2-5A4N1 40
40
Frame Delivery 40
FR10 FP 200 208 250 261 SPX200A2-5A4N1 40
250 261 300 325 SPX250A2-5A4N1
300 325 400 385 SPX300A2-5A4N1
40
40
525–690V, Open Chassis Drives
40
Frame Delivery
40
FR10 FP 200 208 250 261 SPX200A0-5A2N1
250 261 300 325 SPX250A0-5A2N1 40
300 325 400 385 SPX300A0-5A2N1
FR11 FP 400 385 450 460 SPX400A0-5A2N1 40
450 460 500 502 SPX450A0-5A2N1
500 502 — 590 SPX500A0-5A2N1
40
FR12 FP — 590 600 650 SPX550A0-5A2N1
40
600 650 700 750 SPX600A0-5A2N1
700 750 800 820 SPX700A0-5A2N1 40
FR13 FP 800 820 900 920 SPX800A0-5A2N1
900 920 1000 1030 SPX900A0-5A2N1 40
1000 1030 1250 1180 SPXH10A0-5A2N1
FR14 FP 1350 1300 1500 1500 SPXH13A0-5A2N1
40
1500 1500 2000 1900 SPXH15A0-5A2N1 40
2000 1900 2300 2250 SPXH20A0-5A2N1
Notes 40
FR10–FR14 includes 3% line reactor, but it is not integral to chassis.
40
40

SPX9000 Drives
Accessories
40
40
9000X demo drive 9000XDEMO
40 Hand-held 24V auxiliary power supply—Used to supply power to the control module in order to 9000XAUX24V
perform keypad programming before the drive is connected to line voltage
40
40 NEMA Type 12/IP54 Conversion Kit
The NEMA Type 12/IP54 kit kit consists of a metal
40 option is used to convert a drive shroud, fan kit for
NEMA Type 1/IP21 to a some frames, adaptor plate
40 NEMA Type 12/IP54 drive.
The NEMA Type 12/IP54
and plugs.
40 NEMA Type 12/IP54 Conversion Kit

Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) Approximate
40 Frame Size Delivery Code Length Width Height Weight Lb (kg) Catalog Number
FR4 W 13 (330) 7 (178) 4 (102) 4 (1.8) OPTN12FR4
40 FR5 16 (406) 8 (203) 7 (178) 5 (2.3) OPTN12FR5
40 FR6 21 (533) 10 (254) 5 (127) 7 (3.2) OPTN12FR6
40
Flange Kits
40 Flange Kit NEMA Type Flange Kit NEMA Type
12/IP54 Flange kits for NEMA Type Flange Kit NEMA Type 12/ 1/IP21
40 The flange kit is utilized when 12/IP54 enclosure drive rating IP54—Frames 4–9 Flange kits for NEMA Type
the power section is are determined by rating of 1/IP21 enclosure drive rating
40 mounted through the back drive.
Frame
Size
Delivery
Code
Catalog
Number are determined by rating of
panel of an enclosure. drive.
40 Includes flange mount Flange Kit NEMA Type 12/ FR4 FP OPTTHR4
brackets and NEMA Type 12/ IP54— Frames 4, 5 and 6 FR5 OPTTHR5 Flange Kit NEMA Type
1/IP21—Frames 4–9
40 IP54 fan components. Metal
shroud not included.
Frame
Size
Delivery
Code
Catalog
Number
FR6 OPTTHR6
Frame Delivery Catalog
FR7 OPTTHR7 Size Code Number
40 FR4 W OPTTHRFR4
FR8 OPTTHR8 FR4 FP OPTTHR4
FR5 OPTTHRFR5
FR9 OPTTHR9
40 FR6 OPTTHRFR6 FR5 OPTTHR5
FR6 OPTTHR6
40 FR7 OPTTHR7
FR8 OPTTHR8
40 FR9 OPTTHR9
40 Note
For installation of an SPX9000 NEMA Type 1/IP21 drive into a NEMA Type 12/IP54 oversized enclosure.
40
40
40
40
40
40
40

SPX9000 Drives
40.4
Options
40
total of five option boards. 40
relay output board, which are installed in slots A and B.
40
Option Board Kits
40
Option Boards
Field
Installed
Factory
Installed SVX Ready Programs 40
Allowed Slot Catalog Option Local/
Option Kit Description Locations Number Designator Basic Remote Standard MSS PID Multi-P. PFC 40
Standard I/O Cards
D E 2 RO (NC-NO) B OPTA2 — ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
40
A B C
6 DI, 1 DO, 2 AI, 1AO, 1 +10 Vdc ref,
A OPTA9 — ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
40
Extended I/O Cards
2 RO, therm B OPTA3 A3 — ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
40
Encoder low volt +5V/15V/24V C OPTA4 A4 — ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ 40
Encoder high volt +15V/24V C OPTA5 A5 — ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Double encoder—SPX only C OPTA7 A7 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ 40

6 DI, 1 DO, 2 AI, 1 AO A OPTA8 A8 — ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

40
3 DI (encoder 10–24V), out +15V/+24V, C OPTAE AE ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
40
6 DI, 1 DO, 2 AI, 1AO, 1 +10 Vdc ref, A OPTAFA1 — ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ 40
6 DI, 1 ext +24 Vdc/EXT +24 Vdc B, C, D, E OPTB1 B1 — — — — — ■ ■ 40
1 AI (mA isolated), 2 AO (mA isolated), B, C, D, E OPTB4 B4 — ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

40
3 RO (NO) B, C, D, E OPTB5 B5 — — — — — ■ ■
40
40
SPI, absolute encoder C OPTBB BB — — — — — — — 40
Notes
AI = Analog Input; AO = Analog Output, DI = Digital Input, DO = Digital Output, RO = Relay Output 40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40

SPX9000 Drives
Option Boards Option Board Kits, continued

40 Field Factory
40 Communication Cards
D E Modbus D, E OPTC2 C2 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
B C
40 A
40 Modbus TCP D, E OPTCI CI ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
40 Ethernet IP D, E OPTCK CK ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
40 LonWorks D, E OPTC4 C4 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

40 CanOpen (slave) D, E OPTC6 C6 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
40 Adapter—SPX only D, E OPTD1 D1 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

Keypad
40 9000X Series local/remote keypad — KEYPAD- — — — — — — — ■
(replacement keypad) LOC/REM
40 9000X Series remote mount keypad unit — OPTRMT- — — — — — — — —
(keypad not included, includes 10 ft cable, KIT-9000X
40 keypad holder, mounting hardware)
40 Notes
40 Option card must be installed in one of the slots listed for that card. Slot indicated in bold is the preferred location.
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40

SPX9000 Drives
40.4
a Modbus network. The
interface is connected by a
DeviceNet Network. It
includes a 5.08 mm pluggable
40
9-pin DSUB connector connector. Transfer method Data transfer is Master-Slave/
(female) and the baud rate is via CAN using a two-wire Token Passing (MS/TP) RS- 40
baud. Other communication two-wire bus power cable collection of 30 Binary Value 40
address range from 1 to 247; used for communication Analog Value Objects (AVOs) 40
Even; and the stop bit is 1. baud and 500K baud. parameters. The card 40
PROFIBUS Network Johnson Controls Metasys N2 Kbaud communication
Communications Network Communications speeds and supports network 40
The PROFIBUS Network Card The OPTC2 fieldbus board addresses 1–127.
OPTC3 is used for connecting provides communication 40
the 9000X Drive as a slave between the 9000X Drive and Ethernet/IP Network
on a PROFIBUS-DP network. a Johnson Controls Communications 40
The interface is connected Metasys™ N2 network. With The Ethernet/IP Network
by a 9-pin DSUB connector this connection, the drive can Card OPTCK is used for
(female). The baud rates be controlled, monitored and connecting the 9000X Drive
40
range from 9.6K baud to 12M programmed from the to Ethernet/Industrial
baud, and the addresses Metasys system. The N2 Protocol networks. It includes 40
range from 1 to 127. fieldbus is available as a an RJ-45 pluggable
factory installed option and as connector. The interface uses 40
LonWorks Network a field installable kit. CIP objects to communicate
Communications drive parameters (CIP is 40
The LonWorks Network Card Modbus/TCP Network “Common Industrial
OPTC4 is used for connecting Communications Protocol”, the same protocol
the 9000X Drive on a The Modbus/TCP Network used by DeviceNet). The 40
LonWorks network. This Card OPTCI is used for board supports 10 Mbps and
interface uses Standard connecting the 9000X Drive 100 Mbps communication 40
Network Variable Types to Ethernet networks utilizing speeds. The IP address of the
(SNVT) as data types. The Modbus protocol. It includes board is configurable by 40
channel connection is an RJ-45 pluggable Static, BOOTP and DHCP
achieved using a FTT-10A
Free Topology transceiver
provides a selection of
methods. 40
via a single twisted transfer standard and custom register
cable. The communication values to communicate drive 40
speed with LonWorks is parameters. The board
78 kBits/s. supports 10 Mbps and 100 40
Mbps communication
CANopen (Slave)
Communications
speeds. The IP address of the 40
board is configurable over
The CANopen (Slave) Ethernet using a supplied 40
Network Card OPTC6 is used software tool.
for connecting the 9000X
Drive to a host system. 40
According to ISO11898
standard cables to be chosen 40
nominal impedance of 120 40
of nominal 5 nS/m. 120 ohms
40
required for installation.
40
40
40
40

SPX9000 Drives
Control Panel Options

40
Factory Options
40 Factory Installed Field Installed
NEMA Type 1/IP21
40 Description Option Code Catalog Number
Local/Remote Keypad SVX9000 Control Panel—This option is standard on all drives and A KEYPAD-LOC/REM
40 consists of an RS-232 connection, backlit alphanumeric LCD display with nine indicators for the
RUN status and two indicators for the control source. The nine pushbuttons on the panel are used
for panel programming and monitoring of all SVX9000 parameters. The panel is detachable and
40 isolated from the input line potential. Include LOC/REM key to choose control location.
Keypad Remote Mounting Kit—This option is used to remote mount the SVX9000 keypad. The — OPTRMT-KIT-9000X
40 footprint is compatible to the SV9000 remote mount kit. Includes 10 ft cable, keypad holder and
mounting hardware.
40 Keypad Blank—9000X Series select keypad for use with special and custom applications. — KEYPAD-BLANK
40 Miscellaneous Options
40 9000XDrive—A PC-based tool for controlling and monitoring of the SVX9000. Features include: loading parameters that 9000XDRIVE
can be saved to a file or printed, setting references, starting and stopping the motor, monitoring signals in graphical or text
40 form, and real-time display. To avoid damage to the drive or computer, SVDrivecable must be used.
SVDrivecable—6 ft (1.8m) RS-232 cable (22 gauge) with a 7-pin connector on each end. Should be used in conjunction SVDRIVECABLE
40 with the 9000XDrive option to avoid damage to the SVX9000 or computer. The same cable can be used for downloading
specialized applications to the drive.
External Dynamic Braking Resistors—Used with the dynamic braking chopper circuit to absorb motor regenerative
40 energy for stopping the load and to dissipate the energy flowing back into the drive. Resistors are separated into standard
duty and heavy-duty. Standard duty is defined as 20% duty or less with 100% braking torque, while heavy-duty is defined as
40 50% duty or less with 150% braking torque.
40
SPX9000 Drive Options
40 Brake Chopper Options
The brake chopper circuit purchase. Consult the factory For brake chopper circuit
40 option is used for applications for dynamic braking resistors selection and adder—NEMA
that require dynamic braking. which are supplied separately. Type 1/IP21, NEMA Type 12/
40 Dynamic braking resistors are Resistors are not UL Listed. IP54, Chassis, consult the
not included with drive factory. Delivery code is FP.
40
40 Conformal (Varnished) Conformal Coated
Coating Board Kits
40 Chassis Delivery Field Installed Factory Installed
Frame Code Catalog Number Option Designator
40 FR4 FP OPT_V
FR5 FP
40 FR6 FP
FR7 FP
40 FR8 FP
40 FR9 FP
FR10 FP
40 FR11 FP
FR12 FP
40 FR13 FP
FR14 FP
40
Notes
40 Consult factory.
See Product Selection on Pages 101–105, 208–240V, 380–500V, 525–690V. Consult the factory for adder
See option catalog numbers on Page 107.
40 Replace “__” with the correct catalog number from Page 107. Example: OPTC2V.
Construct catalog numbers for factory installed per Catalog Number Selection on Page 100.
40

SPX9000 Drives
40.4
Control/Communication Options
40
K2 Door-Mounted Speed Potentiometer with HOA Selector Switch—Provides the SPX9000 with the ability to start/stop and adjust the speed reference from
door-mounted control devices or remotely from customer supplied inputs. In HAND position, the drive will start and the speed is controlled by the door-mounted
Control
40
speed potentiometer. The drive will be disabled in the OFF position. When AUTO is selected, the drive run and speed control commands are via user-supplied dry
contact and 4–20 mA signal. 40
K4 HAND/OFF/AUTO Switch for Non-Bypass Configurations—Provides a three-position selector switch that allows the user to select either a HAND or AUTO Control
mode of operation. HAND mode is defaulted to keypad operation, and AUTO mode is defaulted to control from an external terminal source. These modes of operation
can be configured via programming to allow for alternate combinations of start and speed sources. Start and speed sources include keypad, I/O and fieldbus.
40
KB 115V Control Transformer, 550 VA—Provides a fused control power transformer with additional 550 VA at 115V for customer use. Control
40
L1 Power On and Fault Pilot Lights—Provide a white power on light that indicates power to the enclosed cabinet and a red fault light that indicates a drive fault Light
has occurred.
P2 Disconnect Switch—Disconnect switch option is applicable only with NEMA Type 1/IP21 and NEMA Type 12/IP54 Freestanding drives. Allows a convenient Input
40
means of disconnecting the SPX9000 from the line, and the operating mechanism can be padlocked in the OFF position. This is factory-mounted in the enclosure.
40
SPX Freestanding Options 40
480V and 690V Control Options, 200–550 hp 40
Catalog Number
Description Suffix 40
Door-mounted speed potentiometer with HOA selector switch K2
HAND/OFF/AUTO switch (22 mm) K4 40
115 volt control transformer 550 VA KB
40
480V and 690V Light Options, 200–550 hp
40
Description
Catalog Number
Suffix
40
Power on/fault pilot lights L1
40
Input Options, 200–550 hp

40
Description
Catalog Number
Suffix
40
Disconnect switch P2 40
Notes
Consult factory for adder information. 40
Applicable with FR10 and FR11 freestanding designs only.
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40

SPX9000 Drives
Replacement Parts
40
SPX9000 Drives Spare Units
40
208–690V, Frames 4–12
Control unit–Includes the control board, blue base housing, installed SVX9000 software program and blue flip cover. CSBS0000000000
40 Does not include any OPT boards or keypad. See Page 107 for standard and option boards and keypad.
40
SPX9000 Drives Replacement Parts
40 208–240V, Frames FR4–FR8
4 5 6 7 8
40 Frame
hp (IH): 3/4 1 1-1/2 2 3 5 5 7-1/2 10 15 20 25 30 40 50 60
Delivery
Code Catalog Number
40 Control Board
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 W VB00561
40 Power Boards
1 FB VB00308-0004-2
40 1 FB VB00308-0007-2
40 1 FB VB00308-0008-2
1 FB VB00310-0011-2
40 1 FB VB00310-0012-2
1 FB VB00313-0017-2
40 1 FB VB00313-0025-2
1 FB VB00313-0031-2
40 1 FB VB00316-0048-2
40 1 FB VB00316-0061-2
1 FB VB00319-0075-2
40 1 FB VB00319-0088-2
1 FB VB00319-0114-2
40 1 FB VB00322-0140-2
40 1 FB VB00322-0170-2
1 FB VB00322-0205-2
40 Electrolytic Capacitors
2 2 2 W PP01000
40 2 2 W PP01001
2 2 W PP01002
40 2 W PP01003
40 2 2 W PP01004
2 2 2 4 4 W PP01005
40 4 W PP01099
Note
L H
40
40
40
40
40
40

SPX9000 Drives
40.4
4 5 6 7 8
40
Frame Delivery
5
hp (IH): 3/4 1 1-1/2 2 3 5 7-1/2 10 15 20 25 30 40 50 60 Code Catalog Number
40
Cooling Fans
1 1 1 1 1 W PP01060 40
1 1 1 W PP01061
1 1 W PP01062
40
1 1 1 W PP01063
40
1 1 1 FC PP01123
1 1 1 1 1 W PP01086 40
1 1 1 1 1 FC PP01088
1 1 1 W PP01049 40
1 2 2 FC CP01180
1 1 1 FC PP08037
40
IGBT Modules
40
1 1 W CP01304
1 W CP01305 40
1 1 1 W CP01306
1 W CP01307 40
1 W CP01308
1 W PP01022
40
1 W PP01023 40
1 W PP01024
1 W PP01025 40
1 W PP01029
1 W PP01026
40
1 1 W PP01027
40
Choppers/Rectifiers
1 W CP01367 40
1 W CP01368
Diode/Thyristor Modules 40
3 3 3 W PP01035
3 3 3 W CP01268
40
Rectifying Boards
40
1 1 1 W VB00242
1 1 1 W VB00227 40
Note
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40

SPX9000 Drives

40 4 5 6 7 8 9
Frame Delivery
40 hp (IH): 1 1-1/2 2 3 5 7-1/2 7-1/2 10 15 20 25 30 40 50 60 75 100 125 150 200 Code Catalog Number
Control Board
40 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 W VB00252
Power Boards
40 1 FB VB00208-0003-5
40 1 FB VB00208-0004-5
1 FB VB00208-0005-5
40 1 FB VB00208-0007-5
1 FB VB00208-0009-5
40 1 FB VB00210-0012-5
1 FB VB00213-0016-5
40 1 FB VB00213-0022-5
40 1 FB VB00213-0031-5
1 FB VB00216-0038-5
40 1 FB VB00216-0045-5
1 FB VB00216-0061-5
40 1 FB VB00219-0072-5
1 FB VB00219-0087-5
40 1 FB VB00219-0105-5
40 1 FB VB00236-0140-5
1 FB VB00236-0168-5
40 1 FB VB00236-0205-5
40 2 2 2 2 W PP01000
40 2 2 W PP01001
2 2 W PP01002
40 2 W PP01003
2 2 2 W PP01004
40 2 2 2 4 4 4 8 8 W PP01005
Cooling Fans
40 1 1 1 1 1 1 W PP01060
40 1 1 1 W PP01061
1 1 1 W PP01062
40 1 1 1 W PP01063
1 1 1 FC PP01123
40 1 1 FC PP01080
1 1 1 1 1 1 W PP01086
40 1 1 1 FC PP01088
40 1 1 1 1 1 1 W PP01049
1 1 1 FC CP01180
40 1 2 W PP01068
1 1 FC PP09051
40 Notes
40 L H
40 For FR9 NEMA Type 12/IP54 you need two PP01068 internal fans.
40
40

SPX9000 Drives
40.4
4 5 6 7 8 9
40
Frame Delivery
7-1/2 7-1/2 10
hp (IH): 1 1-1/2 2 3 5 15 20 25 30 40 50 60 75 100 125 150 200 Code Catalog Number
40
IGBT Modules
1 1 1 W CP01304 40
1 1 W CP01305
1 1 W CP01306
40
1 W CP01307
40
1 W CP01308
1 1 W PP01022 40
1 W PP01023
1 W PP01024 40
1 W PP01025
1 W PP01029
40
1 W PP01026
40
1 1 W PP01027
Chopper/Rectifiers 40
1 1 W CP01367
1 W CP01368 40
3 3 3 W PP01035
40
3 3 3 W CP01268
3 3 W PP01037
40
Rectifying Boards 40
1 1 1 W VB00242
1 1 1 W VB00227 40
1 1 W VB00459
Rectifying Module Sub-assembly 40
1 1 W FR09810
Power Module Sub-assemblies
40
1 W FR09-150-4-ANS
1 W FR09-200-4-ANS
40
Notes 40
L H
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40

SPX9000 Drives

40 10 11 12
Frame Delivery
40 hp (IH): 250 300 350 400 500 550 600 650 700 Code Catalog Number
Control Board
40 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 W VB00561
Shunt Boards
40 6 FC VB00537
6 FC VB00497
40 6 12 12 12 FC VB00498
9 FC VB00538
40 9 FC VB00513
40 9 FC VB00514
Driver Boards
40 3 3 3 FC VB00489
1 1 1 2 2 2 FC VB00487
40 Driver Adapter Board
1 1 1 2 2 2 FC VB00330
40 ASIC Board
1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 FC VB00451
40 Feedback Interface Board
40 2 2 2 FC VB00448
Star Coupler Board
40 1 1 1 FC VB00336
Power Modules
40 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 FC FR10820
2 2 2 FC FR10828
40 1 FC FR10-250-4-ANS
1 FC FR10-300-4-ANS
40 1 2 2 2 FC FR10-350-4-ANS
40 3 FC FR11–400-4-ANS
3 FC FR11-500-4-ANS
40 3 FC FR11-550-4-ANS
40 2 2 2 3 3 3 4 4 4 FC PP00060
12 12 12 18 18 18 24 24 24 FC PP01005
40 Fuses
1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 FC PP01094
40 2 2 2 2 2 2 4 4 4 FC PP01095
40 Cooling Fans and Isolation Transformers

2 2 2 3 3 3 4 4 4 FC VB00299
40 2 2 2 3 3 3 4 4 4 FC PP01080
2 2 2 4 4 4 FC PP01068
40 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 FC PP01096
1 1 1 2 2 2 FC FR10844
40 1 1 1 3 3 3 2 2 2 FC FR10845
1 1 1 2 2 2 FC FR10846
40 1 1 1 3 3 3 2 2 2 FC FR10847
40 Rectifying Board
1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 FC VB00459
40 Notes

40

SPX9000 Drives
40.4
Frame 6 7 8 9
40
Delivery
5 200
hp (IH): 2 3 5 7-1/2 10 15 20 25 30 40 50 60 75 100 125 150 Code Catalog Number
40
Control Board
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 W VB00561 40
Driver Boards
1 FB VB00404-0004-6 40
1 FB VB00404-0005-6
1 FB VB00404-0007-6
40
1 FB VB00404-0010-6
40
1 FB VB00404-0013-6
1 FB VB00404-0018-6 40
1 FB VB00404-0022-6
1 FB VB00404-0027-6 40
1 FB VB00404-0034-6
Power Boards
40
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 FB VB00414
40
1 FB VB00419-0041-6
1 FB VB00419-0052-6 40
1 FB VB00422-0062-6
1 FB VB00422-0080-6 40
1 FB VB00422-0100-6
Power Modules
40
FR09-100-5-ANS
1 FC
40
1 FC FR09-125-5-ANS
1 FC FR09-150-5-ANS 40
1 FC FR09-175-5-ANS
Electrolytic Capacitors 40
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 FC PP01093
2 2 4 4 8 8 8 8 FC PP01041
40
4 FC PP01040
40
Fuses
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 W PP01094 40
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 W PP01095
Notes
40
L
H
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40

SPX9000 Drives

40 6 7 8 9
Frame Delivery
5 200 Code
40 hp (IH): 2 3 5 7-1/2 10 15 20 25 30 40 50 60 75 100 125 150 Catalog Number
Cooling Fans
40 1 1 1 1 1 W PP01061
1 1 1 1 W PP01062
40 1 1 W PP01063
1 1 1 FC PP01123
40 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 W PP01049
40 1 1 1 FC CP01180
1 1 1 1 W PP01068
40 1 1 1 1 FC PP01080
Fan Power Supply
40 1 1 1 FC VB00299
IGBT Modules
40 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 FC PP01091
40 1 1 FC PP01089
1 1 1 FC PP01127
40 IGBT/Diode (Brake)
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 FC PP01040
40 Diode Module
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 FC PP01092
40 Diode/Thyristor Modules
40 3 3 FC PP01071
3 3 3 3 FC PP01072
1 1 FC VB00442
40 1 1 1 1 FC VB00460
Rectifying Module Sub-Assemblies
40 1 1 1 W FR09810
40 1 1 1 FC FR09811
Notes
L H
For NEMA Type 12/IP54, two PP01068 internal fans are needed.
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40

SPX9000 Drives
40.4
10 11 12
40
Frame Delivery
40
Component Boards
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 W VB00561 40
1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 FC VB00451
6 FC VB00545
40
6 FC VB00510
40
6 12 12 12 FC VB00511
1 1 1 2 2 2 FC VB00330 40
1 1 1 2 2 2 FC VB00487
3 3 3 FC VB00489 40
9 FC VB00546
9 FC VB00547
40
9 FC VB00512
40
2 2 2 FC VB00448
1 1 1 FC VB00336 40
Power Modules
1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 FC FR10821 40
2 2 2 FC FR10829
1 FC FR10-200-5-ANS
40
1 FC FR10-250-5-ANS 40
1 2 2 2 FC FR10-300-5-ANS
3 FC FR11–400-5-ANS 40
3 FC FR11-450-5-ANS
3 FC FR11-500-5-ANS
40
40
2 2 2 3 3 3 4 4 4 FC PP00060
12 12 12 18 18 18 24 24 24 FC PP01099 40
Fuses
1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 FC PP01094 40
2 2 2 2 2 2 4 4 4 FC PP01095
Cooling Fans and Isolation Transformers
40
2 2 2 3 3 3 4 4 4 FC VB00299
40
2 2 2 3 3 3 4 4 4 FC PP01080
2 2 2 4 4 4 FC PP01068 40
1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 FC PP01096
1 1 1 2 2 2 FC FR10844 40
1 1 1 3 3 3 2 2 2 FC FR10845
1 1 1 2 2 2 FC FR10846
40
1 1 1 3 3 3 2 2 2 FC FR10847 40
Fan Power Supply
1 1 1 FC VB00299 40
Rectifying Boards
1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 FC VB00460
40
Notes
40
40
40

SPX9000 Drives

40
SPX9000 Drives
Input Ratings Control Connections
40
Input voltage (Vin) +10%/–15% Analog input voltage 0 to 10V, R = 200 kohms (–10 to 10V joystick control)
resolution 0.1%; accuracy ±1%
Analog input current 0(4) to 20 mA; Ri—250 ohms differential
40 High withstand rating 100 kAIC
Output Ratings
40 Output voltage 0 to Vin
Analog output 0(4) to 20 mA; RL max. 500 ohms;
40 Continuous output current IH rated 100% at 122°F (50°C), FR9 and below
IL rated 100% at 104°F (40°C), FR9 and below
resolution 10 bit; Accuracy ±2%
IH/IL 100% at 104°F (40°C), FR10 and above Digital outputs Open collector output, 50 mA/48V
40 Overload current (IH/IL) 150% IH, 110% IL for 1 min. Relay outputs 2 programmable Form C relay outputs
switching capacity: 24 Vdc/8A, 250 Vac/8A, 125 Vdc/0.4A
Protections
Overcurrent protection Trip limit 4.0 x IH instantaneously
40 Initial output current (IH) 250% for 2 seconds
Control Characteristics
40 Control method Frequency control (V/f) Open loop: sensorless vector control
Undervoltage protection Yes
Closed loop: frequency control Earth fault protection In case of earth fault in motor or motor cable, only the
Closed loop: vector control frequency converter is protected
40
Switching frequency Adjustable with parameter 2.6.9 Input phase supervision Trips if any of the input phases are missing
40 Frame 4–6 1 to 16 kHz; default 10 kHz Motor phase supervision Trips if any of the output phases are missing
Frame 7–12 1 to 10 kHz; default 3.6 kHz Overtemperature protection Yes
40 Frequency reference Analog input: Resolution 0.1% (10-bit), accuracy ±1% V/Hz Motor overload protection Yes
Panel reference: Resolution 0.01 Hz
Motor stall protection Yes
40 Field weakening point 30 to 320 Hz
Motor underload protection Yes
Acceleration time 0 to 3000 sec.
40 Deceleration time 0 to 3000 sec.
Short circuit protection Yes (+24V and +10V reference voltages)
High Performance Features
Braking torque DC brake: 30% x Tn (without brake option)
40 Speed error <0.01%, depending on the encoder
Ambient Conditions
Encoder support Incremental or absolute
40 Ambient operating
temperature
14°F (–10°C), no frost to 122°F (50°C) IH (FR4–FR9)
14°F (–10°C), no frost to 104°F (40°C) IL (FR10 and up) Encoder voltages 5V (RS-422), 15V or 24V, depending on the option card
14°F (–10°C), no frost to 104°F (40°C) IL (all frames) Torque control Full torque control at all speeds, including zero
40 Storage temperature –40° to 158°F (–40° to 70°C) Torque accuracy <2%; <5% down to zero speed
40 Relative humidity 0 to 95% RH, noncondensing, non-corrosive,

no dripping water
Starting torque >200%, depending on motor and drive sizing
Master/slave configurations Full capability
40 Air quality Chemical vapors: IEC 721-3-3, unit in operation, class 3C2;
Mechanical particles: IEC 721-3-3, unit in operation, class 3S2 System analysis Integrated data logger
Altitude 100% load capacity (no derating) up to 3280 ft (1000m); PC communication Fast multiple drive monitoring with PC
40 1% derating for each 328 ft (100m) above 3280 ft (1000m); Inter-drive communication High-speed bus (12 Mbits/s)
max. 9842 ft (3000m)
High-speed applications Up to 7200 Hz
40 Vibration EN 50178, EN 60068-2-6; 5 to 50 Hz, displacement amplitude
1 mm (peak) at 3 to 15.8 Hz, max. acceleration amplitude
40 1G at 15.8 to 150 Hz
Shock EN 50178, EN 60068-2-27 UPS Drop test (for applicable UPS
40 Enclosure class NEMA 1/IP21 or NEMA 12/IP54, open chassis/IP20
40
40
40
40
40

SPX9000 Drives
40.4
Dimensions
40
9000X Drives 40
NEMA Type 1/IP21 and NEMA Type 12/IP54, FR4, FR5 and FR6
40
W1
D1 W2 R2 40
R1
40
EATON
40
40
40
H1
H3
H2 40
40
40
40
R2
40
40
40
Knockouts 40
40
D3
D2
40
40
Weight
Lbs (kg)
N1 (O.D.) 40
FR4
40
230V 3/4–3 12.9 12.3 11.5 7.5 3.0 5.0 5.04 3.9 0.5 0.3 11.0 (5) 3 at 10.1 (28)
(327) (313) (292) (190) (77) (126) (128) (100) (13) (7)
480V 1–5 40
FR5
230V 5–7-1/2 16.5 16.0 15.3 8.4 3.9 5.8 5.7 3.9 0.5 0.3 17.9 (8) 2 at 1.5 (37) 40
(419) (406) (389) (214) (100) (148) (144) (100) (13) (7) 1 at 10.1 (28)
480V 7-1/2–15
FR6
40
230V 10–15 22.0
(558)
21.3
(541)
20.4
(519)
9.3
(237)
4.2
(105)
6.5
(165)
7.7
(195)
5.8
(148)
0.6
(15.5)
0.4
(9)
40.8 (19) 3 at 1.5 (37)
40
480V 20–30
575V 2–25 40
40
40
40
40

SPX9000 Drives

40
NEMA Type 1/IP21 and NEMA Type 12/IP54 with Flange Kit, FR4, FR5 and FR6
40
40
40 W2
40 Dia. A
40 H2
H1
40 W1
40
40
H4
40
D1
40 H5
40 D2
40
40 H3
H7 Dia. B
40
40
Flange Opening
40 W5 FR4 to FR6 W4 W3
40
40 H8 H6 H9
40 FR4, FR5 and FR6 with Flange Kit

W1 W2 H1 H2 H3 H4 H5 D1 D2 Dia. A
40 FR4
40 5.0 (128) 4.5 (113) 13.3 (337) 12.8 (325) 12.9 (327) 1.2 (30) 0.9 (22) 7.5 (190) 3.0 (77) 0.3 (7)
FR5
40 5.6 (143) 4.7 (120) 17.0 (434) 16.5 (420) 16.5 (419) 1.4 (36) 0.7 (18) 8.4 (214) 3.9 (100) 0.3 (7)
FR6
40 7.7 (195) 6.7 (170) 22.0 (560) 21.6 (549) 22.0 (558) 1.2 (30) 0.8 (20) 9.3 (237) 4.2 (106) 0.3 (7)
40 Flange Opening, FR4 to FR6

W3 W4 W5 H6 H7 H8 H9 Dia. B
40
FR4
40 4.8 (123) 4.5 (113) — 12.4 (315) 12.8 (325) — 0.2 (5) 0.3 (7)
FR5
40 5.3 (135) 4.7 (120) — 16.2 (410) 16.5 (420) — 0.2 (5) 0.3 (7)
FR6
40 7.3 (185) 6.7 (170) 6.2 (157) 21.2 (539) 21.6 (549) 0.3 (7) 0.2 (5) 0.3 (7)
40

SPX9000 Drives
40.4
40
H1 40
H2
40
40
W2 W1
40
40
40
R2 R1 R2
40
40
40
Knockouts
H3
40
D2 40
40
D1
40
D3
40
40
Weight
Lbs (kg)
N1 (O.D.)
40
230V 20–30 24.8 (630) 24.2 (614) 23.2 (590) 10.1 (257) 3.0 (77) 7.3 (184) 9.3 (237) 7.5 (190) 0.7 (18) 0.4 (9) 77.2 (35) 3 at 1.5 (37)
40
480V 40–60
575V 30–40 40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40

SPX9000 Drives

40
40 H1
H2
40
40
40
40 W1 W2
40
40
40
40 R2
R1
40 H3
40
40
40
40
D1
40
40
40
40
Weight
40 Voltage hp (IH) D1 H1 H2 H3 W1 W2 R1 Dia. R2 Dia. Lbs (kg)
230V 40–60 13.5 (344) 300.1 (764) 28.8 (732) 28.4 (721) 11.5 (291) 10 (255) 0.7 (18) 0.4 (9) 127 (58)
40 480V 75–125
40 575V 50–75
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40

SPX9000 Drives
40.4
40
NEMA Type 1/IP21 and NEMA Type 12/IP54, with Flange Kit, FR7 and FR8
H6 H4 H4 H5 Dia. A 40
40
40
W4 W2 40
40
40
H2 40
H1
W3
H7 W1 40
40
40
D1
40
D2
40
40
H3
40
H12 H9 H9 H10 H11
40
40
Flange Opening W7
W5 W6 FR7/FR8 40
Dia. B
40
H13 H8 40
W1 W2 W3 W4 H1 H2 H3 H4 H5 H6 H7 D1 D2 Dia. A 40
FR7
9.3 (237) 6.8 (175) 10.6 (270) 10.0 (253) 25.6 (652) 24.9 (632) 24.8 (630) 7.4 (189) 7.4 (189) 0.9 (23) 0.8 (20) 10.1 (257) 4.6 (117) 0.3 (6) 40
FR8
11.2 (285) — 14.0 (355) 13.0 (330) 32.8 (832) — 29.3 (745) 10.2 (258) 10.4 (265) 1.7 (43) 2.2 (57) 13.5 (344) 4.3 (110) 0.4 (9)
40
Flange Opening, FR7 and FR8
40
W5 W6 W7 H8 H9 H10 H11 H12 H13 Dia. B
40
FR7
9.2 (233) 6.9 (175) 10.0 (253) 24.4 (619) 7.4 (189) 7.4 (189) 1.4 (35) 1.3 (32) 1.0 (25) 0.3 (6) 40
FR8
11.9 (301) — 13.0 (330) 31.9 (810) 10.2 (258) 10.4 (265) — — 1.3 (33) 0.4 (9)
40
40
40
40

SPX9000 Drives

40
40 H1
H2
40
40
40
W2 W1
40
40
40
R2 R1 R2
40
40
40 H3
40
40
D1 D2
40
40
40 Weight
Voltage hp (IH) H1 H2 H3 D1 D2 W1 W2 R1 Dia. R2 Dia. Lbs (kg)
40 230V 75–100 45.3 (1150) 44.1 (1120) 42.4 (1076) 13.4 (340) 14.3 (362) 18.9 (480) 15.7 (400) 0.8 (20) 0.4 (9) 322 (146)
480V 150–200
40 575V 100–175
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40

SPX9000 Drives
40.4
40
NEMA Type 1/IP21 and NEMA Type 12/IP54, FR9, continued
H6 H4 H3 W4
40
40
40
B- B+ /R+ R-
W5
W3 W2 W1 40
W5 40
PE
40
H2 H5 D3
40
H1
40
Dia.
40
40
D1 D2
40
40
W1 W2 W3 W4 W5 H1 H2 H3 H4 H5 H6 D1 D2 D3 Dia. 40
18.9 (480) 15.7 (400) 6.5 (165) 0.4 (9) 2.1 (54) 45.3 (1150) 44.1 (1120) 28.3 (721) 8.0 (205) 0.6 (16) 7.4 (188) 14.2 (361.5) 13.4 (340) 11.2 (285) 0.8 (21)
40
Note
Brake resistor terminal box (H6) included when brake chopper ordered.
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40

SPX9000 Drives

40
NEMA Type 1/IP21 and NEMA Type 12/IP54, FR9 with Flange Kit
40 H7
40
40 W5
40 W1
40
40
40
40 Dia.
40
40 D1
D2
40
D3
40
H4 H2 H4
40
40
H5 H3 H3 H3 H5
40
40
W4
40 Flange Opening
W3 W2
FR9
40
W4
40
40
40 H6 H1
.20 (5)
Dia.
40 W1 W2 W3 W4 W5 H1 H2 H3 H4 H5 H6 H7 D1 D2 D3 Dia.
40 20.9 (530) 20.0 (510) 19.1 (485) 7.9 (200) 0.2 (5.5) 51.7 (1312) 45.3 (1150) 16.5 (420) 3.9 (100) 1.4 (35) 0.4 (9) 0.1 (2) 24.9 (362) 13.4 (340) 4.3 (109) 0.8 (21)
40
40
40
40
40
40

SPX9000 Drives
40.4
40
NEMA Type 1/IP21 and NEMA Type 12/IP54, FR10 Freestanding
W7 W5 40
W6 W6
W4 W4
40
40
Dia. 3
Dia. 1 Dia. 2
40
D3 D2 D6 D7
40
D5
D4
40
W2
W3 W3 W3 W3 W2
40
40
W1 D1
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
H1 40
H2
40
40
Operator
(Shown with 40
Optional
Disconnect)
40
H3
40
40
40
hp Weight 40
Volts (IH) W1 W2 W3 W4 W5 W6 W7 H1 H2 H3 D1 D2 D3 D4 D5 D6 D7 Dia. 1 Dia. 2 Dia. 3 Lbs (kg)
480V 250–350 23.43 2.46 4.53 0.79 5.95 2.95 30.11 79.45 74.80 20.18 23.70 17.44 19.02 0.47 11.22 17.60 20.08 0.83 1.89 0.43 875 (389) 40
(595) (62.5) (115) (20) (151) (75) (79) (2018) (1900) (512.5) (602) (443) (483) (12) (285) (447) (510) (21) (48) (11)
690V 200–300
40
40
40
40

SPX9000 Drives

40
FR10 Open Chassis
40 H3
H5 H4
40
W3
40
40
40 W2 W5 W1
40
40
40
H7 H6 W4
40 H2
H1
40
40
40
40
40 D1
D2
40 D3 D4
40
40
40 Weight
Voltage hp (IH) W1 W2 W3 W4 W5 H1 H2 H3 H4 H5 H6 H7 D1 D2 D3 D4 Lbs (kg)
40 480V 250–350 19.7 16.7 1.2 2.6 12.8 45.9 44.1 34.6 33.5 0.7 24.7 10.8 19.9 17.9 16.7 16.6 518
(500) (425) (30) (67) (325) (1165) (1121) (879) (850) (17) (627) (275) (506) (455) (423) (421) (235)
575V 200–300
40 Note
SPX9000X FR12 is built of two FR10 modules. Please refer to SPX9000 installation manual for mounting instructions.
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40

SPX9000 Drives
40.4
40
NEMA Type 1/IP21, FR11 Freestanding Drive
W5 W8 40
W6 W6 W6 W7 W7 W6 W6 W6
W4
40
40
Dia. 3
40
Dia. 1 Dia. 2
D3 D5 40
D2 D4 40
W2
W3 W3 W3 W3 W2 40
W1 D1
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
H1
H2
40
40
40
Operator
(Shown with
Optional
40
Disconnect)
40
H3
40
40
40
hp Weight
Voltage (IH) W1 W2 W3 W4 W5 W6 W7 W8 H1 H2 H3 D1 D2 D3 D4 D5 Dia. 1 Dia. 2 Dia. 3 Lbs (kg) 40
480V 400–550 31.26 2.40 6.50 0.79 3.43 2.95 2.52 1.18 79.45 74.80 20.18 23.70 11.22 19.09 0.47 17.60 0.83 1.89 0.35 x 0.43 526
690V 400–500
(794) (61) (165) (20) (87) (75) (64) (30) (2018) (1900) (512.5) (602) (285) (485) (12) (447) (21) (48) (9 x 11) (239) 40
40
40
40
40

SPX9000 Drives

40
FR11 Open Chassis
40 H2
40 W3 W3
40
W2 W2
40
40
W2
40 W2
40
Shown without
40 terminal cover
40
40 H1
40
40
40
40 W1
40
40
40
40
40
40
D1
40 D2
40
40
Weight
40 Voltage hp (IH) W1 W2 W3 H1 H2 D1 D2 Lbs (kg)
480V 400–550 27.9 (709) 8.6 (225) 2.6 (67) 45.5 (1155) 33.5 (850) 19.8 (503) 18.4 (468) 833 (378)
40 575V 400–500
40
40
40
40

SPX9000 Drives
40.4
40
FR13, Open Chassis Inverter
W3
D6
40
Dia. 4
40
D8 40
D7 40
40
D6
D5
W4 W4 W4 W4 W4 Dia. 1 40
D1 D2 W1
40
40
40
H3 H1 H4 40
40
40
H2 40
Dia. 3
Dia. 2 W2 W2 W2 W2 D4
D4
H5
40
40
40
Dia. 3 40
40
D3
W5 W5 W5

40
W1 W2 W3 W4 W5 H1 H2 H3 H4 H5 D1 D2 D3 D4 D5 D6 D7 D8 1 2 3 4 Lbs (kg)
27.87 5.91 26.65 4.57 3.35 41.54 2.46 39.86 41.34 0.79 21.77 0.51 0.63 1.97 1.06 1.57 5.91 9.64 0.35x0.59 0.18 0.51 0.37 683 (310)
40
(708) (150) (677) (116) (85) (1055) (62.5) (1012.5) (1050) (20) (553) (13) (16) (50) (27) (40) (150) (244.8) (9x15) (4.6) (13) (9.5)
Notes
40
FR13 is built from an inverter module and a converter module. Please refer to SPX9000 installation manual for mounting instructions. 40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40

SPX9000 Drives

40
FR13, Open Chassis Converter
40 W3 Dia. 3
40 D9
40 D8
40 D7
40 D6
Dia. 1 W4 W4 W4
D1 D2 W1
40
40
40
40
40 H3 H1 H4
40
40
40
40 H2
40 W2 W2
D4
D5 D5 H5
Dia. 2
40
40
40 Dia. 2
40
D3 W5 W5
40 Weight
W1 W2 W3 W4 W5 H1 H2 H3 H4 H5 D1 D2 D3 D4 D5 D6 D7 D8 D9 Dia. 1 Dia. 2 Dia. 3 Lbs (kg)
40 18.74 5.91 17.52 4.57 3.35 41.54 2.46 39.86 41.34 0.69 14.69 0.51 0.73 6.42 2.56 1.06 1.57 5.91 5.24 0.35x0.59 0.51 0.37 295 (134)
(476) (150) (445) (116) (85) (1055) (62.5) (1012.5) (1050) (17.5) (373) (13) (18.5) (163) (65) (27) (40) (150) (133) (9x15) (13) (9.5)
40
40 Number of Input Units
40 480V
Catalog Number hp
Input
Modules
690V
Catalog Number hp
Input
Modules
40 SPX800A0-4A2N1 800 2 SPX800A0-5A2N1 800 2

SPX900A0-5A2N1 900 2
40 SPXH10A0-5A2N1 1000 2
40
40
40

SPX9000 Drives
40.4
40
FR13, Open Chassis Converter—900/1000 hp 480V
W3 Dia. 4 40
D9 40
D8
40
D7 40
D6 40
Dia. 1 W4 W4 W4 W4 W4
D1 D2 W1
40
40
40
40
H3 H1 H4
40
40
40
40
H2
40
Dia. 2 W2 W2 W2 W2
D4
D5 D5 H5 40
Dia. 3
40
40
40
40
D3 W5 W5 W5
40
W1 W2 W3 W4 W5 H1 H2 H3 H4 H5 D1 D2 D3 D4 D5 D6 D7 D8 D9 1 2 3 4 Lbs (kg)
27.87 5.91 26.65 4.57 3.35 41.54 2.46 39.86 41.34 0.69 14.69 0.51 0.73 6.42 2.56 1.06 1.57 5.91 5.24 0.35x0.59 0.18 0.51 0.37 443 (201)
40
(708) (150) (677) (116) (85) (1055) (62.5) (1012.5) (1050) (17.5) (373) (13) (18.5) (163) (65) (27) (40) (150) (133) (9x15) (4.6) (13) (9.5)
40
Number of Input Units 40
480V Input
Catalog Number hp Modules 40
SPX900A0-4A2N1 900 3
SPXH10A0-4A2N1 1000 3
40
40
40
40
40

SPX9000 Drives

40
AC Choke Dimensions
40
Choke Types
40 Catalog Number Frame Size Choke Type Catalog Number Frame Size Choke Type
Voltage Range 380–500V Voltage Range 525–690V
40 SPX 250 4 FR10 CHK0400 SPX 200 5 FR10 CHK0261
40 SPX 300 4 CHK0520 SPX 250 5 CHK0400

SPX 350 4 CHK0520 SPX 300 5 CHK0400
40 SPX 400 4 FR11 2 x CHK0400 SPX 400 5 FR11 CHK0520
SPX 500 4 2 x CHK0400 SPX 450 5 CHK0520
40 SPX 550 4 2 x CHK0400 SPX 500 5 2 x CHK0400
40 SPX 650 4 2 x CHK0520 SPX 600 5 2 x CHK0400
40 SPX 700 4 2 x CHK0520 SPX 700 5 2 x CHK0400

40 SPX 900 4 3 x CHK0520 SPX 900 5 2 x CHK0400
40 SPX H12 4 FR14 4 x CHK0520 SPX H13 5 FR14 4 x CHK0400
40
40 CHK0520
40
40
40
40 6.50
(165)
6.50
(165) .24
(6)
40
8.03 (204)
40 1.69
(43)
19.57
(497)
40
1 1 1
40
40 .79 17.57
(20) 15.71 (446)
40 3.03
1.58
(40)
(399)
(77) 3 3 3
40 .83
(21) .79
40 (20)
2 2 2
5.70 7.88
40 (145) (200)
9.61 (244) .55 (14)
40
Note
40 Chokes are provided with all FR10–FR14 drives.
40
40

SPX9000 Drives
40.4
40
CHK0400
40
40
.24
40
(6)
40
4.72 4.72
(120) (120) 40
9.37 (238) 40
1.54
13.79 (350)
(39)
40
1 1 1 40
40
.59
16.58
13.94
(15) 15.08 (421)
(383)
40
2.64 (354) 1.18
(30)
(67)
3 3 3
40
.75
(19)
.59
(15) 2 2 2
40
5.51 5.90 40
(140) (150)
10.30 (262) 10.83 (275)
40
40
CHK0261
40
40
.24 40
(6)
40
4.72 4.72
(120) (120)
13.79 (350)
40
8.11 (206) 40
1.54
(39)
40
1 1 1
40
.59
(15)
1.18 14.06 40
.87 12.56
(30) 11.30 (319) (357)
(22)
3 3 3
(287) 40
.59
(15) 2 2 2 40
.39
4.25
(108) .75 (19)
5.90
(150)
40
(10) Min.
9.06 (230) 10.83 (275)
40
40

H-Max Series Drives
H-Max Series Drives Contents

40 Description Page
40 H-Max Series Drives
H-Max Drives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139
40 H-Max IntelliPass and IntelliDisconnect Drives . . . . . . . 149
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40 Product Overview
40 IntelliPass and
Drives IntelliDisconnect Drives
40 Eaton’s H-Max™ Series VFD H-Max Series has an Eaton’s ultra-reliable The IntelliDisconnect uses
is the next generation of expanded startup wizard for IntelliPass/IntelliDisconnect Eaton’s world-class (XT)
40 drives specifically engineered
for HVAC, pump and fluid
HVAC system configuration,
which provides the flexibility
drives are designed with the
latest HVAC software and
MMP (manual motor
protector) with optional
control applications. to meet consultants, OEM hardware features. The output contactor.
40 Installation, startup and and end-user requirements. IntelliPass integrates
maintenance are world- electronic (XT) bypass with
40 class with a combination of optional manual override
ultra-efficient power section switch, which allows the unit
40 and programmable main to run in bypass without the
control board. H-Max Series drive.
40 Features Features
● Integrated DC link choke ● 110% overload for one IntelliPass/IntelliDisconnect IntelliPass
40 standard on drives from minute once every ten ● Mechanical, electronic and
● Circuit breaker provides
FS4–FS9 minutes flexible drive isolation damper interlocks
40 ● DC bus regulation anti-trip ● EMC Category 2 configurations to meet ● Fire mode
● Input surge protection ● Standard EMI/RFI filter customers’ needs Monitored and controlled by
40 against voltage spikes ● Conformal coated boards ● Robust steel enclosure for
●
onboard communication
varistor input simple installation Two contactor, mechanically
Troubleshooting diagnostics ●
40 ● HAND/OFF/AUTO and
●
● Onboard RS-485 (Modbus, interlocked and fully rated

DRIVE/BYPASS selector on bypass
N2, FLN, BACnet)
40 keypad simplifies control
● Onboard Ethernet-based ● Single keypad with
● Additional I/O and HAND/OFF/AUTO and
communications (BACnet/
40 communication cards
IP, Modbus/TCP DRIVE/BYPASS simplifies
provide plug-and-play startups and control
● Separate conduit plate
40 functionality
allows access to control ● Two power sources for
● Keypad—copy/paste control ensure redundancy
and power connections
40 function allows transfer of and provide additional ride-
parameter settings from
● DB chopper standard
through capability
one drive to the next frames FS4–FS6 for
40 ● Battery Backup—real-
● 1.5–40 hp, 1.1–30 kW
● NEMA Type 1
3.4–61 amp, 480 Vac ● Programmable auto restart
time clock with PLC
40 functionality ● 0.75–20 hp, 0.55–15 kW,
and auto bypass while
allowing critical damper
● Two independent PID 3.7–62 amp, 200–240 Vac
interlock functionality
40 functions ● OHSPD Special Seismic
● Multimonitor up to nine Certification Pre-Approved
40 values ● UL 508C

H-Max Series Drives
40.5
H-Max Drives Contents
Description Page
40
H-Max Drives 40
Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141 40
Replacement Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145
Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146 40
Wiring Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148 40
H-Max IntelliPass and IntelliDisconnect Drives . . . . . . . . . . 149
40
40
40
40
40
H-Max Drives 40
Product Description Features and Benefits Standards and Certifications 40
Eaton’s H-Max Series VFD ● Integrated DC link choke ● NEMA Type 1 and NEMA Product
has software and hardware standard on drives from Type 12 available ● IEC 61800-5-1 40
designed specifically for the FS4 through FS9 ● Real-time clock with PLC ● CE
HVAC, pump industry. The
ultra-efficient DC capacitor
● DC bus regulation anti-trip functionality ● cUL 40
● Input surge protection ● Two independent PID
and power structure allows
the drive to consume less
against voltage spikes
varistor input
functions Safety 40
energy, lowering greenhouse
● On-screen troubleshooting ● UL 508C
gases.
● EMI/RFI filters standard on
all drives from FS4 through
diagnostics with
embedded manual
● EN 61800-5-1 40
The I/O configuration is FS9 to meet EMC assistance
● CE
designed with wiring Category 2 ● Onboard RS-485 (Modbus,
● cUL 40
ergonomics in mind by ● HAND/OFF/AUTO and N2, FLN, BACnet)
including removable terminal DRIVE/BYPASS selector on ● Onboard Ethernet-based
40
blocks. The main, easily keypad simplifies control communications (BACnet/
removable, control board ● Additional I/O and IP, Modbus/TCP 40
used for all drive frames with communication cards ● OHSPD Special Seismic
six digital IN, two analog IN,
● Standard NEMA Type 12
one analog OUT, three relay
provide plug-and-play keypad on all drives Certification Pre-Approved 40
functionality ● Quickstart wizard built into
OUT accepts two additional
I/O or communication board.
● Copy/paste function allows programming of drive 40
In addition, the control board transfer of parameter ensures a smooth startup
has built-in RS-485 and settings from one drive to
the next
● I/O connections with 40
Ethernet communication. simple quick connection
Keypad can display up to
These drives continue
●
nine monitored parameters

terminals 40
the tradition of robust
● Control logic can be
simultaneously
performance, and raise ● Remote mount keypad kit
powered from an external
24V power supply to
40
the bar on features and available simulate internal drive
functionality, ensuring
functions and fieldbus, if 40
the best solution at the
right price. necessary, used for testing
and software downloads 40
● Standard I/O,6DI, 2AI,
1AO 2 Form C RO (NO/NC), 40
1 Form A RO (NO)
● Hard wired external/ 40
damper interlock
40
40

H-Max Series Drives

40
H-Max Series Drives
40 Build options alphabetically and numerically.
HMX 3 4 A G 3D4 2 1 - B _ _ _ _ _ _
40
40 Product
HMX = HVAC drive
Braking/Application
N = No brake chopper Extended I/O Options in Slot D and E
(low overload)
40 B = Internal brake chopper
B1 = 6 x DI /DO, Each digital input can be
individually programmed as digital output
Phase (low overload B2 = 1RO (NC/NO), 1RO (NO), 1 Thermistor
40 3 = Three-phase FS4–FS6 included) B4 = 1 x AI, 2 x AO (isolated)
B5 = 3 x RO
B8 = 1 ext +24 Vdc/ext +24 Vdc, 3 Pt100
40 Voltage
Enclosure
1 = Open NEMA Type 1 IP21
B9 = 1RO (NO), 5 DI 42–240 Vac input
2 = 200–240V Software Series
2 = Open NEMA Type 12 IP54
40 4 = 380–480V A–Z
Optional Communications in Slot D and E
C4 = LonWorks®
40 Keypad
Input Options Frame
and Voltage Specific
G = Graphical panel
2 = EMC C2
40 Standard Onboard Communications
RS-485 Communications
Amperes
40 200–240 Volts 380–480 Volts
BACnet MS/TP = Master slave/token protocol
(Universal BACnet) RS-485
3D7 = 3.7A—0.75 hp, 0.55 kW 3D4 = 3.4A—1.5 hp, 1.1 kW Modbus RTU RS-485, ASCII or RTU, remote terminal
40 4D8 = 4.8A—1 hp, 0.75 kW 4D8 = 4.8—2 hp, 1.5 kW unit 32 nodes
6D6 = 6.6A—1.5 hp, 1.1 kW 5D6 = 5.6A—3 hp, 2.2 kW FLN Siemens APOGEE FLN (P1) ASCII or RTU,
40 8D0 = 8A—2 hp, 1.5 kW
011 = 11A—3 hp, 2.2 kW
8D0 = 8A—4 hp, 3 kW
9D6 = 9.6A—5 hp, 4 kW
remote terminal unit 32 nodes
N2 = Johnson Controls Metasys N2 network
012 = 12A—4 hp, 3 kW 012 = 12A—7.5 hp, 5.5 kW Onboard Ethernet-Based Communications
40 018 = 18A—5 hp, 4 kW 016 = 16A—10 hp, 7.5 kW (port left side of keypad)
024 = 24A—7.5 hp, 5.5 kW 023 = 23A—15 hp, 11 kW BACnet/IP Ethernet industrial protocol
40 031 = 31A—10 hp, 7.5 kW
048 = 48A—15 hp, 11 kW
031 = 31A—20 hp, 15 kW
038 = 38A—25 hp, 18.5 kW
Modbus/TCP Transmission control protocol
(Ethernet-based)
062 = 62A—20 hp, 15 kW 046 = 46A—30 hp, 22 kW
40 075 = 75A—25 hp, 18.5 kW 061 = 61A—40 hp, 30 kW
088 = 88A—30 hp, 22 kW 072 = 72A—50 hp, 37 kW
105 = 105A—40 hp, 30 kW 087 = 87A—60 hp, 45 kW
40 140 = 140A—50 hp, 37 kW 105 = 105A—75 hp, 55 kW
170 = 170A—60 hp, 45 kW 140 = 140A—100 hp, 75 kW
40 205 = 205A—75 hp, 55 kW
261 = 261A—100 hp, 75 kW
170 = 170A—125 hp, 90 kW
205 = 205A—150 hp, 110 kW
310 = 310A—125 hp, 90 kW 261 = 261A—200 hp, 132 kW
40 310 = 310A—250 hp, 160 kW
40 Notes
All boards are varnished (conformed coated). Corrosion resistant.
40 Battery included in all drives for real-time clock.

Keypad kit includes HOA bypass.
Keypad kit includes HOA, back reset for Europe application.
40 EMI/RFI filters included.
DC link choke included.
40 DB chopper standard frames FS4–FS6. 1.5–40 hp, 3.4–61 amp, 480 Vac; 0.75–20 hp, 3.7–62 amp, 200–240 Vac.
40
40
40
40
40
40
40

H-Max Series Drives
40.5
Product Selection
40
H-Max Series Drives—230 Vac
40
NEMA Type 1 NEMA Type 1/IP21
FS Drive Output Current Assigned Motor Ratings 40
Frame Low Overload Full Drive kW 230 Vac Low Overload Full Catalog
Size Load Amps at 40°C Horsepower 230 Vac/50 Hz NEC Amps Load Amps at 50°C Number
40
4 3.7 0.75 0.55 3.2 2.6 HMX32AG3D721-B
4.8 1 0.75 4.2 3.7 HMX32AG4D821-B 40
6.6 1.5 1.1 6.6 4.8 HMX32AG6D621-B
8 2 1.5 6.8 6.6 HMX32AG8D021-B 40
11 3 2.2 9.6 8 HMX32AG01121-B
12.5 4 3 N/A 11 HMX32AG01221-B 40
5 18 5 4 15.2 12.5 HMX32AG01821-B
24 7.5 5.5 22 18 HMX32AG02421-B
40
HMX32AG03121-B
31 10 7.5 28 24
40
6 48 15 11 42 31 HMX32AG04821-B
62 20 15 54 48 HMX32AG06221-B 40
7 75 25 18.5 68 62 HMX32AG07521-N
88 30 22 80 75 HMX32AG08821-N 40
105 40 30 104 88 HMX32AG10521-N
8 140 50 37 130 105 HMX32AG14021-N 40
170 60 45 154 140 HMX32AG17021-N
205 75 55 192 170 HMX32AG20521-N
40
9 261 100 75 248 205 HMX32AG26121-N
40
310 125 90 N/A 261 HMX32AG31021-N
40
NEMA Type 12 NEMA Type 12/IP54 40
FS Drive Output Current Assigned Motor Ratings
Frame
Size
Low Overload Full
Load Amps at 40°C Horsepower
Drive kW
230 Vac/50 Hz
230 Vac
NEC Amps
Low Overload Full
Load Amps at 50°C
Catalog
Number
40
HMX32AG3D722-B
4 3.7 0.75 0.55 3.2 2.6
40
4.8 1 0.75 4.2 3.7 HMX32AG4D822-B
6.6 1.5 1.1 6.6 4.8 HMX32AG6D622-B 40
8 2 1.5 6.8 6.6 HMX32AG8D022-B
11 3 2.2 9.6 8 HMX32AG01122-B 40
12.5 4 3 N/A 11 HMX32AG01222-B
5 18 5 4 15.2 12 HMX32AG01822-B 40
24 7.5 5.5 22 18 HMX32AG02422-B
31 10 7.5 28 24 HMX32AG03122-B
40
HMX32AG04822-B
6 48 15 11 42 31
40
62 20 15 54 48 HMX32AG06222-B
7 75 25 18.5 68 62 HMX32AG07522-N 40
88 30 22 80 75 HMX32AG08822-N
105 40 30 104 88 HMX32AG10522-N 40
8 140 50 37 130 105 HMX32AG14022-N
170 60 45 154 140 HMX32AG17022-N 40
205 75 55 192 170 HMX32AG20522-N
9 261 100 75 248 205 HMX32AG26122-N
40
310 125 90 N/A 261 HMX32AG31022-N
40
Notes
For sizing reference.
DB chopper standard frames FS4–FS6. 0.75–20 hp, 3.7–62 amp, 200–240 Vac.
40
40

H-Max Series Drives
H-Max Series Drives—480 Vac

40
NEMA Type 1 NEMA Type 1/IP21
40 FS Drive Output Current Assigned Motor Ratings
40 Size Load Amps at 40°C Horsepower 400 Vac/50 Hz NEC Amps Load Amps at 50°C Number
4 3.4 1.5 1.1 2.1 2.6 HMX34AG3D421-B
40 4.8 2 1.5 3.4 3.4 HMX34AG4D821-B
5.6 3 2.2 5.6 4.8 HMX34AG5D621-B
40 8.0 4 3.0 N/A 5.6 HMX34AG8D021-B
9.6 5 4 7.6 8 HMX34AG9D621-B
40 12 7.5 5.5 11 9.6 HMX34AG01221-B
HMX34AG01621-B
40 5 16 10 7.5 14 12
23 15 11 21 16 HMX34AG02321-B
40 31 20 15 27 23 HMX34AG03121-B
6 38 25 18.5 34 31 HMX34AG03821-B
40 46 30 22 40 38 HMX34AG04621-B
61 40 30 52 46 HMX34AG06121-B
40 7 72 50 37 65 61 HMX34AG07221-N
87 60 45 77 72 HMX34AG08721-N
40 105 75 55 96 87 HMX34AG10521-N
8 140 100 75 124 105 HMX34AG14021-N
40 170 125 90 156 140 HMX34AG17021-N
205 150 110 180 170 HMX34AG20521-N
40 9 261 200 132 240 205 HMX34AG26121-N
40 310 250 160 302 261 HMX34AG31021-N
40 NEMA Type 12/IP54

NEMA Type 12
40 FS Drive Output Current Assigned Motor Ratings
Size Load Amps at 40°C Horsepower 400 Vac/50 Hz NEC Amps Load Amps at 50°C Number
40 4 3.4 1.5 1.1 2.1 2.6 HMX34AG3D422-B
40 4.8 2 1.5 3.4 3.4 HMX34AG4D822-B

5.6 3 2.2 5.6 4.8 HMX34AG5D622-B
40 8.0 4 3.0 N/A 5.6 HMX34AG8D022-B
9.6 5 4 7.6 8 HMX34AG9D622-B
40 12 7.5 5.5 11 9.6 HMX34AG01222-B
5 16 10 7.5 14 12 HMX34AG01622-B
40 23 15 11 21 16 HMX34AG02322-B
31 20 15 27 23 HMX34AG03122-B
40 6 38 25 18.5 34 31 HMX34AG03822-B
46 30 22 40 38 HMX34AG04622-B
40 61 40 30 52 46 HMX34AG06122-B
40 7 72 50 37 65 61 HMX34AG07222-N
87 60 45 77 72 HMX34AG08722-N
40 105 75 55 96 87 HMX34AG10522-N
8 140 100 75 124 105 HMX34AG14022-N
40 170 125 90 156 140 HMX34AG17022-N
205 150 110 180 170 HMX34AG20522-N
40 9 261 200 132 240 205 HMX34AG26122-N
310 250 160 302 261 HMX34AG31022-N
40 Notes
For sizing reference.
40 DB chopper standard frames FS4–FS6. 1.5–40 hp, 3.4–61 amp, 480 Vac.
40

H-Max Series Drives
40.5
Onboard Network Communications
Johnson Controls
40
Metasys N2 BACnet Modbus RTU FLN
40
H-Max Series provides H-Max Series provides H-Max Series provides H-Max Series provides
communication between the
drive and a Johnson Controls
communication to BACnet
networks. Data transfer is
communication to Modbus
RTU RS-485 as a slave on a
communication to Siemens
APOGEE™ FLN (P1) RTU
40
Metasys™ N2 network. With master-slave/token passing Modbus network. Other RS-485 as a slave on an FLN
this connection, the drive can (MS/TP) RS-485. communication parameters network. Other communication
40
be controlled, monitored and include an address range parameters include an
programmed from the BACnet IP from 1–247; a parity of address range from 1–247, 40
Metasys system. N2 can be 100 base T interface. None, Odd or Even; and the a parity of None, Odd or Even
selected and programmed by stop bit is 1. and option boards. 40
the drive keypad. Modbus TCP
Ethernet based protocol. 40
40
H-Max Series Option Board Kits Available for Slots D and E 40
The H-Max Series drives can application needs. The drive’s The H-Max Series factory-
accommodate a wide control unit is designed to installed standard board
40
selection of expander and accept a total of two option configuration includes an
adapter option boards to boards. I/O board and a relay 40
customize the drive for your output board.
40
Option Boards Mounted in Slots D and E
Option Kit 40
Option Kit Description Catalog Number
6 x DI /DO, each digital input can be individually programmed as digital output XMX-IO-B1-A 40
1RO Form C (NO/NC), 1RO Form A (NO), 1 thermistor XMX-IO-B2-A
1 x AI, 2 x AO (isolated) XMX-IO-B4-A
40
3 x RO Form A (NO) XMX-IO-B5-A 40
1 ext +24 Vdc/ext +24 Vdc, 3 Pt100 XMX-IO-B8-A
1RO Form A (NO), 5DI 42–240 Vac input XMX-IO-B9-A 40
LonWorks® XMX-COM-C4-A
40
40
NEMA Type 1 to NEMA Type 12/IP54 Conversion Kit
40
The NEMA Type 12/IP54 Kit consists of a drive cover,
option kit is used to convert a
NEMA Type 1 to a NEMA
fan kit and plugs. 40
Type 12 drive.
40
NEMA Type 12/IP54 Cover
Option Kit
40
FS4-branded N12/IP54 cover with gasket, plastic plug, fans, Eaton logos FS4-N12KIT
40
FS5-branded N12/IP54 cover with gasket, plastic plug, fans, Eaton logos FS5-N12KIT 40
40
40
40
40
40

H-Max Series Drives
Flange Kits
40 The flange kit is used when the power section heat sink is
mounted through the back panel of an enclosure.
40
Flange Kit NEMA Type 1/IP21 Flange Kit NEMA Type 12/IP54
40
Includes flange, mounting Includes flange, mounting components, air shroud
brackets, and screws. brackets, NEMA Type 12 fan screws and plugs.
40
40 Frames FS4–FS9 Frames FS4–FS9
Catalog Catalog
40 Description Number Description Number
NEMA Type 1/IP21 NEMA Type 12/IP54
40 FS4 N1/IP21 flange kit (fan not needed) FS4-Flange-N1KIT FS4 N12/IP54 flange kit FS4-Flange-N12KIT
(mounting N1 drive in N1 enclosure) (mounting N1 drive into N12 enclosure)
40 FS9 N1/IP21 flange kit (fan not needed)
(mounting N1 drive in N1 enclosure)
FS9-Flange-N1KIT FS9 N12/IP54 flange kit
(mounting N1 drive into N12 enclosure)
FS9-Flange-N12KIT
40
40 H-Max Series Drive Demo
40 Demos and Power Supply
Catalog
40 Description Number
H-Max Series drive demo H-MAX-DEMO
40 H-Max Series bypass demo H-MAX-BYPASS-DEMO
40 Hand-held 24V auxiliary power supply—used to supply power

to the control module in order to perform keypad programming
9000XAUX24V
before the drive is connected to line voltage

40
Notes
40 For installation of a NEMA Type 1 drive into a NEMA Type 1 oversized enclosure.
For installation of a NEMA Type 1 drive into a NEMA Type 12 oversized enclosure.
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40

H-Max Series Drives
40.5
Replacement Parts
40
Control Board/Keypad Fans
Current Catalog Catalog
40
Description Number Description Number
Main H-Max Series control board, without relay board H-Max-Control Board 230 Vac
40
H-Max Series graphic bypass, HOA KeypadbypassHOA FS4-230 Vac replacement fan FS4-Fan-230
40
H-Max Series graphic back, HOA KeypadbackHOA FS5-230 Vac replacement fan FS5-Fan-230
Remote keypad kits (includes bypass keypad overlay, OPTRMT-BP-Hmax FS6-230 Vac replacement fan FS6-Fan-230 40
N12 bezel, cables)
FS7-230 Vac replacement fan FS7-Fan-230
FS8-230 Vac replacement fan FS8-Fan-230 40
PC Cable
Catalog
480 Vac
40
Description Number
Remote download USB to RJ-45 cable with
software driver disk
REM-USB-Down FS4-460 Vac replacement fan FS4-Fan-480 40
FS6-460 Vac replacement fan FS6-Fan-480 40
Replacement Relay Board in Slot B
Description
Catalog
Number FS8-460 Vac replacement fan FS8-Fan-480
40
Replacement relay board
qty 2 Form C relay, qty 1 Form A relay
Relay board 1 40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40

H-Max Series Drives

40
H-Max Series Drives
40 Input Ratings Control Connections

Input voltage (Vin) 200–240 Vac, 380–480 Vac, –10%/+10% Analog input voltage 0 to 10V, R = 200 kohms differential
Resolution 0.1%; Accuracy ±1%
Dip switch selection (voltage/current)
40 Short circuit withstand 100 kAIC
Analog input current 0(4) to 20 mA; Ri –250 ohms differential
rating
40 Output Ratings
Output voltage 0 to Vin/Uin line voltage in
40 Continuous output current Ambient temperature max. 104°F (40°C)
Analog output 0–10V, 0(4) to 20 mA; RL max. 500 ohms;
Resolution 10 bit; Accuracy ±2%
40 IL overload 1.1 x IL (1 min./10 min.) Dip switch selection (voltage/current)
Overload current 110% (1 min./10 min.) Relay outputs 3 programmable, 2 Form C, 1 Form A relay outputs
40 Initial output current 150% for two seconds
Switching capacity: 24 Vdc/8A, 250 Vac/8A, 125 Vdc/0.4A
Hard wire jumper Between terminal 6 and 10 factory default
Dip switch setting default RS485 = off
A01 = current
A12 = current
40 Control Characteristics
A11 = voltage
Control method Frequency control (V/f) open loop sensorless vector control
Protections
40 Switching frequency 1–310 amps
FS4–9: default 6 kHz Overcurrent protection Yes
40 Frequency reference Analog input: Resolution 0.1% (10-bit), accuracy ±1%

Panel reference: Resolution 0.01 Hz
DC bus regulation anti-trip Yes (accelerates or decelerates the load)
40 Field weakening point 8 to 320 Hz Undervoltage protection Yes
Acceleration time 0.1 to 3000 seconds Earth fault protection Yes (in case of earth fault in motor or motor cable,
40 Deceleration time 0.1 to 3000 seconds only the frequency converter is protected)
Braking torque DC brake: 30% x Tn (without brake option) Input phase supervision Yes (trips if any of the input phases are missing)
40 Ambient Conditions Motor phase supervision Yes (trips if any of the output phases are missing)
Ambient operating FS4–FS9: 14°F (–10°C), no frost to 104°F (40°C) Overtemperature protection Yes
40 temperature (Drive can operate at 122°F (50°C), see Pages 141 and 142) Motor overload protection Yes
Storage temperature –40° to 158°F (–40° to 70°C)
40 Relative humidity 0 to 95% RH, noncondensing, non-corrosive, no dripping water
Motor underload protection Yes
40 Air quality Chemical vapors: IEC 60721-3-3, unit in operation, Class 3C2;
Short circuit protection Yes
Surge protection Yes (varistor input)
40 Altitude 100% load capacity (no derating) up to 3280 ft (1000m);
1% derating for each 328 ft (100m) above 3280 ft (1000m); Conformed coated Yes (prevents corrosion)
max. 9842 ft (3000m); 380–480V (varnished) boards
40 Vibration FS4–FS9: EN 61800-5-1, EN 60068-2-6; 5 to 150 Hz, Seismic
displacement amplitude 1 mm (peak) at 5 to 15.8 Hz, OHSPD Special Seismic Certification Pre-Approved
40 max. acceleration amplitude 1G at 15.8 to 150 Hz
Shock EN 61800-5-1, EN 60068-2-27 UPS Drop test (for applicable UPS
40 weights) Storage and shipping: max. 15G, 11 ms (in package)
Enclosure class NEMA Type 1/IP21 or NEMA Type 12/IP54
(keypad required for IP54/Type 12)
40 Standards
40 EMC Immunity: Fulfills all EMC immunity requirements;

Emissions: EN 61800-3, LEVEL H (EMC C2)
40 Emissions EMC level dependent—

+EMC 2: EN61800-3 (2004) Category C2
Delivered with Class C2 EMC filtering as default.
40
40
40
40

H-Max Series Drives
40.5
Wiring Diagram
40
Control Input/Output, PID Application
40
BACnet/IP Ethernet Industrial Protocol
RJ-45 Modbus/TCP Transmission Control Protocol (Ethernet Based) DB R+ Optional
Optional
Chopper R- Resistor 40
5% DC Link
L1 Three-Phase Input U (T1)
Circuit
Breaker L2 Input
Reactor
Three-Phase
Output V (T2) Motor
40
(Single-Phase not available)
L3 W (T3)
40
Slot A
Terminal Factory Default Signal
40
Resistor 1 +10V Reference Output
2 AI–1+
Analog Input Voltage (Range 0–10 Vdc)
(can be programmed to current 4–20 mA) 40
3 Vin Analog Output Common (Ground)
4 AI–2+
Analog Input Current (Range 4–20 mA)
(can be programmed to voltage 0–10 Vdc)
40
PI Setpoint or Feedback
Factory 5 AI–2– Analog Input Common 40
Jumper PI Setpoint or Feedback Test
6 24Vout Control Voltage Output (0.1A max.)
ON OFF RS485
40
7 GND I/O Ground CURRENT VOLTAGE AO1
8 DIN1 START/STOP (Contact closed = start)

CURRENT
CURRENT
VOLTAGE
VOLTAGE
AI2
AI1
40
9 DIN2 External Fault (Closed = fault)
10 DIN3 Run Interlock Permissive IP Interlock
40
(Closed = OK)
11 COM DIN1–DIN6 Common 40
13 GND I/O Ground
40
14 DIN4 Speed Select 0–100% (Preset speed)
40
15 DIN5 Fire Mode (Contact closed = fire mode)
16 DIN6 Force Bypass (Contact closed = bypass) 40
17 CMB DIN1–DIN6 Common
Terminal Block Layout
18 AO–1+ Output Frequency (0–20 mA)

40
19 AO–1– Analog Output Common (Ground) 40
30 24 Vdcin Auxiliary Input Voltage 21 22 23 24 25 26 32 33
Slot E __________________
Analog
A DATA- RS-485 DATA- Programmable BACnet,
RO1 RO1 RO1 RO2 RO2 RO2 RO3 RO3
40
Slot D __________________
Modbus, FLN, N2 NC COM NO NC COM NO COM NO

B DATA+ RS-485 DATA+
21 Relay Board 1 Slot B
40
12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 30 A B
Default Signal
22 RO1 Bypass Run 24 Vdc GND
out
DI4 DI5 DI6 COM
DI1–6
AO1+ AO1– 24 Vdc RS-485 RS-485
in Data– Data+
40
23
24
24 Vdc/8A
250 Vac/8A
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 40
+10 AI1+ AI1– AI2+ AI2– 24 Vdc GND DI1 DI2 DI3 COM
125 Vdc/0.4A
25 RO2 Drive Run Vdc out DI1–6
40
26
32 40
RO3 Fault Factory Jumper
33
External Interlock 40
Standards Includes Reliability
● Digital inputs D1–D6, relay ● Six digital input ● Pretested components
40
out, analog in/out are freely ● Two analog input ● Conformal coated
programmed ● One analog output (varnished) boards 40
● The user can assign a Three relay output ● 40°C rated
single input to multiple
●
● 110% overload for one

40
functions
● RS-485
minute
● Ethernet (BACnet and
Modbus) ● Eaton Electrical Services &
40
Systems national network
of AF drive specialists 40

H-Max Series Drives
Dimensions
40 H-Max Series Frames FS4–FS7

W2
40
40
40 H1
H3 W1 H2
40
40
40 D W3
40 Hole
Center-to-Center Weight in
Voltage hp kW Amps D H1 H2 H3 W1 W2 W3 Lbs (kg)
40 FS4
40 230 Vac 0.75–4 0.55–3.0 3.7–12.5 7.77

(197.3)
12.89
(327.5)
12.32
(313.0)
11.22
(285.0)
5.04
(128.0)
3.94
(100.0)
3.94
(100.0)
13.2
(6)
480 Vac 1.5–7.5 1.1–5.5 3.4–12
40 FS5
230 Vac 5–10 4–7.5 18–31 8.73 16.50 15.98 15.04 5.67 4.53 3.94 22.0
40 480 Vac 10–20 7.5–15 16–31
(221.6) (419.0) (406.0) (382.0) (144.0) (115.0) (100.0) (10)
FS6
40 230 Vac 15–20 11–15 48–62 9.29 21.93 21.28 20.24 7.68 5.83 5.83 44.1
(236.0) (557.0) (540.5) (514.0) (195.0) (148.0) (148.0) (20)
40 480 Vac 25–40 18.5–30 38–61
FS7
40 230 Vac 25–30 18.5–30 75–105 10.49 25.98 25.39 24.29 9.06 7.48 7.48 82.6
(266.5) (660.0) (645.0) (617.0) (230.0) (190.0) (190.0) (37.5)
480 Vac 50–75 37–55 72–105
40
40 H-Max Series Frames FS8 and FS9
W1 W2
40
40 W3
40
H3 H1 H2
40
40
40 D
40 Hole
Center-to-Center Weight in
Voltage hp kW Amps D H1 H2 H3 W1 W2 W3 Lbs (kg)
40 FS8
40 230 Vac 50–75 37–55 140–205 13.76

(349.6)
38.02
(965.7)
37.26
(946.4)
37.26
(946.4)
11.42
(290.1)
9.29
(236.0)
1.42
(36.0)
154.3
(70)
480 Vac 100–150 75–110
40 FS9
230 Vac 100–120 75–90 261–310 14.63 33.09 31.89 31.89 18.90 15.75 1.57 238.1
40 480 Vac 200–250 132–160
(371.6) (890.4) (810.0) (810.0) (480.0) (400.0) (40.0) (108)
40 Note: For flange dimension, please reference User Manual.

H-Max Series Drives
40.5
H-Max IntelliPass and IntelliDisconnect Drives Contents
Description Page
40
H-Max Drives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139 40
H-Max IntelliPass and IntelliDisconnect Drives
Standards and Certifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150 40
Catalog Number Selection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150
H-Max IntelliPass/IntelliDisconnect . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155
Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155 40
Wiring Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158
40
40
40
40
40
H-Max IntelliPass and IntelliDisconnect Drives 40
Product Description Features and Benefits 40
The IntelliPass electronic IntelliPass/IntelliDisconnect IntelliPass
bypass is a two or optional ● Circuit breaker provides ● Keypad can display up to ● Fully rated, mechanically 40
three contactor design using a flexible drive isolation nine monitored parameters interlocked contacts
24 Vdc XT Series contactor configurations to meet simultaneously ● HAND/OFF/AUTO and 40
with an optional manual customers’ needs ● OHSPD Special Seismic DRIVE/BYPASS selector on
override switch that allows
the unit to run in bypass
● Communication interface Certification Pre-Approved keypad simplifies control 40
enables control of the ● Standard NEMA Type 12 ● Two power sources for
without the H-Max Series
drive.
motor operated by the
drive or bypass
keypad on all drives control ensure redundancy 40
● Simplified operating menu and provide additional
The IntelliPass software ● Plenum rated allows for typical ride-through capability 40
parameters utilize ● Designed and tested to programming changes ● Self-healing power supplies
engineering units common UL 508C specifications ● Accommodates a wide
to the HVAC industry. ● Standard DC link choke for selection of expander
● Bypass circuit current
interrupting rating up to
40
Onboard startup wizard enhanced transient and boards and adapter boards 65 kAIC without fusing
guarantees flawless harmonic distortion ● Control logic can be ● Fully featured mechanically
40
commissioning with plug- protection powered from an external interlocked bypass featuring
and-play screen entry.
● DC bus regulation anti-trip auxiliary control panel Eaton’s XT contactors 40
Available in NEMA Type 1
and 12 with optional pre- ● Input surge protection ● Standard I/O, 6 DI, 2 AI, ● Pre-engineered options to
engineered operator devices against voltage spikes 1 AO, 2 Form C RO, allow custom configurations 40
to meet all customized varistor input 1 Form A RO (see option P150)
specification requirements. ● EMI/RFI filters standard on ● Onboard RS-485 (Modbus, ● Robust steel enclosure for 40
all drives to meet EMC N2, FLN, BACnet) simple installation
The IntelliPass construction
features allow for easy
Category 2 ● Built-in Ethernet ● Programmable auto restart 40
● Top and bottom conduit communication (BACnet/ and auto bypass while
installation, reliable operation
and serviceability with entry for installation ease IP, Modbus/TCP) allowing critical damper 40
additional onboard wire space ● Pass-through I/O capability ● DB chopper standard interlock functionality
and removable conduit plates ● Additional I/O and frames FS4–FS6 for
USA application.
40
with knockouts. communication cards
provide plug and play ● 1.5–40 hp, 2.1–52 amp, 40
functionality 480 Vac
1–20 hp, 4.2–54 amp,
● Copy/paste keypad
function allows transfer of
●
230 Vac
40
parameter settings from ● 1–20 hp, 4.6–60 amp,
one drive to the next 208 Vac 40
● Optional fusing—fuse ● Hard wired external/
rating 200 kAIC damper interlock 40
40

H-Max Series Drives

40 Product Safety
● IEC 61800-5-1 ● UL 508C
40 ● CE ● EN 61800-5-1
40 ● cUL ● CE ● OHSPD Special Seismic
● cUL Certification Pre-Approved
40
40
H-Max Series IntelliPass and IntelliDisconnect Drives
40
HMX 011 3 4 B A _ _ Build
_ options
_ alphabetically
_ _ and_numerically.
_ _ _
40
40 Product
HMX = HVAC drive (VT)
Software Series
A–Z
Extended I/O Options in Slot D and E
B1 = 6 x DI /DO, Each digital input can be individually
(low overload) programmed as digital output
40 B2 = 1RO (NC/NO), 1RO (NO), 1 Thermistor
B4 = 1 x AI, 2 x AO (isolated)
NEC Ampere Ratings Braking/Application B5 = 3 x RO
40 208 Volts 480 Volts N = No brake chopper B8 = 1 ext +24 Vdc/ext +24 Vdc, 3 Pt100
(low overload) B9 = 1RO (NO), 5 DI 42–240 Vac input
4D6 = 4.6A—1 hp 2D1 = 2.1A—1 hp
40 7D5 = 7.5A—2 hp 3D4 = 3.4A—2 hp
B = Internal brake chopper
(low overload
011 = 11A—3 hp 5D6 = 5.6A—3 hp
FS4–FS6 included) Optional Communications in Slot D and E
017 = 17A—5 hp 7D6 = 7.6A—5 hp
40 025 = 25A—7.5 hp 011 = 11A—7.5 hp C4 = LonWorks®
031 = 31A—10 hp 014 = 14A—10 hp Voltage
40 047 = 47A—15 hp 021 = 21A—15 hp
1 = 208V EMC Upgrade Option Keypad Options
060 = 60A—20 hp 027 = 27A—20 hp 2 = 230V
075 = 75A—25 hp 034 = 34A—25 hp EMC C2 Standard None available
40 088 = 88A—30 hp 040 = 40A—30 hp
4 = 480V
230 Volts 052 = 52A—40 hp

40 4D2 = 4.2A—1 hp 065 = 65A—50 hp
077 = 77A—60 hp
Enclosure Style
IntelliDisconnect Options
P3 = Fused drive isolation
6D8 = 6.8A—2 hp 3 = IntelliPass NEMA Type 1
096 = 96A—75 hp PE = Output contactor
40 9D6 = 9.6A—3 hp
016 = 16A—5 hp
A = IntelliDisconnect NEMA Type 1
SA = Space heater w/transformer (Type 3R only)
022 = 22A—7.5 hp
40 028 = 28A—10 hp IntelliPass Bypass Options
042 = 42A—15 hp
P3 = Fused drive isolation (can not be used with P6)
054 = 54A—20 hp
40 068 = 68A—25 hp
P6 = Third contactor drive isolation
PE = Output contactor (used for IntelliDisconnect)
080 = 80A—30 hp
M1 = Manual bypass switch located on front door
40 SA = Space heater w/transformer (Type 3R only)
KF = Drive test switch (used only with P6 option)
40 L1
L2
=
=
Power on and fault light (two separate lights)
Bypass pilot light (red)
L3 = Manual bypass light (amber)
40 LE
K9
=
=
Drive run light
Auxiliary contacts
IS = Isolation switch
40
40 Standard Onboard Communications
RS-485 Communications
BACnet MS/TP = Master slave/token protocol (Universal BACnet) RS-485
40 Modbus RTU RS-485, ASCII or RTU, remote terminal unit 32 nodes
FLN Siemens APOGEE FLN (P1) ASCII or RTU, remote terminal unit 32 nodes
40 N2 = Johnson Controls Metasys N2 network
Onboard Ethernet-Based Communications
(port left side of keypad)
40 BACnet/IP Ethernet industrial protocol
Modbus/TCP Transmission control protocol (Ethernet-based)
40
Notes
40 IntelliPass—two contactor electronic Keypad kit includes HOA bypass. DB chopper standard frames FS4–FS6 for
bypass standard. EMI/RFI filters included. USA application. 1.5–40 hp, 2.1–52 amp,
480 Vac; 1–20 hp, 4.2–54 amp, 230 Vac;
40 All boards are varnished. Corrosion resistant.
Battery included in all drives for real-time
DC link choke included.
1–20 hp, 4.6–60 amp, 208 Vac.
clock. Three year lifetime.
40

H-Max Series Drives
40.5
Product Selection
40
H-Max Series IntelliPass NEMA Type 1—Two Contactor Bypass Standard
40
HMX_ 208 Vac
FS
Frame Size Horsepower
Drive Rated
NEC Amps Catalog Number
40
4 1 4.6 HMX4D631BA 40
2 7.5 HMX7D531BA
3 10.6 HMX01131BA 40
5 5 16.7 HMX01731BA
7.5 24.2 HMX02531BA 40
10 30.8 HMX03131BA
6 15 46.2 HMX04731BA
40
20 59.4 HMX06031BA
7 25 74.9 HMX07531NA
40
30 88 HMX08831NA 40
40
230 Vac
FS
Frame Size Horsepower
Drive Rated
NEC Amps Catalog Number
40
4 1 4.2 HMX4D232BA 40
2 6.8 HMX6D832BA
3 9.6 HMX9D632BA 40
5 5 15.2 HMX01632BA
7.5 22 HMX02232BA 40
10 28 HMX02832BA
6 15 42 HMX04232BA
40
20 54 HMX05432BA
40
7 25 68 HMX06832NA
30 80 HMX08032NA 40
40
480 Vac
FS Drive Rated 40
Frame Size Horsepower NEC Amps Catalog Number
4 1 2.1 HMX2D134BA 40
2 3.4 HMX3D434BA
3 5.6 HMX5D634BA 40
5 9.6 HMX7D634BA
7.5 11 HMX01134BA 40
5 10 14 HMX01434BA
15 21 HMX02134BA
40
20 27 HMX02734BA
40
6 25 34 HMX03434BA
30 40 HMX04034BA 40
40 52 HMX05234BA
7 50 65 HMX06534NA 40
60 77 HMX07734NA
75 96 HMX09634NA 40
40
40
40

H-Max Series Drives
H-Max Series IntelliDisconnect NEMA Type 1—Main Disconnect Standard

40
HMX_ 208 Vac
40 FS Drive Rated
40 4 1 4.6 HMX4D6A1BA
2 7.5 HMX7D5A1BA
40 3 11 HMX011A1BA
40 5 5 17 HMX017A1BA
7.5 25 HMX025A1BA
40 10 31 HMX031A1BA
6 15 47 HMX047A1BA
40 20 60 HMX060A1BA
7 25 75 HMX075A1NA
40 30 88 HMX088A1NA
40
230 Vac
40 FS Drive Rated
40 4 1 4.2 HMX4D2A2BA
2 6.8 HMX6D8A2BA
40 3 9.6 HMX9D6A2BA
40 5 5 15.2 HMX016A2BA
7.5 22 HMX022A2BA
40 10 28 HMX028A2BA
6 15 42 HMX042A2BA
40 20 54 HMX054A2BA
7 25 68 HMX068A2NA
40 30 80 HMX080A2NA
40
480 Vac
40 FS Drive Rated
40 4 1 2.1 HMX2D1A4BA
2 3.4 HMX3D4A4BA
40 3 5.6 HMX5D6A4BA
40 5 9.6 HMX7D6A4BA
7.5 11 HMX011A4BA
40 5 10 14 HMX014A4BA
15 21 HMX021A4BA
40 20 27 HMX027A4BA
6 25 34 HMX034A4BA
40 30 40 HMX040A4BA
40 52 HMX052A4BA
40 7 50 65 HMX065A4NA
40 60 77 HMX077A4NA
75 96 HMX096A4NA
40 Note
For Wiring Diagrams, see Page 157.
40
40
40

H-Max Series Drives
40.5
Onboard Network Communications
Johnson Controls
40
Metasys N2 BACnet Modbus RTU FLN
40
H-Max Series provides H-Max Series provides H-Max Series provides H-Max Series provides
communication between the
drive and a Johnson Controls
communication to BACnet
networks. Data transfer is
communication to Modbus
RTU RS-485 as a slave on a
communication to Siemens
APOGEE™ FLN (P1) RTU
40
Metasys™ N2 network. With master-slave/token passing Modbus network. Other RS-485 as a slave on an FLN
this connection, the drive can (MS/TP) RS-485. communication parameters network. Other communication
40
be controlled, monitored and include an address range parameters include an
programmed from the BACnet IP from 1–247; a parity of address range from 1–247, 40
Metasys system. N2 can be 100 base T interface. None, Odd or Even; and the a parity of None, Odd or Even
selected and programmed by stop bit is 1. and option boards. 40
the drive keypad. Modbus TCP
Ethernet based protocol. 40
40
H-Max Series Option Board Kits Available for Slots D and E 40
The H-Max Series drives can application needs. The drive’s The H-Max Series factory-
accommodate a wide control unit is designed to installed standard board
40
selection of expander and accept a total of two option configuration includes an
adapter option boards to boards. I/O board and a relay 40
customize the drive for your output board.
40
Option Boards Mounted in Slots D and E
Option Kit 40
6 x DI /DO, each digital input can be individually programmed as digital output XMX-IO-B1-A 40
1RO Form C (NO/NC), 1RO Form A (NO), 1 thermistor XMX-IO-B2-A
1 x AI, 2 x AO (isolated) XMX-IO-B4-A
40
3 x RO Form A (NO) XMX-IO-B5-A 40
1 ext +24 Vdc/ext +24 Vdc, 3 Pt100 XMX-IO-B8-A
1RO Form A (NO), 5DI 42–240 Vac input XMX-IO-B9-A 40
LonWorks® XMX-COM-C4-A
40
40
NEMA Type 12/IP54 Conversion Kit
40
The NEMA Type 12/IP54 Kit consists of a drive cover,
option kit is used to convert a
NEMA Type 1 to a NEMA
fan kit and plugs. 40
Type 12 drive.
40
NEMA Type 12/IP54 Cover
Option Kit
40
40
40
40
40
40

H-Max Series Drives
Third Contactor Drive Isolation

40 Horsepower Suffix Horsepower Suffix Horsepower Suffix
at 208 and 230 Vac Number at 480 Vac Number at 480 Vac Number
40 1–3 P6 1–7.5 P6 40 P6
5–7.5 P6 10–15 P6 50 P6
40 10 P6 20 P6 60 P6
15 P6 25 P6 75 P6
40 20 P6 30 P6
25 P6
40 30 P6
40 Drive Isolation Service Switch

Horsepower Suffix Horsepower Suffix Horsepower Suffix
40 at 208 and 230 Vac Number at 480 Vac Number at 480 Vac Number
1–3 IS 1–7.5 IS 40 IS
40 5–7.5 IS 10–15 IS 50 IS
10 IS 20 IS 60 IS
40 15 IS 25 IS 75 IS
20 IS 30 IS
40 25 IS
30 IS
40 Output Contactor Used for IntelliDisconnect

40 Horsepower
at 208 and 230 Vac
Suffix
Number
Horsepower
at 480 Vac
Suffix
Number
Horsepower
at 480 Vac
Suffix
Number
1–3 PE 1–7.5 PE 40 PE
40 5–7.5 PE 10–15 PE 50 PE
10 PE 20 PE 60 PE
40 15 PE 25 PE 75 PE
20 PE 30 PE
40 25 PE
30 PE
40
Auxiliary Contacts
40 Horsepower Suffix Horsepower Suffix
at 208/230 Vac Description Number at 480 Vac Description Number
40 1–30 Factory installed K9 1–75 Factory installed K9
40 Optional Operator Devices

Suffix Suffix
40 Description Number Description Number
Bypass test switch (used with third contactor KF Manual bypass light (amber) L3
40 isolation switch) Drive run (red) pilot light LE
Power on (green), fault (red) pilot lights L1 Manual bypass switch located on door M1
40 Bypass (red) pilot light L2
40 Drive Isolation Input Fusing

Horsepower Suffix Horsepower Suffix Horsepower Suffix
40 at 208 and 230 Vac Number at 480 Vac Number at 480 Vac Number
1–3 P3 1–7.5 P3 40 P3
40 5–7.5 P3 10–15 P3 50 P3
10 P3 20 P3 60 P3
40 15 P3 25 P3 75 P3
20 P3 30 P3
40 25 P3
30 P3
40 Notes
Fused drive isolation (P3) and third contactor (P6) or drive isolation switch (IS) cannot be installed together.
40 P6 option not available with IntelliDisconnect.

PE option only available with IntelliDisconnect.
K9 option only available with IntelliPass drives.
40

H-Max Series Drives
40.5
H-Max IntelliPass/IntelliDisconnect
40
Primary Design Features
Description IntelliPass IntelliDisconnect Description IntelliPass IntelliDisconnect 40
CB MMP Standard Standard Isolation switch Optional N/A
2 contactor bypass Standard N/A Top entry (power) Standard Standard
40
Mechanical interlock Standard N/A Bottom entry (power) Standard Standard
Electrical interlock Standard N/A Output contactor Standard Optional
40
Third contactor (isolation) Optional N/A
40
40
H-Max Series Drives 40
Input Ratings Standards
40
Input voltage (Vin) 208, 230, 480 Vac, –10%/+10% EMC Immunity: Fulfills all EMC immunity requirements;
Emissions: EN 61800-3, LEVEL H (EMC C2)
40
Input frequency (fin) 50/60 Hz (variation up to 47–66 Hz)
Emissions EMC level dependent—
+EMC 2: EN61800-3 (2004) Category C2
40
Short circuit withstand 65 kAIC combination Delivered with Class C2 EMC filtering as default.
rating
Control Connections
40
Output Ratings
Analog input voltage 0 to 10V, R = 200 kohms differential
Output voltage 0 to Vin/Uin line voltage in Resolution 0.1%; Accuracy ±1% 40
Dip switch selection (voltage/current)
Continuous output current Ambient temperature max. 104°F (40°C)
IL overload 1.1 x IL (1 min./10 min.)
Analog input current 0(4) to 20 mA; Ri –250 ohms differential 40
Overload current 110% (1 min./10 min.)
40
Initial output current 150% for two seconds
40
Analog output 0–10V, 0(4) to 20 mA; RL max. 500 ohms;
Frequency resolution 0.01 Hz Resolution 10 bit; Accuracy ±2%;
Control Characteristics Dip switch selection (voltage/current) 40
Relay outputs 3 programmable, 2 Form C, 1 Form A relay outputs
Control method Frequency control (V/f) open loop sensorless vector control
Switching capacity: 24 Vdc/8A, 250 Vac/8A, 125 Vdc/0.4A 40
Switching frequency 1–310 amps; adjustable with parameter 2.6.9
FS4–FS7: default 6 kHz Hard wire jumper Between terminal 6 and 10 factory default
Frequency reference Analog input: Resolution 0.1% (10-bit), accuracy ±1% Dip switch setting default RS485 = off
40
Panel reference: Resolution 0.01 Hz A01 = current
Field weakening point 8 to 320 Hz

A12 = current 40
A11 = voltage
Acceleration time 0.1 to 3000 seconds Protections 40
Deceleration time 0.1 to 3000 seconds Overcurrent protection Yes
Braking torque DC brake: 30% x Tn (without brake option) Overvoltage protection Yes 40
Ambient Conditions DC bus regulation anti-trip Yes (accelerates or decelerates the load)
Ambient operating FS4–FS7: 14°F (–10°C), no frost to 104°F (40°C) Undervoltage protection Yes
40
temperature (Drive can operate at 122°F (50°C)
Storage temperature –40° to 158°F (–40° to 70°C)
Earth fault protection Yes (in case of earth fault in motor or motor cable,
only the frequency converter is protected)
40
Relative humidity 0 to 95% RH, noncondensing, non-corrosive, no dripping water Input phase supervision Yes (trips if any of the input phases are missing)
Air quality Chemical vapors: IEC 60721-3-3, unit in operation, Class 3C2;
40
Motor phase supervision Yes (trips if any of the output phases are missing)
Altitude 100% load capacity (no derating) up to 3280 ft (1000m);
Overtemperature protection Yes 40
1% derating for each 328 ft (100m) above 3280 ft (1000m); Motor overload protection Yes
max. 9842 ft (3000m); 380–480V Motor stall protection Yes 40
Vibration FS4–FS7: EN 61800-5-1, EN 60068-2-6; 5 to 150 Hz, Motor underload protection Yes
displacement amplitude 1 mm (peak) at 5 to 15.8 Hz,
max. acceleration amplitude 1G at 15.8 to 150 Hz Short circuit protection Yes
40
Shock EN 61800-5-1, EN 60068-2-27 UPS Drop test (for applicable UPS
Surge protection Yes (varistor input)
40
Conformed coated Yes (prevents corrosion)
(varnished) board
Enclosure class NEMA Type 1/IP21 or NEMA Type 12/IP54
(keypad required for IP54/Type 12)
40
Seismic
OHSPD Special Seismic Certification Pre-Approved 40

H-Max Series Drives
Wiring Diagrams
40
Control Input/Output, PID Application
40
BACnet/IP Ethernet Industrial Protocol
RJ-45 Modbus/TCP Transmission Control Protocol (Ethernet Based) DB R+ Optional
40 Optional
Chopper R- Resistor
5% DC Link
L1 Three-Phase Input U (T1)
40 Circuit
Breaker L2 Input
Reactor
Three-Phase
V (T2) Motor
Output
(Single-Phase not available)
40 L3 W (T3)
Slot A
40 Terminal Factory Default Signal
Resistor 1 +10V Reference Output
40 2 AI–1+
Analog Input Voltage (Range 0–10 Vdc)
(can be programmed to current 4–20 mA)
3 Vin Analog Output Common (Ground)
40 4 AI–2+
Analog Input Current (Range 4–20 mA)
(can be programmed to voltage 0–10 Vdc)
PI Setpoint or Feedback
40 Factory 5 AI–2– Analog Input Common
Jumper PI Setpoint or Feedback Test
40 6 24Vout Control Voltage Output (0.1A max.)
ON OFF RS485
7 GND I/O Ground CURRENT VOLTAGE AO1
40 8 DIN1 START/STOP (Contact closed = start)
CURRENT
CURRENT
VOLTAGE
VOLTAGE
AI2
AI1
9 DIN2 External Fault (Closed = fault)
40 10 DIN3 Run Interlock Permissive IP Interlock
(Closed = OK)
40 11 COM DIN1–DIN6 Common
40 13 GND I/O Ground
40 14 DIN4 Speed Select 0–100% (Preset speed)

15 DIN5 Fire Mode (Contact closed = fire mode)
40 16 DIN6 Force Bypass (Contact closed = bypass)
17 CMB DIN1–DIN6 Common
Terminal Block Layout
40 18 AO–1+ Output Frequency (0–20 mA)
40 19 AO–1– Analog Output Common (Ground)

30 24 Vdcin Auxiliary Input Voltage 21 22 23 24 25 26 32 33
Slot E __________________
Analog
40 A DATA- RS-485 DATA- Programmable BACnet,
RO1 RO1 RO1 RO2 RO2 RO2 RO3 RO3
Slot D __________________
Modbus, FLN, N2 NC COM NO NC COM NO COM NO

B DATA+ RS-485 DATA+
40 Relay Board 1 Slot B
21 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 30 A B
Default Signal
40 22 RO1 Bypass Run 24 Vdc GND
out
DI4 DI5 DI6 COM
DI1–6
AO1+ AO1– 24 Vdc RS-485 RS-485
in Data– Data+
23
40 24
24 Vdc/8A
250 Vac/8A
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11
+10 AI1+ AI1– AI2+ AI2– 24 Vdc GND DI1 DI2 DI3 COM
125 Vdc/0.4A
40 25 RO2 Drive Run Vdc out DI1–6
26
40 32
RO3 Fault Factory Jumper
33
40 External Interlock
Standards Includes Reliability

40 ● Digital inputs D1–D6, relay ● Six digital input ● Pretested components
out, analog in/out are freely ● Two analog input ● Conformal coated
40 programmed ● One analog output (varnished) boards
● The user can assign a ● 40°C rated
40 single input to multiple
● Three relay output
● 110% overload for one
functions
● RS-485
minute
40 ● Ethernet
● Eaton Electrical Services &
Systems national network
40 of AF drive specialists

H-Max Series Drives
40.5
H-Max Series IntelliPass H-Max Series IntelliDisconnect Power Wiring
40
Incoming Power Incoming Power
L1 L2 L3 L1 L2 L3
40
Bypass
Circuit Circuit 40
Breaker Breaker
40
40
Optional Fuse
40
Optional Fuse
or
Drive Input
40
Contactor
To Drive Input
40
L1 L2 L3
To Drive Output
40
To Drive Input
40
U(T1) V(T2)W(T3)
To Drive Output
Optional 40
Output
U(T1) V(T2)W(T3)
Contactor
40
Output
Contactor
Bypass
Contactor
40
U(T1)
V(T2)
W(T3)
40
Motor
40
Overload 40
Relay
40
V(T2)
U(T1) W(T3) 40
Motor
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40

H-Max Series Drives
Dimensions
40 H-Max Series IntelliPass and IntelliDisconnect Drives
40 W1
H3
D1
40
40
40
40
40
40
H4
40 H1 H2
40
40
40
40
40
W3
40 C W2 D2
40 Consult factory or use manual for final dimensions.

Frame Weight in
40 Size Voltage Horsepower (IL) H1 H2 H3 H4 C W1 W2 W3 D1 D2 Lbs (kg)
FS4 208 1–3 29.69 37.12 0.25 31.00 3.00 7.88 6.33 0.75 11.40 9.27 45 (20.41)
40 230 1–3
(754.1) (942.9) (6.35) (914.4) (76.2) (200.2) (160.8) (19.1) (289.6) (235.5)
40 480 1–7.5
FS5 208 5–10 37.00 34.47 0.25 38.31 3.00 9.40 7.75 0.75 15.30 13.17 57.5 (26.10)
40 230 5–10
(939.8) (875.5) (6.35) (973.0) (76.2) (238.8) (196.9) (19.1) (388.6) (334.6)
480 10–20
40 FS6 208 15–20 45.08 40.28 0.25 46.4 4.00 10.90 9.35 0.75 15.75 13.62 98.0 (44.45)
(1145.0) (1023.1) (6.35) (1178.6) (101.6) (276.9) (327.5) (19.1) (400.0) (346.0)
230 15–20
40
480 25–40
40 FS7 208 25–30 58.32

(1481.3)
56.30
(1430.0)
0.25
(6.35)
59.46
(1510.3)
5.00
(127.0)
13.98
(355.1)
12.35
(313.7)
0.75
(19.1)
15.50
(393.7)
13.55
(244.2)
165.0 (74.84)
230 25–30
40 480 50–75
40 Note: C distance is spacing required to mount multiple drives.
40
40
40
40

CFX9000 Drives
40.6
CFX9000 Enclosed Drives Contents
Description Page
40
CFX9000 Drives 40
Application Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160
Features and Benefits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166 40
Product Identification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166 40
Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175
40
Wiring Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183
40
40
40
40
Product Description 40
The CFX9000 Clean Power The 9000X family of drives CFX9000 Enclosed Products 40
Drives from Eaton’s electrical includes HVX9000, SVX9000, ● Standard Enclosed— ● Custom Engineered—for
sector use tuned passive SLX9000, and SPX9000. covers a wide range of the those applications with
filters to significantly reduce 9000X Series drive ratings are most commonly ordered more unique or complex
40
line harmonics at the drive rated for either high overload options. Pre-engineering requirements, these are
input terminals. (IH) or low overload (IL). IL eliminates the lead time individually engineered to 40
indicates 110% overload normally associated with the customer’s needs.
The CFX9000 drive also
delivers True Power Factor—
capacity for 1 minute out of
10 minutes. IH indicates
customer specific options. Contact your local sales 40
in addition to reducing Available configurations are office for assistance in
harmonic distortion, the 1 minute out of 10 minutes.
listed on Pages 166–181. pricing and lead time. 40
CFX9000 drive prevents ● Modified Standard
transformer overheating and
overloading of breakers and
Enclosed—applies to 40
specific customer
feeders, which enables the
application of adjustable
requirements that vary 40
from the Standard
frequency drives on Enclosed offering, such as
generators and other high the need for an additional
40
impedance power systems. indicating light or minor
modifications to drawings. 40
Contact your local sales
office for assistance in 40
pricing and lead time.
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40

CFX9000 Drives
Application Description
40 Designed to meet the IEEE® choice for small and midsize What Causes Harmonics? Why Be Concerned
519-1992 requirements for drives applications where
40 harmonic distortion, the harmonics are a concern.
Harmonics are the result of About Harmonics?
nonlinear loads that convert 1. Installation and utility
CFX9000 is an excellent
40 AC line voltage to DC. costs increase.
Examples of equipment that Harmonics cause
What Are Harmonics? are non-linear loads are listed damage to transformers
40 below: and lower efficiencies
Take a perfect wave with a fundamental frequency of 60 Hz, due to the IR loss.
● AC variable frequency
40 which is close to what is supplied by the power company.
drives These losses can
Perfect Wave ● DC drives become significant (from
40 Volts
● Fluorescence lighting,
16.6–21.6%) which can
have a dramatic effect on
(v) computers, UPS systems the HVAC systems that
40 f(x) = sin(x) ● Industrial washing are controlling the
machines, punch presses, temperatures of the
40 welders, etc. building where the
transformer and drive
40 Time How Can Harmonics Due to
VFDs Be Diminished?
equipment reside.
(t)
2. Downtime and loss of
40 By applying drives from the
Eaton Clean Power Drives productivity.
Family; The HCX9000, Telephones and data
40 CFX9000 and CPX9000. transmissions links may
not be guaranteed to
40 What Are Linear Loads? work on the same power
Linear loads are primarily grids polluted with
Add a second wave that is five times the fundamental frequency— harmonics.
40 300 Hz (typical of frequency added to the line by a fluorescent light). devices that run across the
line and do not add 3. Downtime and
Second Wave
40 harmonics. Motors are prime
examples. The downside to
nuisance trips of drives
Volts and other equipment.
having large motor linear
40 (v)
f(x) = sin(5x) loads is that they draw more
Emergency generators
have up to three times
5 energy than a VFD, because the impedance that is
40 of their inability to control found in a conventional
motor speed. In most utility source. Thus the
40 applications there is a turn harmonic voltage can be
down valve used with the up to three times as
40 Time
(t)
motor which will reduce the
flow of the material, without
large, causing risk of
operation problems.
significantly reducing the load
40 to the motor. While this 4. Larger motors must be
provides some measure of used. Motors running
40 speed control, it is extremely across the line that are
inefficient. connected on polluted
40 Combine the two waves. The result is a 60 Hz supply rich in
fifth harmonics.
power distribution grids
can overheat or operate
at lower efficiency due to
40 Resulting Supply
harmonics.
Volts
40 (v)
5. Higher installation
costs. Transformers and
power equipment must
40 f(x) = sin(x) + sin(5x) be oversized to
5
accommodate the loss of
40 efficiencies. This is due
to the harmonic currents
40 Time
circulating through the
distribution without
(t)
40 performing useful work.
40
40
40

CFX9000 Drives
40.6
How Does a VFD Convert Three-Phase AC to a Guidelines of Meeting IEEE Std. 519-1992
Variable Output Voltage and Frequency? Harmonic Distortion Limits 40
The six-pulse VFD: The
majority of all conventional
The six-pulse VFD drive
creates harmonic current
The IEEE 519-1992
Specification is a standard
users that are implementing
medium and low voltage
40
drives that are built consist of distortion. The harmonic that provides guidelines for equipment.
a six-pulse configuration. The current that is created is commercial and industrial 40
figure below represents a six- energy that can not be used
diode rectifier design that by customers and causes 40
converts three-phase utility external heat and losses to all Maximum Harmonic Current Distortion in % of the
Fundamental (120V through 69,000V)
power to DC. The inverter components including other 40
section uses IGBTs to convert drives that are on the same Harmonic Order (Odd Harmonics)
DC power to a simulated AC power distribution. The figure
sine wave that can vary in is a 100 hp drive with 45A of
Isc/IL h<11 11≤h<17 17≤h<23 23≤h<35 35≤h TDD
40
<20 4.0 2.0 1.5 0.6 0.3 5.0
frequency from 0–400 Hz. damaging harmonic current.
20<50 7.0 3.5 2.5 1.0 0.5 8.0 40
50<100 10.0 4.5 4.0 1.5 0.7 12.0
100 hp Six-Diode Rectifier Design
100<1000 12.0 5.5 5.0 2.0 1.0 15.0
40
Current >1000 15.0 7.0 6.0 2.5 1.4 20.0
Amps 40
1000 The ratio Isc/IL is the ratio of the short-circuit current available at the
point of common coupling (PCC), to the maximum fundamental load 40
current. Consequently, as the size of the user load decreases with
500 respect to the size of the system, the percentage of harmonic current
that the user is allowed to inject into the utility system increases.
40
0 Notes 40
TDD = Total demand distortion is the harmonic current distortion in percent of the maximum
–500
demand load current (15 or 30 minute demand). 40
ISC = Maximum short circuit current at the PCC not counting motor contribution.
IL = Maximum demand load current for all of the connected loads (fundamental frequency 40
component) at the PCC. All of the limits are measured at a point of common coupling.
–1000
0.100 0.10625 0.1125
Time in Seconds
0.11875 0.125
40
40
100 hp Six-Pulse Nonproductive Harmonic Current
Current
40
Amps
1000 40
40
500
40
0
40
–500 40
–1000 40
0.100 0.10625 0.1125 0.11875 0.125
Time in Seconds 40
Six-Pulse Nonproductive Harmonic Current
40
Six-Pulse Circuit
40
Current harmonics
I1 = 100% I11 = 6.10% I19 = 1.77% 40
I5 = 22.5% I13 = 4.06% I23 = 1.12%
I7 = 9.38% I17 = 2.26% I25 = 0.86% 40
Power = 100 hp
Harmonic current = 45 amps
40
40

CFX9000 Drives
One-Line Diagram for Harmonic Analysis

40
40
____Volts ____Volts ____Volts ____Volts Source A
40 PCC
Utility Side
40 AC
Motor
AC
Motor
40
40
40 Utility Side
Transformer
Customer
Transformer
____Volts ____Volts
40 ____kVA ____kVA
AC
Motor
AC
Motor
____Isc ____Isc
40 ____Impedance ____Impedance
40
Customer AC AC
40 Generator Motor Motor
____Volts Generator
Set
40 ____kVA
____Isc
____Impedance
40 Total Linear Motor Loads ____AMPS
Source B Total Non-Linear Drive Loads ____AMPS
40
The best way to estimate AFD harmonic contribution to an electrical system is to perform a harmonic analysis based on known system
40 characteristics. The one line in this figure would provide the data to complete the calculations.
40 Terms Harmonic Reduction Line Reactor

● PCC (Point of Common Methods to Meet IEEE 519
Coupling) is defined as the
40 electrical connecting point 1. Line Reactor
between the utility and A line reactor is a three-phase AFD Motor
40 multiple customers per the series inductance on the line
specifications in IEEE 519 side of an AFD. If a line
40 ● POA (Point of Analysis) reactor is applied on all
is defined as where the AFDs, it is possible to meet
40 harmonic calculations IEEE guidelines where Advantages Disadvantages
are taken 10–25% of system loads ● Low cost ● May not reduce harmonic
40 are AFDs, depending on the ● Can provide moderate levels to below IEEE 519-
An oscilloscope can make stiffness of the line and the 1992 guidelines
reduction in voltage and
all measurements at the value of line reactance. Line current harmonics Voltage drop due to IR loss
40 PCC or POA to do an on-site reactors are available in ● Available in various values
●
harmonic evaluation. various values of percent of percent impedance

40 impedance, most typically ● Provides increased input
1–1.5%, 3% and 5%.
protection for AFD and its
40 Note: The 9000X drives come semiconductors from line
standard with a nominal 3% input transients
40 impedance.)
40
40
40
40
40

CFX9000 Drives
40.6
2. Passive Filters
Tuned harmonic filters a specific range of 40
involve the series connection frequencies. This path
of an inductor with the shunt presents an alternative to the 40
connection of an inductor and flow of harmonic currents
capacitor to form a low back into the utility source. 40
impedance path to ground for
40
CFX9000 Drive with Integrated Passive Filter
40
Tuned
Harmonic
Capacitor 40
6-Pulse Diode Inverter Section
Shunt
Fusing
Bridge Rectifier
Converter Section 40
Tuned
(+) DC 40
Shunt
Reactor
40
1
L1A 40
L2A AC
2 Motor
3
L3A 40
AC Input
Reactor 40
40
(–) DC
Three-Phase
Dynamic Braking
Transistor
Output Transistors
IGBT Section
40
Input Bus
Capacitors 40
100 hp CFX9000 480V Drive with Integrated Passive Filter 100 hp CFX9000 480V Drive with Integrated Passive Filter
40
Current
Amps
Passive Filter
40
Current harmonics
200
I1 = 100% I11 = 0.24% I19 = 0.50% 40
I5 = 3.76% I13 = 1.1% I23 = 0.55%
100 I7 = 1.65% I17 = 0.80% I25 = 0.80% 40
Power = 100 hp
0 Hc = 8.6 Amps
40
Advantages Disadvantages 40
–100 ● Low cost for smaller ● Capacitors age over time,
horsepower applications unlike magnetics 40
–200 ● More effective harmonic ● Not as effective as
Time attenuation than 12-pulse 18-pulse drives 40
drives ● Challenging to retrofit with
● Provides increased input bypass applications 40
protection for AFD from
line transients 40
40
40
40
40
40

CFX9000 Drives
3. 12-Pulse Converters
40 A 12-pulse converter the second a delta/delta six-pulse converter). This
incorporates two separate design (which does not phase permits a facility to use a
40 AFD input semiconductor shift). The 12-pulse larger percentage of AFD
bridges, which are fed from arrangement allows the loads under IEEE 519-1992
40 30º phase shifted power harmonics from the first guidelines than allowable
sources with identical converter to cancel the using line reactors or DC
impedance. The sources may harmonics of the second. Up chokes. A harmonic analysis
40 be two isolation to approximately 85% is required to guarantee
transformers, where one is a reduction of harmonic current compliance with guidelines.
40 delta/wye design (which and voltage distortion may be
provides the phase shift) and achieved (over standard
40
40 Basic 12-Pulse Rectifier with “Phase Shifting” Transformer
12-Pulse 12-Pulse Diode Inverter Section
40 Phase-Shifting Bridge Rectifier
Transformer Converter Section
40 (+) DC
L1A
40 L2A
L3A
40 AC
Motor
40 L1B
L2B
L3B
40
(-) DC
40 12-Pulse Diode Dynamic Braking Output Transistors
Bridge Rectifier Transistor IGBT Section
40 Converter Section Bus
Capacitors
40
100 hp 480V Drive with 12-Pulse Rectifier 100 hp 480V Drive with 12-Pulse Rectifier
40 12-Pulse Circuit
Current
40 Amps
200
Current harmonics
I1 = 100% I11 = 4.19% I19 = 0.06%
40 I5 = 1.25% I13 = 2.95% I23 = 0.87%
100 I7 = 0.48% I17 = 0.21% I25 = 0.73%
40 Power = 100 hp
40 0 Hc = 20 Amps
Advantages Disadvantages
40 –100 ● Reasonable cost, although ● Impedance matching of
significantly more than phase shifted sources is
40 –200 reactors or chokes critical to performance
Time ● Substantial reduction (up to ● Transformers often require
40 approx. 85%) in voltage separate mounting or
and current harmonics larger AFD enclosures
40 ● Provides increased input ● May not reduce
protection for AFD and its distribution harmonic
40 semiconductors from line levels to below IEEE 519-
transients 1992 guidelines
40 ● Cannot retrofit for most
AFDs
40
40
40

CFX9000 Drives
40.6
4. Clean Power Drives
When the total load is losses are negligible. Eaton’s total kVA rating of the The integrated 18-pulse clean 40
comprised of non-linear load CPX9000 clean power transformer magnetic system power drive, with near sine
such as drives, and the ratio drive uses a phase-shifting was only 48% that of the wave input current and low 40
is lsc/IL, the greatest auto-transformer with motor load. A traditional harmonics will meet the
harmonic mitigation is delta-connected winding that isolated transformer system, requirements of IEEE 519- 40
required. Under these carries only the ampere-turns with multipulse windings, 1992 under all practical
conditions, the currents caused by the difference in would require the full kVA operating conditions. The
drawn from the supply need load currents. This results in rating to be supported, which comparisons with six-pulse
40
to be sinusoidal and “clean” nine separate phases. In this is more common in an MV passive filter and 12-pulse
such that system type of configuration, the step-down transformer. systems are shown on Pages 40
interference and additional 161, 163 and below.
40
Basic 18-Pulse Rectifier with Phase-Shifting Auto-Transformer
40
18-Pulse SCR Inverter Section
Bridge Rectifier Pre-charge
Converter Section Circuit 40
(+) DC
40
A 1
2
40
1 3
2
9
AC
40
1 8 3 4
2 N 5 Motor
3 7 4 6 40
C
6 5
7
8 40
9
(–) DC
40
18-Pulse Diode Rectifiers Dynamic Braking Output Transistors
Phase-Shifting Transistor IGBT Section 40
3-Phase Auto-Transformer
AC Input Bus
Capacitors 40
100 hp 480V Drive with 18-Pulse Rectifiers
40
100 hp 480V Drive with 18-Pulse Rectifiers
Current
18-Pulse Clean Power
40
Amps
200 Current harmonics 40
I1 = 100% I11 = 0.24% I19 = 1.00%
100 I5 = 0.16% I13 = 0.10% I23 = 0.01% 40
I7 = 0.03% I17 = 0.86% I25 = 0.01%
Power = 100 hp
40
0
Hc = 5.9 Amps
40
–100 Advantages Disadvantages
● Effectively guarantees ● Not as cost effective as 40
compliance with IEEE 519- some other methods at
–200
Time
1992 small (<50) horsepower 40
● Provides increased input
protection for AFD and its 40
semiconductors from line
transients 40
● Up to 4 times the harmonic
reduction of 12-pulse
methods
40
● Smaller transformer than
isolation transformer used
40
in 12-pulse converter
● Minimizes ripple current in
40
capacitors, doubling
expected capacitor life 40

CFX9000 Drives
Standards and
40 Features and Benefits Certifications
New CFX9000 Integrated Filter ● Horsepower range: ● Single enclosure for both UL
40 Clean Power Drive features ● 480V, 7-1/2–400 hp IL drive and filter reduces
●
● cUL
include (at 480V): field wiring and enables
40 ● 230V, 7-1/2–100 hp IL;
consult factory for convenient bypass
● 508C
● UL Type 1, UL Type 12, UL installation
details
40 Type 3R and NEMA 12 with
gaskets and filters ● 575V, 15–400 hp IL;
● Packaged solution ensures
consult factory for optimal coordination of
Input voltage: 480V, 230V,
40 ●
575V details drive and filter

● Complete range of control,
40 network and power
options
40
40 Product Identification
40 CFX9000 Drive—UL Type 12, 40 hp
40 SVX9000 Drive
40 Input Reactor
40
40
Optional Breaker
40 Disconnect (P1)
40
40 Shunt Fusing
40 Door Mounted
Keypad
40 Tuned Shunt
Reactor
40
40
Tuned Harmonic
40 Capacitor
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40

CFX9000 Drives
40.6
40
CFX9000 Enclosed Drives
Build Alphabetically and Numerically 40
CFX 050 1 4 A A _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 40
40
Product Family Enclosed Options Type
CFX = Integrated filter clean power drive K1
K2
Door-mounted speed potentiometer
Door-mounted speed potentiometer with HOA selector
Control
Control
40
switch
K3 3–15 psig follower Control 40
Horsepower Rating K4 HAND/OFF/AUTO switch (22 mm) Control
007 = 7-1/2 hp 040 = 40 hp
010 = 10 hp 050 = 50 hp
150 = 150 hp
200 = 200 hp
K5
K6
MANUAL/AUTO reference switch (22 mm)
START/STOP pushbuttons (22 mm)
Control
Control 40
015 = 15 hp 060 = 60 hp 250 = 250 hp KF Bypass test switch for RA and RB Addl. bypass
020 = 20 hp
025 = 25 hp
075 = 75 hp
100 = 100 hp
300 = 300 hp
350 = 350 hp
KO Standard elapsed time meter Control 40
L1 Power, RUN and fault pilot lights Light
030 = 30 hp 125 = 125 hp 400 = 400 hp L2 Bypass pilot lights for RA, RB, bypass options Addl. bypass
LE Red RUN light Light 40
P1 Input circuit breaker Input
Enclosure Rating
1 = UL Type 1
P3
P7
Input
Input
40
2 = UL Type 12 P8 TVSS surge protective device Input
3 = UL Type 3R PE Output contactor Output 40
6 = NEMA 12 filtered PF Output filter Output
PG
PH
MotoRx (up to 600 ft) 1000 V/μS DV/DT filter
Single overload relay
Output
Output
40
Voltage Rating PI Dual overload relays Output
1=
2=
208V
230V
PN Dual overloads for bypass Addl. bypass 40
RA Manual HOA bypass controller Bypass
4= 480V RB Manual IOB bypass controller Bypass
5= 575V (575–600V) RC Auto transfer HOA bypass controller Bypass 40
RG
S4
Reduced voltage starter for bypass
Floor stand 6 in
Bypass
Enclosure
40
A = IL/no brake chopper S5 Floor stand 22 in Enclosure
B = IL/internal brake chopper S6 Floor stand 12 in Enclosure 40
D = IH/no brake chopper S9 Space heater Enclosure
E = IH/internal brake chopper 40
Enclosed Style C2 = Modbus C8 = Modbus (D9 type connector) 40

A = Enclosed drive C3 = Profibus DP CA = Johnson Controls N2
C4 =
C5 =
LonWorks
Profibus DP (D9 Connector)
CI = Modbus TCP/Ethernet IP
CJ = BACnet
40
C6 = CanOpen (Slave) D3 = RS-232 with D9 connection
C7 = DeviceNet 40
Control Options Engineered Options

40
High temperature rating for 50°C
HT
VB Varnished boards
40
B4 = 1 AI (mA isolated), 2 AO (mA isolated), 1 ext +24 Vdc/EXT +24 Vdc
B5 = 3 RO (NO)
40
40
Notes
Brake chopper is standard in 208V, 230V and 480V drives up to FR6; optional in all other drives. 40
Local/remote keypad is included as the standard control panel.
40
See Pages 175 and 176 for complete descriptions. 40
Consult Eaton for availability.
40
40
40

CFX9000 Drives
Product Selection
40
When Ordering
40 ● Select a base catalog ● The CFX9000 product uses Ambient
number that meets the the term High Overload (IH) Temperature Ratings
40 application requirements— in place of the term Enclosure
nominal horsepower, Constant Torque (CT). Size IH IL
40 voltage and enclosure
rating. (The enclosed
Likewise, Low Overload
(IL) is used in place of the
B, C, 9 40°C 40°C
drive’s continuous output term Variable Torque (VT). 7, 8 50°C 50°C
40 amp rating should be equal The new terms are a more
to or greater than the precise description of the
● If dynamic brake chopper
40 motor’s full load amp rating. The older terms or control/communication
option is desired, change
rating.) The base enclosed included ambient
the appropriate code in the
40 package includes a temperature ratings in
base catalog number.
standard drive, door- addition to overload
mounted alphanumeric ratings. In order to ● All of the programming is
40 panel and enclosure. minimize enclosure size exactly the same as the
and offer the highest standard SVX9000 drive.
40 ambient temperature ● Select enclosed options.
rating, overload and Add the codes as suffixes
40 temperature ratings are to the base catalog number
now treated separately. in alphabetical and numeric
40 Ambient temperature
ratings are shown in the
order.
Note
following table.
40 For high temperature rating, select
HT option code and contact factory.

40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40

CFX9000 Drives
40.6
208V Drives
40
CFX9000 Drive UL Type 1, UL Type 12, UL Type 3R and NEMA 12 Filtered
NEC Chassis UL Type 1 UL Type 12 and NEMA 12 Filtered UL Type 3R 40
hp Current (A) Frame Base Catalog Number Base Catalog Number Base Catalog Number
Low Overload Drive 40
7-1/2 24.2 FR5 CFX00721BA CFX00731BA
10 30.8 FR5 CFX01021BA CFX01031BA
40

15 46.2 FR6

CFX01521BA CFX01531BA
40
20 59.4 FR6 CFX02021BA CFX02031BA
25 74.8 FR7 CFX02521AA CFX02531AA 40
30 88 FR7 CFX03021AA CFX03031AA
40 114 FR7 CFX04021AA CFX04031AA 40
50 143 FR8 CFX05011AA CFX05061AA CFX05031AA
40
40
High Overload Drive 40
7-1/2 24.2 FR5 CFX00721EA CFX00731EA
10 30.8 FR6 CFX01021EA CFX01031EA 40
15 46.2 FR6 CFX01521EA CFX01531EA
20 59.4 FR7 CFX02021DA CFX02031DA 40
25 74.8 FR7 CFX02521DA CFX02531DA
30 88 FR7 CFX03021DA CFX03031DA
40
40 114 FR8 CFX04011DA CFX04061DA CFX04031DA 40
50 143 FR8 CFX05011DA CFX05061DA CFX05031DA
CFX9000 Enclosure 40
UL Type 1 UL Type 12 UL Type 3R
Chassis
Frame Disconnect Only With Power Options Disconnect Only With Power Options Disconnect Only With Power Options
40
FR4 N/A N/A B C B C
40
FR5 N/A N/A B C B C
FR6 N/A N/A B C B C 40
FR7 N/A 7 C 7 C D
FR8 7 7 7 7 F F 40
FR9 8 8 8 8 F F
40
Enclosure Dimension Drawings
Enclosure
40
Size UL Type 1 and UL Type 12 UL Type 3R
B See Page 183 See Page 185
40
C See Page 184 See Page 186
40
D N/A See Page 187
F N/A See Page 188 40
7 See Page 189
8 See Page 190 40

9 See Page 191
Notes
40
FR5–FR7 drives not available in UL Type 1.
Enclosures 7 and 8 are NEMA 12 filtered. 40
Not available for UL Type 3R.
40

CFX9000 Drives
230V Drives
40
CFX9000 Drive UL Type 1, UL Type 12, UL Type 3R and NEMA 12 Filtered
40 NEC Chassis UL Type 1 UL Type 12 and NEMA 12 Filtered UL Type 3R
40 Low Overload Drive

40 7-1/2 22 FR5

CFX00722BA CFX00732BA
10 28 FR5 CFX01022BA CFX01032BA
40 15 42 FR6 CFX01522BA CFX01532BA
20 54 FR6 CFX02022BA CFX02032BA
40 25 68 FR7 CFX02522AA CFX02532AA
30 80 FR7 CFX03022AA CFX03032AA
40 40 104 FR7 CFX04022AA CFX04032AA
40 60 154 FR8 CFX06012AA CFX06062AA CFX06032AA
40 75 192 FR8 CFX07512AA CFX07562AA CFX07532AA

40 High Overload Drive
7-1/2 22 FR5 CFX00722EA CFX00732EA
40 10 28 FR6 CFX01022EA CFX01032EA
15 42 FR6 CFX01522EA CFX01532EA
40 20 54 FR7 CFX02022DA CFX02032DA

40 25 68 FR7

CFX02522DA CFX02532DA
30 80 FR7 CFX03022DA CFX03032DA
40 40 104 FR8 CFX04012DA CFX04062DA CFX04032DA
40
CFX9000 Enclosure
40 Chassis UL Type 1 UL Type 12 UL Type 3R
40 FR4 N/A N/A B C B C
FR5 N/A N/A B C B C
40 FR7 N/A 7 C 7 C D
FR8 7 7 7 7 F F
40 FR9 8 8 8 8 F F
40 Enclosure Dimension Drawings

Enclosure
40 Size UL Type 1 and UL Type 12 UL Type 3R
40 C See Page 184 See Page 186
D N/A See Page 187
40 F N/A See Page 188
7 See Page 189
40
8 See Page 190
40 9 See Page 191
Notes
40 FR5–FR7 drives not available in UL Type 1.
Enclosures 7 and 8 are NEMA 12 filtered.
40 Not available for UL Type 3R.

CFX9000 Drives
40.6
480V Drives
40
CFX9000 Base Drive
CFX9000 Drive
UL Type 1 UL Type 12 and NEMA 12 Filtered UL Type 3R
40
NEC Chassis
Low Overload Drive
40
7-1/2 11 FR4 CFX00724BA CFX00734BA 40
10 14 FR5 CFX01024BA CFX01034BA
15 21 FR5 CFX01524BA CFX01534BA 40
20 27 FR5 CFX02024BA CFX02034BA
25 34 FR6 CFX02524BA CFX02534BA 40
30 40 FR6 CFX03024BA CFX03034BA
40 52 FR6 CFX04024BA CFX04034BA
40
CFX05014AA
50 65 FR7 CFX05024AA CFX05034AA
40
75 96 FR7 CFX07514AA CFX07524AA CFX07534AA 40
40

40
300 361 FR10 CFX30014AA CFX30064AA
350 414 FR10 CFX35014AA CFX35064AA
40
400 477 FR10 CFX40014AA CFX40064AA

7-1/2 11 FR5 CFX00724EA CFX00734EA
10 14 FR5 CFX01024EA CFX01034EA
40
15 21 FR5 CFX01524EA CFX01534EA
20 27 FR6 CFX02024EA CFX02034EA
40
25 34 FR6 CFX02524EA CFX02534EA 40
30 40 FR6 CFX03024EA CFX03034EA
40
40
250 302 FR10 CFX25014DA CFX25064DA
300 361 FR10 CFX30014DA CFX30064DA 40

350 414 FR10 CFX35014DA CFX35064DA
40
Notes
The integrated filter clean power assembly includes a standard drive, door-mounted local/remote keypad and enclosure.
40
This catalog number is used only with power options.
Consult factory. 40
40
40
40
40

CFX9000 Drives
CFX9000 Enclosure

FR6 N/A N/A B C B C
40 FR7 N/A 7 C 7 C D
FR8 7 7 7 7 F F
40 FR9 8 8 8 8 F F
FR10 9 9 9 9
40
40 Enclosure Dimension Drawings
Enclosure
40 Size UL Type 1 and UL Type 12 UL Type 3R
D N/A See Page 187
7 See Page 189
40 8 See Page 190

40 9 See Page 191
Notes
40 Consult factory.
40 Not available for UL Type 3R.
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40

CFX9000 Drives
40.6
575V Drives
40
UL Type 1, UL Type 12, UL Type 3R and NEMA 12 Filtered
CFX9000 Drive
UL Type 1 UL Type 12 and NEMA 12 Filtered UL Type 3R
40
NEC Chassis
Low Overload Drive
40
15 17 FR6 CFX01525AA CFX01535AA 40
20 22 FR6 CFX02025AA CFX02035AA
25 27 FR6 CFX02525AA CFX02535AA 40
30 32 FR6 CFX03025AA CFX03035AA
40 41 FR7 CFX04025AA CFX04035AA 40
50 52 FR7 CFX05025AA CFX05035AA
40
40
250 242 FR10 CFX25015AA CFX25065AA
300 289 FR10 CFX30015AA CFX30065AA

40

400 382 FR10 CFX40015AA CFX40065AA
40
High Overload Drive
10 14 FR6 CFX01025DA CFX01035DA 40
15 17 FR6 CFX01525DA CFX01535DA
20 22 FR6 CFX02025DA CFX02035DA 40
25 27 FR6 CFX02525DA CFX02535DA
30 32 FR7 CFX03025DA CFX03035DA
40
40 41 FR7 CFX04025DA CFX04035DA
40
200 192 FR10 CFX20015DA CFX20065DA
250 242 FR10 CFX25015DA CFX25065DA

40

300 289 FR10 CFX30015DA CFX30065DA
40
Notes
Consult factory.
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40

CFX9000 Drives
CFX9000 Enclosure
40 FR7 N/A 7 C 7 C D
FR8 7 7 7 7 F F
40 FR9 8 8 8 8 F F
FR10 9 9 9 9
40
Enclosure Dimension Drawings
40
Enclosure
Size UL Type 1 and UL Type 12 UL Type 3R
40 B See Page 183 See Page 185

D N/A See Page 187
7 See Page 189
40 8 See Page 190
9 See Page 191

40
Notes
40 Consult factory.
Not available for UL Type 3R.
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40

CFX9000 Drives
40.6
Options
40
CFX9000 Series Option Board Kits
The CFX9000 Series drives can accommodate a wide selection of expander and adapter option 40
boards to customize the drive for your application needs. The drive’s control unit is designed to
accept a total of five option boards. 40
The CFX9000 Series factory-installed standard board configuration includes an A9 I/O board and an
A2 relay output board, which are installed in slots A and B. 40
Option Boards Option Board Kits 40
Field Factory
Installed Installed SVX Ready Programs 40
40
Standard I/O Cards
A B C
D E 2 RO (NC/NO) B OPTA2 — ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ 40
2 ext +24 Vdc/ext +24 Vdc 40
Extended I/O Cards
6 DI B, C, D, E OPTB1 B1 — — — — — ■ ■
40
1 RO (NC/NO), 1 RO (NO), 1 therm B, C, D, E OPTB2 B2 — — — — — ■ ■
1 AI (mA isolated), 2 AO (mA isolated) B, C, D, E OPTB4 B4 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

40
3 RO (NO) B, C, D, E OPTB5 B5 — — — — — ■ ■
40
3 Pt100 RTD board B, C, D, E OPTB8 B8 — — — — — ■ —
Communication Cards
Modbus D, E OPTC2 C2 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
40
Modbus TCP D, E OPTCI CI ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
40
Ethernet IP D, E OPTCK CK ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ 40
Johnson Controls N2 D, E OPTC2 CA ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
PROFIBUS DP D, E OPTC3 C3 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ 40
PROFIBUS DP (D9 connector) D, E OPTC5 C5 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

40
CANopen (slave) D, E OPTC6 C6 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
40
Modbus (D9 type connector) D, E OPTC8 C8 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ 40

Notes
40
Option card must be installed in one of the slots listed for that card. Slot indicated in bold is the preferred location. 40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40

CFX9000 Drives

40 Communications Communications Communications
40 OPTC2 is used for connecting OPTC7 is used for connecting OPTCJ is used for connecting
the 9000X Drive as a slave the 9000X Drive on a the 9000X Drive to BACnet
40 on a Modbus network. The
interface is connected by
a 9-pin DSUB connector connector. Transfer method Data transfer is Master-Slave/
40 (female) and the baud rate is via CAN using a two-wire Token Passing (MS/TP)
ranges from 300 to 19,200 twisted shielded cable with RS-485. This interface uses
40 baud. Other communication two-wire bus power cable a collection of 30 Binary
parameters include an and drain. The baud rates Value Objects (BVOs) and
40 address range from 1 to 247; used for communication 35 Analog Value Objects
a parity of None, Odd or include 125K baud, 250K (AVOs) to communicate
40 Even; and the stop bit is 1. baud and 500K baud. drive parameters. The card
40 Communications Network Communications speeds and supports network
The PROFIBUS Network Card The OPTC2 fieldbus board addresses 1 to 127.
40 OPTC3 is used for connecting provides communication
the 9000X Drive as a slave between the 9000X Drive Ethernet/IP Network
40 on a PROFIBUS-DP network. and a Johnson Controls Communications
The interface is connected Metasys™ N2 network. The Ethernet/IP Network
40 by a 9-pin DSUB connector With this connection, the Card OPTCK is used for
(female). The baud rates drive can be controlled, connecting the 9000X Drive
range from 9.6K baud to 12M monitored and programmed to Ethernet/Industrial
40 baud, and the addresses from the Metasys system. Protocol networks. It includes
range from 1 to 127. The N2 fieldbus is available as an RJ-45 pluggable
40 a factory-installed option and connector. The interface uses
LonWorks Network as a field-installable kit. CIP objects to communicate
40 Communications
Modbus/TCP Network
drive parameters (CIP is
OPTC4 is used for connecting Communications Protocol,” the same protocol
40 the 9000X Drive on a The Modbus/TCP Network used by DeviceNet). The
40 interface uses Standard connecting the 9000X Drive 100 Mbps communication
Network Variable Types to Ethernet networks using speeds. The IP address of
40 (SNVT) as data types. The Modbus protocol. It includes the board is configurable
channel connection is an RJ-45 pluggable by Static, BOOTP and
40 achieved using a FTT-10A
DHCP methods.

40 cable. The communication values to communicate drive
40 78 kBits/s. supports 10 Mbps and
40 CANopen (Slave)
Communications
speeds. The IP address of
the board is configurable over
40 The CANopen (Slave)
Network Card OPTC6 is used
Ethernet using a supplied
software tool.
40 Drive to a host system.
According to ISO姞 11898
40 standard cables to be chosen
for CAN bus should have
40 a nominal impedance of
120 ohms, and specific line
40 delay of nominal 5 as/m.
120 ohm line termination
resistors required for
40 installation.
40
40
40

CFX9000 Drives
40.6
40
K1 Door-Mounted Speed Potentiometer—Provides the drive with the ability to adjust the frequency reference using a door-mounted potentiometer. This option uses the Control
10 Vdc reference to generate a 0–10V signal at the analog voltage input signal terminal. When the HOA bypass option is added, the speed is controlled when the HOA 40
switch is in the HAND position. Without the HOA bypass option, a two-position switch (labeled local/remote) is provided on the keypad to select speed reference from the speed
potentiometer or a remote speed signal.
40
K2 Door-Mounted Speed Potentiometer with HOA Selector Switch—Provides the drive with the ability to start/stop and adjust the speed reference from door- Control
mounted control devices or remotely from customer supplied inputs. In HAND position, the drive will start and the speed is controlled by the door-mounted speed
potentiometer. The drive will be disabled in the OFF position. When AUTO is selected, the drive run and speed control commands are via user-supplied dry contact and 40
4–20 mA signal.
K3 3–15 psig Follower—Provides a pneumatic transducer which converts a 3–15 psig pneumatic signal to either 0–8 Vdc or a 1–9 Vdc signal interface with the drive. Control 40
The circuit board is mounted on the inside of the front enclosure panel and connects to the user’s pneumatic control system via 6 ft (1.8m) of flexible tubing and a 1/4 in
(6.4 mm) brass tube union. 40
K4 HAND/OFF/AUTO Switch for Non-Bypass Configurations—Provides a three-position selector switch that allows the user to select either a HAND or AUTO mode of Control
operation. HAND mode is defaulted to keypad operation, and AUTO mode is defaulted to control from an external terminal source. These modes of operation can be
configured via drive programming to allow for alternate combinations of start and speed sources. Start and speed sources include keypad, I/O and fieldbus. 40
K5 MANUAL/AUTO Speed Reference Switch—Provides door-mounted selector switch for MANUAL/AUTO speed reference. Control
K6 START/STOP Pushbuttons—Provide door-mounted START and STOP pushbuttons for either bypass or non-bypass configurations. Control
40
KF Bypass Test Switch for RB and RA—Allows the user to energize the AF drive for testing while operating the motor on the bypass controller. The Test Switch is
Addl. bypass 40
KO Standard Elapsed Time Meter—Provides a door-mounted elapsed run time meter. Control 40
L1 Power On, Run and Fault Lights—Provide a white power on light that indicates power to the enclosed cabinets, a green run light and a red fault light that indicates a Light
drive fault has occurred.
40
L2 Bypass Pilot Lights for RB, RA Bypass Options—A green light indicates when the motor is running in inverter mode and an amber light indicates when the motor is Addl. bypass
running in bypass mode. The lights are mounted on the enclosure door, above the switches.
LE Red Run Pilot Light (22 mm)—Provides a red run pilot light that indicates the drive is running. Light
40
P1 Input Circuit Breaker—High interrupting circuit breaker that provides a means of short-circuit protection for the power cables between it and the CPX9000, and
protection from high-level ground faults on the power cable. Allows a convenient means of disconnecting the CPX9000 from the line and the operating mechanism can be
Input 40
padlocked in the OFF position. This is factory mounted in the enclosure. Standard rating is 65 kAIC at 208/480V. 100 kAIC is available as an option.
P3 Input Line Fuses Rated to 200 kAIC—Provide high-level fault protection of the drive input power circuit from the load side of the fuses to the input side of the power Input
40
transistors. This option consists of three 200 kA fuses, which are factory mounted in the enclosure.
P7 MOV Surge Suppressor—Provides a Metal Oxide Varistor (MOV) connected to the line side terminals and is designed to clip line side transients. Input
40
P8 TVSS Surge Protective Device with 50 kA Rating—Provides transient voltage protection eliminating surges and spikes which can damage the diode bridge Input
of the drive. 40
PC Capacitor Contactor—This option provides a contactor between the tuned reactor and capacitor to disconnect the capacitor from the circuit when desired, typically at Input
light or no load conditions. This contactor is wired to a programmable relay output. 40
permissive logic. NO auxiliary contacts rated at 10A, 600 Vac are provided for customer use. Bypass options RB and RA include an output contactor as standard. 40
PF Output Filter—Used to reduce the transient voltage (DV/DT) at the motor terminals. The output filter is recommended for cable lengths exceeding 100 ft (30m) or for a Output 40
drive rated at 525–690V. This option is mounted in the enclosure, and may be used in conjunction with a brake chopper circuit.
PG MotoRx (300–600 ft) 1000 V/μS DV/DT Filter—Used to reduce transient voltage (DV/DT) and peak voltages at the motor terminals. This option is comprised of a 0.5%
line reactor, followed by capacitive filtering and an energy recovery/clamping circuit. Unlike the output filter (see option PF), the MotoRx recovers most of the energy from the
Output 40
voltage peaks, resulting in a lower voltage drop to the motor, and therefore conserving power. This option is used when the distance between a single motor and the
drive is 300–600 ft (91–183m). This option cannot be used with the brake chopper circuit. The output filter (option PF) should be investigated as an alternative. 40
PH Single Overload Relay—Uses a bimetallic overload relay to provide additional overload current protection to the motor on configurations without bypass options. It is Output
included with the bypass configurations for overload current protection in the bypass mode. The overload relay is mounted within the enclosure, and is manually 40
resettable. Heater pack included.
PI Dual Overload Relays—This option is recommended when a single drive is operating two motors and overload current protection is needed for each of the motors. The
standard configuration includes two bimetallic overload relays, each sized to protect a motor with 50% of the drive hp rating. For example, a 100 hp drive would include
Output 40
two overload relays sized to protect two 50 hp motors. The relays are mounted within the enclosure, and are manually resettable. Heater packs not included.
PN Dual Overloads for Bypass—This option is recommended when a single drive is operating two motors in the bypass mode and overload current protection is needed Addl. bypass
40
for each of the motors. The standard configuration includes two bimetallic overload relays, each sized to protect a motor with 50% of the drive hp rating. For example, a
100 hp drive would include two overload relays sized to protect two 50 hp motors. The relays are mounted within the enclosure, and are manually resettable. 40
40
40
40
40

CFX9000 Drives

40 Option Description Option Type
40 RA Manual HOA Bypass Controller—The manual HAND/OFF/AUTO (HOA)—three-contactor—bypass option provides a means of bypassing the CFX9000, allowing the
AC motor to be operated at full speed directly from the AC supply line. This option consists of an input HMCP, a fused control power transformer, and a full voltage bypass
Bypass
starter with a door-mounted HOA selector switch and an INVERTER/BYPASS switch. The HOA switch provides the ability to start and stop the drive in the inverter mode.
40 IEC type input, bypass and input contactors are provided. The contactors are mechanically and electrically interlocked (see wiring diagram on Page 182).
RB Manual IOB Bypass Controller—The manual INVERTER/OFF/BYPASS (IOB)—three-contactor—bypass option provides a means of bypassing the CFX9000, allowing Bypass
40 the AC motor to be operated at full speed directly from the AC supply line. This option consists of an input HMCP, a fused control power transformer, and a full voltage
bypass starter with a door-mounted IOB selector switch. IEC type input, bypass and input contactors are provided. The contactors are mechanically and electrically
interlocked (see wiring diagram on Page 182).
40 RC Auto Transfer HOA Bypass Controller —The manual HAND/OFF/AUTO (HOA)—three-contactor—bypass option provides a means of bypassing the CFX9000, Bypass
allowing the AC motor to be operated at full speed directly from the AC supply line. The circuitry provides an automatic transfer of the load to “across the line” operation
40 after a drive trip. This option consists of an input HMCP, a fused control power transformer, and a full voltage bypass starter with a door-mounted HOA selector switch
and an INVERTER/BYPASS switch. The HOA switch provides the ability to start and stop the drive in either mode. IEC type input, bypass and input contactors are
provided. The contactors are mechanically and electrically interlocked (see wiring diagram on Page 182). Door-mounted pilot lights are provided that indicate bypass or
40 inverter operation. A green light indicates when the motor is running in inverter mode and an amber light indicates when the motor is running in bypass mode.
WARNING: The motor may restart when the overcurrent relay is reset when operating in bypass, unless the IOB selector switch is turned to the OFF position.
40 RD Auto Transfer IOB Bypass Controller—The auto INVERTER/OFF/BYPASS (IOB)—three-contactor—bypass option provides a means of bypassing the CFX9000, Bypass
after a drive trip. This option consists of an input HMCP, a fused control power transformer, and a full voltage bypass starter with a door-mounted IOB selector switch. IEC
40 type input, bypass and input contactors are provided. The contactors are mechanically and electrically interlocked (see wiring diagram on Page 182). Door-mounted pilot
lights are provided that indicate bypass or inverter operation. A green light indicates when the motor is running in inverter mode and an amber light indicates when the
40 motor is running in bypass mode.
40 RG Reduced Voltage Starter for Bypass—Used in conjunction with bypass option RA, RB, RC or RD. This option adds IT. Series reduced voltage soft starter to bypass
assembly for soft starting in bypass mode.
Bypass
S4 Floor Stand 6 in—Raises “F” box off the ground 6 in (152.4 mm). Recommended when box is not installed on an appropriate concrete pad. Enclosure
40
S5 Floor Stand 22 in—Converts a Size B or C, normally wall mounted enclosure to a floor standing enclosure with a height of 22 in (558.8 mm). Enclosure
40 S6 Floor Stand 12 in—Converts a Size C or D, normally wall mounted enclosure to a floor standing enclosure with a height of 12 in (304.8 mm). Enclosure
S9 Space Heater—Prevents condensation from forming in the enclosure when the drive is inactive or in storage. Includes a thermostat for variable temperature control. Enclosure
40 Heater requires a customer supplied 115V remote supply source.
40
40
Conformal (Varnished) Coating Control Options
40 Chassis Delivery Chassis Delivery Catalog
Frame Code Frame Code Description Number Suffix
40 FR6 FP FR9 FP Door-mounted speed potentiometer K1
FR7 FP FR10 FP Door-mounted speed potentiometer with HOA selector switch K2
40 FR8 FP FR11 FP 3–15 psig follower K3
— — FR12 FP HOA selector switch K4
40 MANUAL/AUTO reference switch K5
40 Light Options
START-STOP pushbuttons K6
Type D2 control relay SD
40 Description
Catalog
Number Suffix On-delay relay SE
Off-delay relay SF
40 Power on, run, fault LED lights (22 mm) L1
Additional terminal blocks per 4 points SD
Power on, fault LED lights (22 mm) L3
40 Green LED run light (22 mm) LA Note
See catalog number description to order.
Green LED stop light (22 mm) LD
40 Red LED run light (22 mm) LE
Red LED stop light (22 mm) LF
40 Red LED fault light (22 mm) LG
40 Power on white LED light (22 mm) LJ

Miscellaneous LED light (22 mm) LU
40
40
40

CFX9000 Drives
40.6
Bypass Control Options 480 and 575V Power Options, 7-1/2–400 hp
Catalog Catalog
40
Description Number Suffix Description Number Suffix
Bypass test switch used with RA and RB KF Input breaker P1
40
Inverter/bypass pilot lights L2 Input line fusing P2
40
Meter Options
Catalog
Output contactor PE 40
Description Number Suffix Output filter PF
Standard elapsed time meter KO MotoRx (300–600 ft) DV/DT filter PG 40

Frequency meter KS Single overload relay PH
MP-3000 relay with URTD KV Dual overload relays PI
40
MP-3000 relay with URTD and CTs KU Input MOV P7
40
50 kA surge protective device P8
Enclosure Options 100 kA surge protective device P9 40
Enclosure Catalog
Size Number Suffix
40
Space Heater 208V Bypass Options, 7-1/2–100 hp
7 S9 Catalog 40
8 S9 Description Number Suffix
9 S9 Manual HOA bypass controller RA 40
B S9 IOB bypass controller RB
C S9 Auto transfer HOA bypass controller RC 40
D S9 Auto transfer IOB bypass controller RD
F S9 Reduced voltage starter for bypass RG
40
Plastic Nameplate
All SN
Dual overloads for bypass PN
40
Floor Stand/Enclosure Size 230V Bypass Options, 7-1/2–125 hp 40
6 in floor stand, size F S4 Catalog
Description Number Suffix
22 in floor stand, size B and C S5 40
12 in floor stand, size C and D S6 Manual HOA bypass controller RA
IOB bypass controller RB 40
208V Power Options, 7-1/2–100 hp Auto transfer HOA bypass controller RC
Catalog Auto transfer IOB bypass controller RD 40

Description Number Suffix Reduced voltage starter for bypass RG
Input breaker P1 Dual overloads for bypass PN 40
Input line fusing P2
Input line fuses 200 kAIC P3 480 and 575V Bypass Options, 7-1/2–400 hp 40
Catalog
Output contactor
Single overload relay
PE
PH
Description Number Suffix 40
Manual HOA bypass controller RA
Dual overload relays PI 40
MOV P7 IOB bypass controller RB
50 kA surge protective device P8 Auto transfer HOA bypass controller RC 40
100 kA surge protective device P9 Auto transfer IOB bypass controller RD
230V Power Options, 7-1/2–125 hp Reduced voltage starter for bypass RG 40

Dual overloads for bypass PN
Description
Catalog
Number Suffix 40
Note
Input breaker P1 Requires customer-supplied 115 Vac supply.
Input line fusing P2

40
40
Output contactor PE
Single overload relay PH 40
MOV P7 40
100 kA surge protective device P9 40

CFX9000 Drives

40
CFX9000 Drives
40 Primary Design Features Input/Output Interface Features

40 Output: AC volts maximum Input Voltage Base Remote keypad/display Standard
Output frequency range 0–320 Hz Personal computer Standard
40 Initial output current (IH) 250% for 2 seconds Operator control provisions
40 Overload (1 minute [IH/IL]) 150%/110% Drive mounted keypad/display Standard

40 Oversize enclosure Standard Conventional control elements Standard
Output contactor Optional Serial communications Optional
40 Bypass motor starter Optional 115 Vac control circuit Optional
Listings UL, cUL, 508C Speed setting inputs
40 Protection Features Keypad Standard
40 Incoming line fuses Optional 0–10 Vdc potentiometer/voltage signal Standard

40 Phase rotation insensitive Standard 4–20 mA differential Configurable
EMI filter Standard—FR6 thru FR9 3–15 psig Optional
40 Input phase loss protection Standard Analog outputs
Input overvoltage protection Standard Speed/frequency Standard
40 Line surge protection Standard Torque/load/current Programmable
40 Output short circuit protection Standard Motor voltage Programmable

Output ground fault protection Standard Kilowatts Programmable
40 Output phase protection Standard 0–10 Vdc signals Configurable w/jumpers
Overtemperature protection Standard 4–20 mA DC signals Standard
40 DC overvoltage protection Standard Isolated signals Optional
40 Drive overload protection Standard Discrete outputs

Motor overload protection Standard Fault alarm Standard
40 Programmer software Optional Drive running Standard
Local/remote keypad Standard Drive at set speed Programmable
40 Keypad lockout Standard Optional parameters 14
Fault alarm output Standard Dry contacts 2 relays Form C
40 Built-in diagnostics Standard Open collector outputs 1
40 Surge protective device Optional Additional discrete outputs Optional

Communications
40 RS-232 Standard
RS-422/485 Optional
40 DeviceNet™ Optional
Modbus RTU Optional
40 CanOpen (slave) Optional
40 Profibus-DP Optional
Lonworks® Optional
40 Johnson Controls Metasys™ N2 Optional
Ethernet IP/Modbus TCP Optional
40 BACnet Optional
40 Note
The EMI filter is optional in FR10.
40
40

CFX9000 Drives
40.6
CFX9000 Drives, continued Standard I/O Specifications
40
24V: “0” ≤10V, “1” ≥18V,Ri >5 kohms
Performance Features Six–digital input programmable
40
Sensorless vector control Standard Two–analog input configurable w/ Voltage: 0–±10V, Ri >200 kohms
jumpers Current: 0 (4)–20 mA, Ri = 250 kohms
40
Two–digital output programmable Form C relays 250 Vac or 30 Vdc 2 Amp resistive
IR and slip compensation Standard
Electronic reversing Standard
One–digital output programmable Open collector 48 Vdc 50 mA 40
One–analog output programmable 0–20 mA, RL max. 500 ohms 10 bits ±2%
Dynamic braking Optional
DC braking Standard
configurable w/jumper 40
PID setpoint controller Programmable 40
Critical speed lockout Standard I/O Specifications for Control/Communication Options
Current (torque) limit Standard Description Specification 40
Adjustable acceleration/deceleration Standard Analog voltage, input 0–±10V, Ri ≥200 kilohms
Linear or S curve accel/decel Standard Analog current, input 0 (4)–20 mA, Ri = 250 ohms 40
Jog at preset speed Standard Digital input 24V: “0” ≤10V, “1” ≥18V, Ri >5 kilohms
Auxiliary voltage 24V (±20%), max. 50 mA
40
Thread/preset speeds 7
Automatic restart Selectable Reference voltage 10V ±3%, max. 10 mA 40
Coasting motor start Standard Analog current, output 0 (4)–20 mA, RL = 500 kilohms, resolution
Coast or ramp stop selection Standard
10 bit, accuracy ≤±2% 40
Analog voltage, output 0 (2)–10V, RL ≥1 kohm, resolution
Elapsed time meter Optional 10 bit, accuracy ≤±2%
Standard Conditions for Application and Service
40
Relay output max. switching voltage 300 Vdc, 250 Vac
0 to 40°C, contact factory for 50°C
Maximum operating ambient
temperature
Relay output max. switching load 3A/24 Vdc, 300 Vdc, 250 Vac 40
Relay output max. continuous load 2A rms
Storage temperature –40 to 60°C
Thermistor input Rtrip = 4.7 kohms 40
Humidity (maximum), non-condensing 95%
Altitude 100% load capacity (no derating) up to
3280 ft (1000m);
Notes
Units FR10 rated 40°C.
40
1% derating for each 328 ft (100m) above For applications above 3A consult instruction manual.
3280 ft (1000m); max. 9842 ft (3000m) 40
Line voltage variation +10/–15%
Line frequency variation 45–66 Hz
40
Efficiency >96%
40
Power factor (displacement) 0.99
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40

CFX9000 Drives
Wiring Diagram
40
Control Input/Output
40
Basic Application Default I/O Configuration
40 Reference potentiometer Terminal Signal Description
1–10 kohms
OPTA9
40 1 +10Vref Reference output Voltage for potentiometer, etc.
2 AI1+ Analog input, voltage range 0–10 Vdc Voltage input frequency reference
40
3 AI1– I/O Ground Ground for reference and controls
Remote reference
40 0(4)–20 mA
4 AI2+ Analog input, current range 0–20 mA Current input frequency reference
5 AI2–
40 6 +24V Control voltage output Voltage for switches, etc. max 0.1A
40 7 GND I/O ground Ground for reference and controls

8 DIN1 Start forward Contact closed = start forward
40 9 DIN2 Start reverse Contact closed = start reverse
40 10 DIN3 External fault input (programmable) Contact open = no fault

Contact closed = fault
11 CMA Common for DIN 1–DIN 3 Connect to GND or +24V
40
12 +24V Control voltage output Voltage for switches (see terminal 6)
40 13 GND I/O ground Ground for reference and controls

14 DIN4 Multi-step speed select 1 DIN4 DIN5 Frequency Ref.
40 15 DIN5 Multi-step speed select 2 Open Open Ref.Vin
Closed Open Multi-step ref.1
40 Open Closed Multi-step ref.2
Closed Closed RefMax
40 16 DIN6 Fault reset Contact open = no action
Contact closed = fault reset
17 CMB Common for DIN4–DIN6 Connect to GND or +24V
40
18 AO1+ Output frequency Programmable
mA
40 READY
19 AO1–
Analog output Range 0–20 mA, RL max. 500 ohms
20 DO1 Digital output Programmable

40 READY Open collector, I ≤50 mA, V ≤48 Vdc
OPTA2
40 21 RO1 Relay output 1
RUN
22 RO1
40 RUN
23 RO1
40 24 RO2 Relay output 2

FAULT
25 RO2
40 26 RO2
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40

CFX9000 Drives
40.6
Dimensions
40
Enclosure Size B—UL Type 12 40
4.00 (101.6) 3.00 (76.2)
40
Minimum Free Air Minimum Air
Space Required Space
Required
40
Both Sides
40
40
40
40
H1 H2 H 40
40
40
40
40
0.44 (11.2)
Mounting 40
Holes
W1
W
(4 Places)
D1 D 40
40
40
40
40
40
40
Approximate Approximate
Weight Shipping Weight
H H1 H2 W W1 D D1 Lbs (kg) Lbs (kg) 40
40.00 38.00 36.35 20.92 19.30 16.76 2.34 185 (84) 229 (104)
(1016.0) (965.2) (923.3) (531.4) (490.2) (425.7) (59.4) 40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40

CFX9000 Drives

40
Enclosure Size C—UL Type 12
40 0.44 (11.2) 0.44 (11.2)
W1
3.00 (76.2)
Mounting 4.00 (101.6) Minimum 3.00 (76.2) Mounting 4.00 (101.6) Minimum Minimum Air Space
40 Holes
(4 Places)
Free Air Space Required Minimum Air Space
Required Both Sides
Holes
(4 Places)
Free Air Space Required Required Both Sides
40
40
40
40
H1 H2 H H2
40
40 H3
H4
40
40
W1
40 W D1 D
40
40
40 W D1 D
40
40
40
40 Approximate
Weight
Approximate
Shipping Weight
H H1 H2 H3 H4 W W1 D D1 Lbs (kg) Lbs (kg)
40 52.00 50.00 48.35 72.00 71.19 30.92 29.30 16.78 2.34 320 (145) 435 (197)
(1320.8) (1270.0) (1228.1) (1828.8) (1808.2) (785.4) (744.2) (426.2) (59.4)
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40

CFX9000 Drives
40.6
40
Enclosure Size B—UL Type 3R
W D 40
40
40
40
40
40
H2
40
H1 H 40
H3
40
40
40
40
40
40
W2
W3 W1 D2 D1
40
0.44 (11.2)
Mounting
Holes
40
(4 Places)
40
40
40
40
40
40
Approximate
Weight
Approximate
Shipping Weight
40
H H1 H2 H3 W W1 W2 W3 D D1 D2 Lbs (kg) Lbs (kg)
46.09 44.45 42.77 36.35 26.31 20.92 19.30 2.69 17.74 16.76 3.31 235 (107) 290 (132)
40
(1170.7) (1129.0) (1086.4) (923.3) (668.3) (531.4) (490.2) (68.3) (450.6) (425.7) (840.1)
40
40
40
40
40

CFX9000 Drives

40
Enclosure Size C—UL Type 3R
40 0.44 (11.2)
Mounting Holes 0.44 (11.2)
(4 Places) Mounting Holes
40 W D
W
W2
(4 Places)
D
40
40
40
40
40 H1 H2
H2
H3 H H3
40
H5 H4
40
40
40
W2
40 W1 D1
W3 D2
40
40
40 W1
D2
D1
40
40
40
40 Approximate Approximate
40 H H1 H2 H3 H4 H5 W W1 W2 W3 D D1 D2 Lbs (kg) Lbs (kg)
58.09 56.45 54.77 48.35 78.09 77.64 37.73 30.92 29.30 3.34 17.74 16.77 3.31 370 (168) 485 (220)
40 (1475.5) (1433.8) (1391.2) (1228.1) (1983.5) (1972.1) (958.3) (785.4) (744.2) (84.8) (450.6) (426.0) (840.1)
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40

CFX9000 Drives
40.6
40
Enclosure Size D—UL Type 3R
W1 Ø0.44 (11.2) D1 40
W2 Mounting Holes
(two places) 40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
H
H1
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
W D 40
40
40
40
40
Approximate
Shipping Weight
40
H H1 W W1 W2 D D1 Lbs (kg)
76.27 96.00 30.92 37.73 29.30 16.76 17.74 1000 (454)
40
(1937.3) (2438.4) (784.4) (958.3) (744.2) (424.7) (450.6)
Note
40
Shown with optional floor stands.
40
40
40
40

CFX9000 Drives

40
Enclosure Size F
40 W D
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
H1 H
40
40
40
40
40
W1
40 D1
40
40
40
40
40
40 Approximate Approximate
40 H H1 W W1 D D1 Lbs (kg) Lbs (kg)
93.58 69.51 60.00 48.00 37.50 26.00 1700 (771) 1850 (839)
40 (2376.9) (1765.60) (1524.0) (1219.2) (952.5) (660.4)
40
40
40
40
40
40
40

CFX9000 Drives
40.6
40
Enclosure Size 7
Exhaust For
4.79 40
(121.7)
Air Cable Entry
40
20.00 40
(508.0) 15.00
(381.0)
40
Hinged Side
2.00
(50.8)
40
Door Clearance 10.00
26.25
(666.8)
at 90∞ (254.0) 40
Top View
40
4.00 (101.6) Minimum
Free Air Space Required
40
40
40
Keypad

40
with Circuit Breaker
When Specified 40
Operator Elements
When Specified, Mounted
on These Panels 40
Door Handle
93.92
(key-lock optional) 40
(2385.6) 90.00 84.37
Intake Ventilating Slots
(2286.0) (2143.0)
(Filtered on NEMA 12) 40
40
40
40
Quarter Turn Latch 40
(two places)
40
15.50 30.00
(393.7) (762.0) 40
21.50 Front View
(546.1)
Side View
40
.56 (14.2) Dia. 3.50
(88.9) Opening for
Mounting Holes
(4 Places)
Bottom Cable Entry 40
8.50 40
18.75 (215.9)
(476.3)
5.75 8.00 40
(146.1) (203.2)
1.75 (44.5) Typ.

Approximate
Shipping Weight
40
Construction: UL Type 1 Oversize 24.45 (621.0)
Finish: Enclosure – ANSI 61 Gray (Light) Lbs (kg)
28.05 (712.5)
Bottom View 1000 (454)
40
40
40

CFX9000 Drives

40
Enclosure Size 8
40 31.00
1.25 (787.4)
40 (31.8)
8.25
40 (209.6)
Opening for Top Cable Entry
(2 Places)
40
40
40 Top View
4.00 (101.6) Minimum

40 Free Air Space Required
Keypad
40
40 with Circuit Breaker When Specified
Operator Elements When Specified,

40 Mounted on These Panels
40
40 Door Handle
(key-lock optional)
40 93.50
(2374.9) 90.00 84.37
40 (2286.0) (2143.0)
Intake Ventilating Slots

40 (Filtered on NEMA 12)
40
40 Quarter Turn Latch
(2 Places)
40
40
40 24.00 (609.6) 21.45 (544.8) 21.31 (541.3)
48.00 (1219.2)
25.14 (639)
Front View
40 Side View .56 (14.2) Dia. 9.50
Mounting Holes (241.3)
40 (4 Places)
Opening for
Bottom Cable Entry
40 12.50
22.47
(570.74) (317.5)
40
7.73
5.48
40 (139.19)
(196.34)
3.01 (76.45) Approximate

40 Construction: UL Type 1 Oversize
Finish: Enclosure – ANSI 61 Gray (Light) 37.47 (951.74)
Shipping Weight
Lbs (kg)
45.22 (1148.59)
40 Bottom View 1400 (636)
40
40

CFX9000 Drives
40.6
40
Enclosure Size 9
43.50 (1104.9) 40
1.50 (38.1)
8.75
(222.3)
40
7.46 x 15.00
(189.5 x 381.0) 40
Access in Top
(two places) 40
40
90° Max. 90° Max.
Door Door
27.36
(694.9)
Opening Opening
27.06
40
(687.3)
29.05
(737.9)
40
Top View 40
4.00 (101.6) Minimum
40
40
40
40
40
93.50
40
(2374.9) Drive
Circuit Breaker
40
40
90.00
(2286.0)
Door Handle
40
(key-lock optional)
40
Access
Plate
(4 places)
40
40
40
24.00 (609.6) 60.00 (1524.0)
25.14 (638.6) Front View
8.50 x 12.00 (215.9 x 304.8) 40
Side View 32.72 (831.1) Bottom Access
ø0.56 (ø14.2) Dia.
Mounting Hole 40
(five places)
25.00
(635.0) 40
18.84
Finish: Enclosure—ANSI 61 Gray (light)

(478.5)
11.93 40
8.20 (303.0)
Material: Enclosure and Backplate— (208.3)
12 ga. = 0.1046 Cold Rolled Steel 40
2.00 (50.8) 22.90 (581.7)
46.30 (1176.0) Approximate 40
54.90 (1394.5) Shipping Weight
Bottom View Lbs (kg)
40
1800 (817)
40

CPX9000 Drives
CPX9000 Enclosed Clean Power Drives Contents

40 Description Page
40 CPX9000 Enclosed Clean Power Drives
Application Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193
40 Features and Benefits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198
Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208
Wiring Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216
40 Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217
40
40
40
40
40 Product Description
40 Eaton’s CPX9000 clean All 9000X Series drives are CPX9000 Enclosed Products ● Custom Engineered—
power drives use advanced constant torque rated and ● Standard Enclosed— for those applications with
18-pulse clean power rated for either high overload covers a wide range of the more unique or complex
40 technology that significantly (IH) or low overload (IL). IH most commonly ordered requirements, these are
reduces line harmonics at indicates 150% overload options. Pre-engineering individually engineered
40 the drive input terminals, capacity for 1 minute out of eliminates the lead time to the customer’s needs.
resulting in one of the purest 10 minutes. IL indicates normally associated with Contact your local sales
40 sinusoidal waveforms
available.
1 minute out of 10 minutes.
customer specific options. office for assistance in
Available configurations are
40 The CPX9000 drive also listed on Pages 199 and
208–213.
delivers True Power Factor—
40 in addition to reducing
harmonic distortion, the
● Modified Standard
Enclosed—applies to
CPX9000 drive prevents specific customer
40 upstream transformer requirements that vary
overheating and overloading from the Standard
40 of breakers and feeders, Enclosed offering, such as
enabling the application of the need for an additional
40 adjustable frequency drives indicating light or minor
on generators and other high modifications to drawings.
Contact your local sales
40 impedance power systems.
office for assistance in
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40

CPX9000 Drives
40.7
Designed to exceed the IEEE姞 for applications in the water,
40
What Causes Harmonics? Why Be Concerned
519-1992 requirements for wastewater, HVAC, industrial
harmonic distortion, the and process industries where
Harmonics are the result of About Harmonics? 40
nonlinear loads that convert 1. Installation and utility
CPX9000 is the clear choice harmonics are a concern.
AC line voltage to DC. costs increase. 40
What Are Harmonics? Examples of equipment that Harmonics cause
are non-linear loads are listed damage to transformers
Take a perfect wave with a fundamental frequency of 60 Hz, below: and lower efficiencies 40
which is close to what is supplied by the power company. ● AC variable frequency due to the IR loss. These
Perfect Wave drives losses can become 40
● DC drives significant and can have
Volts ● Fluorescence lighting,
a dramatic effect on the 40
(v) HVAC systems that are
computers, UPS systems controlling the
f(x) = sin(x)
● Industrial washing temperatures of the
40
machines, punch presses, building where the
welders, etc. transformer and drive 40
Time
equipment reside.
(t)
How Can Harmonics Due to
VFDs Be Diminished? 2. Downtime and loss of
40
productivity.
By purchasing Eaton’s
patented 18-pulse CPX9000 Telephones and data 40
drive that is guaranteed to transmissions links may
meet IEEE Std. 519-1992 not be guaranteed to 40
Harmonic Distortion Limits. work on the same power
grids polluted with 40
Add a second wave that is five times the fundamental frequency— What Are Linear Loads? harmonics.
300 Hz (typical of frequency added to the line by a fluorescent light).
Linear loads are primarily 3. Downtime and 40
Second Wave devices that run across the nuisance trips of drives
Volts
line and do not add
harmonics. Motors are prime
and other equipment. 40
Emergency generators
(v) examples. The downside to
f(x) = sin(5x)
5 having large motor linear
have up to three times
the impedance that is
40
loads is that they draw more found in a conventional
energy than a VFD, because utility source. Thus the 40
of their inability to control harmonic voltage
motor speed. In most distortion can be up 40
Time applications, there is a turn to three times as large,
(t) down valve used with the
motor that will reduce the
causing risk of operation 40
problems.
flow of the material, without
significantly reducing the load 4. Larger motors must be 40
to the motor. While this used. Motors running
provides some measure of across the line that are 40
Combine the two waves. The result is a 60 Hz supply rich in speed control, it is extremely connected on polluted
fifth harmonics. inefficient. power distribution grids
can overheat or operate
40
Resulting Supply at lower efficiency due
to harmonics. 40
Volts
(v) 5. Higher installation
costs. Transformers and
40
power equipment must
f(x) = sin(x) + sin(5x)
5 be oversized to 40
accommodate the loss of
efficiencies. This is due 40
to the harmonic currents
Time
(t)
circulating through the 40
distribution without
performing useful work. 40
40
40
40

CPX9000 Drives
How Does a VFD Convert Three-Phase AC to a Guidelines of Meeting IEEE Std. 519-1992
40 Variable Output Voltage and Frequency? Harmonic Distortion Limits
The six-pulse VFD: The The six-pulse VFD drive
40 majority of all conventional creates harmonic current
The IEEE 519-1992
Specification is a standard
users that are implementing
medium and low voltage
drives that are built consist distortion. The harmonic that provides guidelines for equipment.
40 of a six-pulse configuration. current that is created is commercial and industrial
The figure below represents energy that can not be used
40 a six-diode rectifier design that by customers and causes
converts three-phase utility external heat and losses to all Maximum Harmonic Current Distortion in % of the
power to DC. The inverter components including other Fundamental (120V through 69,000V)
40 section uses IGBTs to convert drives that are on the same Harmonic Order (Odd Harmonics)
DC power to a simulated AC power distribution. See the
40 sine wave that can vary in curve below showing a
Isc/IL h<11 11≤h<17 17≤h<23 23≤h<35 35≤h TDD
frequency from 0–320 Hz. 500 hp drive with 167A of <20 4.0 2.0 1.5 0.6 0.3 5.0
40 damaging harmonic current. 20<50 7.0 3.5 2.5 1.0 0.5 8.0
50<100 10.0 4.5 4.0 1.5 0.7 12.0
40 Six-Diode Rectifier Design 100<1000 12.0 5.5 5.0 2.0 1.0 15.0
>1000 15.0 7.0 6.0 2.5 1.4 20.0
40 Six-Pulse Diode Inverter Section
Bridge Rectifier
Converter Section The ratio Isc/IL is the ratio of the short-circuit current available at the
40 (+) DC
point of common coupling (PCC), to the maximum fundamental load
current. Consequently, as the size of the user load decreases with
40 respect to the size of the system, the percentage of harmonic current
that the user is allowed to inject into the utility system increases.
L2A
40 L1A
L3A
AC
Motor Notes
TDD = Total demand distortion is the harmonic current distortion in percent of the maximum
40 demand load current (15 or 30 minute demand).
ISC = Maximum short circuit current at the PCC not counting motor contribution.
40 (–) DC
IL = Maximum demand load current for all of the connected loads (fundamental frequency
component) at the PCC. All of the limits are measured at a point of common coupling.
40 Bus
Dynamic Braking
Transistor
Output Transistors
IGBT Section
Capacitors
40
40 500 hp Six-Pulse Nonproductive Harmonic Current
Current
40 Amps
1000
40
500
40
40 0
40 –500
40
–1000
0.100 0.10625 0.1125 0.11875 0.125
40 Time in Seconds
40
500 hp Six-Pulse Nonproductive Harmonic Current
40 Six-Pulse Circuit
Current harmonics
40 I1 = 100% I11 = 6.10% I19 = 1.77%
40 I5 = 22.5% I13 = 4.06% I23 = 1.12%

I7 = 9.38% I17 = 2.26% I25 = 0.86%
40 Power = 500 hp
Harmonic current = 167 amps
40

CPX9000 Drives
40.7
One-Line Diagram for Harmonic Analysis
40
40
____Volts ____Volts ____Volts ____Volts Source A
PCC
Utility Side
40
AC
Motor
AC
Motor
40
40
40
Utility Side
Transformer
Customer
Transformer 40
____Volts ____Volts AC AC
____kVA ____kVA Motor Motor 40
____Isc ____Isc
____Impedance ____Impedance
40
40
Customer AC AC
Generator Motor Motor
40
____Volts Generator
Set
____kVA
____Isc
40
____Impedance
Total Linear Motor Loads ____AMPS 40
Source B Total Non-Linear Drive Loads ____AMPS
40
The best way to estimate AFD harmonic contribution to an electrical system is to perform a harmonic analysis based on known system
characteristics. The one-line in this figure would provide the data to complete the calculations. 40
Terms Harmonic Reduction Line Reactor 40
● PCC (Point of Common Methods to Meet IEEE 519
Coupling) is defined as the
electrical connecting point 1. Line Reactor
40
between the utility and A line reactor is a three-phase AFD Motor
multiple customers per the series inductance on the line 40
specifications in IEEE 519 side of an AFD. If a line
● POA (Point of Analysis) reactor is applied on all AFDs, 40
is defined as where the it is possible to meet IEEE
harmonic calculations guidelines where 10–25% of Advantages Disadvantages 40
are taken system loads are AFDs, ● Low cost ● May not reduce harmonic
depending on the stiffness of ● Can provide moderate levels to below IEEE 519- 40
An oscilloscope can make the line and the value of line 1992 guidelines
reduction in voltage and
all measurements at the reactance. Line reactors are current harmonics Voltage drop due to IR loss
PCC or POA do an on-site available in various values of ● Available in various values
●
40
harmonic evaluation. impedance, most typically of impedance
1–1.5%, 3% and 5%.
40
protection for AFD and its
semiconductors from line 40
transients
40
40
40
40
40
40

CPX9000 Drives
2. 12-Pulse Converters
40 A 12-pulse converter the second a delta/delta six-pulse converter). This
incorporates two separate design (which does not phase permits a facility to use a
40 AFD input semiconductor shift). The 12-pulse larger percentage of AFD
bridges, which are fed from arrangement allows the loads under IEEE 519-1992
40 30º phase shifted power harmonics from the first guidelines than allowable
sources with identical converter to cancel the using line reactors or DC
impedance. The sources may harmonics of the second. chokes. A harmonic analysis
40 be two isolation Up to approximately 85% is required to guarantee
transformers, where one is a reduction of harmonic current compliance with guidelines.
40 delta/wye design (which and voltage distortion may
provides the phase shift) and be achieved (over standard
40
40 Basic 12-Pulse Rectifier with “Phase Shifting” Transformer
12-Pulse 12-Pulse Diode Inverter Section
40 Phase-Shifting Bridge Rectifier
Transformer Converter Section
40 (+) DC
L1A
40 L2A
L3A
40 AC
Motor
40 L1B
L2B
L3B
40
(-) DC
40 12-Pulse Diode Dynamic Braking Output Transistors
Bridge Rectifier Transistor IGBT Section
40 Converter Section Bus
Capacitors
40
500 hp 480V Drive with 12-Pulse Rectifier 500 hp 480V Drive with 12-Pulse Rectifier
40 12-Pulse Circuit
Current
40 Amps
1000
Current harmonics
I1 = 100% I11 = 4.19% I19 = 0.06%
40 I5 = 1.25% I13 = 2.95% I23 = 0.87%
500 I7 = 0.48% I17 = 0.21% I25 = 0.73%
40 Power = 500 hp
40 0 Hc = 66.2 amps
40 –500 ● Moderate cost, although ● Impedance matching of
significantly more than phase shifted sources is
40 –1000 reactors or chokes critical to performance
0.126 0.13225 0.1385 0.14475 0.151 ● Substantial reduction (up ● Transformers often require
40 Time in Seconds to approx. 85%) in voltage separate mounting or
and current harmonics larger AFD enclosures
40 ● Provides increased input ● May not reduce
protection for AFD and its distribution harmonic
40 semiconductors from line levels to below
transients IEEE 519-1992 guidelines
40 ● Cannot retrofit for most
AFDs
40
40
40

CPX9000 Drives
40.7
3. Clean Power Drives
When the total load is of non- are advanced and three are rating to be supported, which 40
linear, the greatest harmonic retarded. The remaining three is more common in an MV
mitigation is required. Under phases of this nine-phase step-down transformer. 40
these conditions, the currents supply are in phase with the
The integrated 18-pulse clean
drawn from the supply need incoming line. This results in
power drive, with near sine
40
to be sinusoidal and “clean” nine separate phases. In this
such that system type of configuration, the wave input current and low
interference and additional total required kVA rating of harmonics will meet the 40
losses are negligible. Eaton’s the transformer is only 48% requirements of IEEE 519-
CPX9000 clean power of a drive rate isolation 1992 under all practical 40
drive uses a phase-shifting transformer. A traditional operating conditions. The
auto-transformer with isolated transformer system, comparisons with six-pulse
and 12-pulse systems are
40
delta-connected winding. with multipulse windings,
shown, see Pages 194, 196
Three of the output phases would require the full kVA
and 197. 40
Basic 18-Pulse Rectifier with Phase Shifting Transformer 40
18-Pulse SCR Inverter Section
Bridge Rectifier Pre-charge 40
Converter Section Circuit
(+) DC 40
1
40
A
2
9
1
2
3 40
3 AC
1
2
8
N
4
5 Motor 40
3 7 4 6
C 7
40
6 5 8
9
40
(–) DC
18-Pulse Diode Rectifiers Dynamic Braking Output Transistors 40
Phase-Shifting Transistor IGBT Section
3-Phase Auto-Transformer
AC Input Bus
Capacitors
40
40
500 hp 480V Drive with 18-Pulse Rectifiers 500 hp 480V Drive with 18-Pulse Rectifiers
40
Current 18-Pulse Clean Power
Amps
1000
Current harmonics 40
I1 = 100% I11 = 0.24% I19 = 1.00%
I5 = 0.16% I13 = 0.10% I23 = 0.01% 40
500
I7 = 0.03% I17 = 0.86% I25 = 0.01%
Power = 500 hp
40
0
Hc = 24 amps 40
–500
● Virtually guarantees ● Not as cost-effective as
40
compliance with some other methods at
–1000 IEEE 519-1992 small (<50) horsepower 40
0.126 0.13225 0.1385 0.14475 0.151
Time in Seconds
protection for AFD and its 40
semiconductors from line
transients 40
● Up to four times the
harmonic reduction of 40
12-pulse methods
● Smaller transformer than 40
isolation transformer used
in 12-pulse converter 40

CPX9000 Drives
Standards and
40 Features and Benefits Certifications
CPX9000 clean power drive ● Horsepower range: UL 508C tested, listed and
40 features include: ● 480V, 25–800 hp (consult approved.
factory for larger sizes)
40 ● Space optimized enclosure
● 208/230V, 25–200 hp
● Simple layout for power
575V, 25–800 hp (consult
40 options ●
factory for larger sizes)

● Type 1, NEMA 12 with
● Over 15 years of 18-pulse
40 gaskets and filters,
clean power experience
Type 3R
● 65 kAIC Standard at 480V
40 ● Input voltage: 480V, 208V,
575V and 208V
● 100 kAIC optional
40 ● Complete range of control,
network and power
options
40
40
Product Identification
40 Type 1, 25–150 hp (30 x 90 x 21.50)
40 SVX9000 Drive
40
40
40 Bypass Starter Assembly
(option)
40 Motor Circuit Protector

(standard with bypass options)
40 Door Mounted Keypad
40
40 Pre-Charge Input Contactor
40
18-Pulse Diode Rectifier Input Line Fuses
40
40
40
Input Choke
40
40
40 18-Pulse Auto-Transformer
40
40
40
40
40

CPX9000 Drives
40.7
40
CPX9000 Enclosed Drive
Build options alphabetically and numerically. 40
CPX 100 1 4 A A
Product Family Enclosed Options Type 40
CPX = Clean power 18-pulse K1 Door-mounted speed potentiometer Control
enclosed drives K2
K3
Door-mounted speed potentiometer with HOA selector switch Control
Control
40
3–15 psig follower
K4 HAND/OFF/AUTO switch 0.87-inch (22 mm) Control
Horsepower Rating K5 MANUAL/AUTO reference switch 0.87-inch (22 mm) Control 40
025 = 25 hp 100 = 100 hp 350 = 350 hp K6 START/STOP pushbuttons 0.87-inch (22 mm) Control
KF Bypass test switch for RA and RB Addl. bypass
030 = 30 hp
040 = 40 hp
125 = 125 hp 400 = 400 hp
150 = 150 hp 500 = 500 hp KO Standard elapsed time meter Control 40
050 = 50 hp 200 = 200 hp 600 = 600 hp L1 Power, RUN and fault pilot lights Light
060 = 60 hp
075 = 75 hp
250 = 250 hp 700 = 700 hp
300 = 300 hp 800 = 800 hp
L2
LE
Bypass pilot lights for RA, RB, bypass options
Red RUN light
Addl. bypass
Light
40
P1 Input disconnect Input
Enclosure Rating P8 Surge protective device Input 40
PE Output contactor Output
1 = Type 1 PF Output filter Output
3 = Type 3R PG MotoRx (up to 600 ft [182.9m]) 1000 V/μS DV/DT filter Output 40
6 = Type 12 filtered PH Single overload relay Output
Voltage Rating
PI
PN
Dual overload relays
Dual overloads for bypass
Output
Addl. bypass 40
2 = 230V (208–240V) RA Manual HOA bypass controller Bypass
4 = 480V RB
RC
Manual IOB bypass controller
Auto transfer HOA bypass controller
Bypass
Bypass
40
5 = 575V (575–600V)
RG Reduced voltage starter for bypass Bypass 40
S7 10.00-inch (254.0 mm) expansion Enclosure
B = IL/internal brake chopper
S8
S9
20.00-inch (508.0 mm) expansion
Space heater
Enclosure
Enclosure 40
D = IH/no brake chopper
E = IH/internal brake chopper
Communication Options 40
Enclosed Style C2 = Modbus姞 CA = Johnson Controls N2
A = Enclosed drive
C3 = PROFIBUS姞 DP
C4 = LonWorks姞
CI
CJ
= Modbus TCP/Ethernet IP
= BACnet
40
C5 = Profibus DP (D9 connector) D3 = RS-232 with D9 connection
C6 = CANopen (slave) 40
C7 = DeviceNet姠
C8 = Modbus (D9 Type connector)
40
Control Options
B1 = 6 DI, 1 ext +24 Vdc/ext +24 Vdc 40
B2 = 1 RO (NC/NO), 1 RO (NO), 1 therm
B4 = 1 AI (mA isolated), 2 AO (mA isolated), 1 ext +24 Vdc/EXT +24 Vdc
B5 = 3 RO (NO) 40
B8 = 1 ext +24 Vdc/ext +24 Vdc, 3 Pt100
40
Engineered Options
HT High temperature rating for 50°C (FR10 and above) 40
VB Varnished boards
Notes
40
Brake chopper is standard in drives up to 30 hp I or 40 hp I at 480V. It is optional in larger drives.
H L
Local/remote keypad is included as the standard control panel. 40
40
Consult Eaton for availability. 40
40
40
40
40
40

CPX9000 Drives
Product Selection
40
When Ordering
40 ● Select a base catalog ● The CPX9000 product uses rating, overload and ● If dynamic brake chopper
number that meets the the term High Overload (IH) temperature ratings are or control/communication
40 application requirements—
nominal horsepower,
in place of the term
Constant Torque (CT).
now treated separately.
Ambient temperature
option is desired, change
the appropriate code in the
voltage and enclosure Likewise, Low Overload ratings are shown in the base catalog number.
40 rating. (The enclosed (IL) is used in place of the table below. Consult the
drive’s continuous output term Variable Torque (VT). factory for 50°C ratings of
● All of the programming is
40 amp rating should be equal The new terms are a more FR10 and above. exactly the same as the
to or greater than the precise description of the standard SVX9000 drive.
40 motor’s full load amp rating. The older terms Ambient Temperature
● Select enclosed options.
Add the codes as suffixes
rating.) The base-enclosed included ambient Ratings
package includes a temperature ratings in to the base catalog number
40 standard drive, door- addition to overload
Frame in alphabetical and numeric
Size IH IL
mounted alphanumeric ratings. In order to order.
40 panel and enclosure. minimize enclosure size FR4–FR9 50°C 50°C
and offer the highest FR10 and above 40°C 40°C
40 ambient temperature
40
208/230V Drives
40
CPX9000 Drive CPX9000 Base Drive Type 1
40 Enclosure Current Chassis Base Catalog
Size hp (A) Frame Number
7 25 75 FR7 CPX02512AA
40 30 88 FR7 CPX03012AA
40 40 114 FR7 CPX04012AA

50 140 FR8 CPX05012AA
40 60 170 FR8 CPX06012AA
75 205 FR8 CPX07512AA
40 8 100 300 FR9 CPX10012AA
9 125 340 FR8T CPX12512AA
40 150 410 FR8T CPX15012AA
40 10 200 522 FR9T CPX20012AA

High Overload Drive
40 7 25 75 FR7 CPX02512DA
30 88 FR7 CPX03012DA
40 40 114 FR8 CPX04012DA
50 140 FR8 CPX05012DA
40
60 170 FR8 CPX06012DA
40 8 75 205 FR9 CPX07512DA

9 100 300 FR8T CPX10012DA
40 125 340 FR8T CPX12512DA
10 150 410 FR9T CPX15012DA
40 200 522 FR9T CPX20012DA
40 Notes
See enclosure dimensions beginning on Page 217.
hp ratings are provided as a guideline. Drives should be sized per motor nameplate FLA.
40 The 18-pulse clean power assembly includes a standard drive, door-mounted local/remote keypad and enclosure.
40
40
40

CPX9000 Drives
40.7
CPX9000 Drive CPX9000 Base Drive NEMA 12 Filtered
Enclosure Current Chassis Base Catalog
40
Low Overload Drive
40
7 25 75 FR7 CPX02562AA
40
30 88 FR7 CPX03062AA
40 114 FR7 CPX04062AA 40
50 140 FR8 CPX05062AA
60 170 FR8 CPX06062AA 40
75 205 FR8 CPX07562AA
8 100 300 FR9 CPX10062AA
40
9 125 340 FR8T CPX12562AA
40
150 410 FR8T CPX15052AA
10 200 522 FR9T CPX20062AA 40
High Overload Drive
7 25 75 FR7 CPX02562DA 40
30 88 FR7 CPX03062DA
40 114 FR8 CPX04062DA
40
50 140 FR8 CPX05062DA 40
60 170 FR8 CPX06062DA
8 75 205 FR9 CPX07562DA 40
9 100 300 FR8T CPX10062DA
125 340 FR8T CPX12562DA
40
10 150 410 FR9T CPX15062DA
40
200 522 FR9T CPX20062DA
40
CPX9000 Base Drive Type 3R 40
Size hp Number
(A) Frame
40
Low Overload Drive
7 25 75 FR7 CPX02532AA 40
30 88 FR7 CPX03032AA
40 114 FR7 CPX04032AA 40
50 140 FR8 CPX05032AA
60 170 FR8 CPX06032AA
40
75 205 FR8 CPX07532AA 40
8 100 300 FR9 CPX10032AA
9 125 340 FR8T CPX12532AA 40
High Overload Drive
7 25 75 FR7 CPX02532DA
40
30 88 FR7 CPX03032DA
40
40 114 FR8 CPX04032DA
50 140 FR8 CPX05032DA 40
60 170 FR8 CPX06032DA
8 75 205 FR9 CPX07532DA 40
9 100 300 FR8T CPX10032DA
40
Notes
40
The 18-pulse clean power assembly includes a standard drive, door-mounted local/remote keypad and enclosure.
All Type 3R drives use the Size F enclosure. 40
40

CPX9000 Drives
480V Drives
40
7 25 38 FR6 CPX02514BA
40 30 46 FR6 CPX03014BA
40 40 61 FR6 CPX04014BA
50 72 FR7 CPX05014AA
40 60 87 FR7 CPX06014AA
75 105 FR7 CPX07514AA
40 100 140 FR8 CPX10014AA
125 170 FR8 CPX12514AA
40 150 205 FR8 CPX15014AA
40 8 200 261 FR9 CPX20014AA

250 300 FR9 CPX25014AA
40 9 300 385 FR10 CPX30014AA
350 460 FR10 CPX35014AA
40 400 520 FR10 CPX40014AA
40 10 500 590 FR11 CPX50014AA

550 650 FR11 CPX55014AA
40 600 730 FR11 CPX60014AA
11 650 820 FR11 CPX65014AA
40 700 920 FR12 CPX70014AA
800 1030 FR12 CPX80014AA
40 7 25 38 FR6 CPX02514EA
30 46 FR6 CPX03014EA
40 40 61 FR7 CPX04014DA
50 72 FR7 CPX05014DA
40 60 87 FR7 CPX06014DA
75 105 FR8 CPX07514DA
40 100 140 FR8 CPX10014DA
40 125 170 FR8 CPX12514DA

8 150 205 FR9 CPX15014DA
40 200 245 FR9 CPX20014DA
9 250 300 FR10 CPX25014DA
40 300 385 FR10 CPX30014DA
40 350 460 FR10 CPX35014DA

10 400 520 FR11 CPX40014DA
40 500 590 FR11 CPX50014DA
550 650 FR11 CPX55014DA
40 11 600 720 FR12 CPX60014DA
650 820 FR12 CPX65014DA
40 700 840 FR12 CPX70014DA
40 Notes
40 hp ratings are provided as a guideline. Drives should be sized per motor nameplate FLA.
40
40

CPX9000 Drives
40.7
40
Low Overload Drive
40
7 25 38 FR6 CPX02564BA
40
30 46 FR6 CPX03064BA
40 61 FR6 CPX04064BA 40
50 72 FR7 CPX05064AA
60 87 FR7 CPX06064AA 40
75 105 FR7 CPX07564AA
100 140 FR8 CPX10064AA
40
125 170 FR8 CPX12564AA
40
150 205 FR8 CPX15064AA
8 200 261 FR9 CPX20064AA 40
250 300 FR9 CPX25064AA
9 300 385 FR10 CPX30064AA 40
350 460 FR10 CPX35064AA
400 520 FR10 CPX40064AA
40
10 500 590 FR11 CPX50064AA 40
550 650 FR11 CPX55064AA
600 730 FR11 CPX60064AA 40
11 650 820 FR11 CPX65064AA
700 920 FR12 CPX70064AA
40
800 1030 FR12 CPX80064AA
40
High Overload Drive
7 25 38 FR6 CPX02564EA 40
30 46 FR6 CPX03064EA
40 61 FR7 CPX04064DA 40
50 72 FR7 CPX05064DA
60 87 FR7 CPX06064DA
40
75 105 FR8 CPX07564DA
40
100 140 FR8 CPX10064DA
125 170 FR8 CPX12564DA 40
8 150 205 FR9 CPX15064DA
200 245 FR9 CPX20064DA 40
9 250 300 FR10 CPX25064DA
300 385 FR10 CPX30064DA
40
350 460 FR10 CPX35014DA 40
10 400 520 FR11 CPX40064DA
500 590 FR11 CPX50064DA 40
550 650 FR11 CPX55064DA
11 600 720 FR12 CPX60064DA
40
650 820 FR12 CPX65064DA
40
700 840 FR12 CPX70064DA
Notes 40
40
40
40
40

CPX9000 Drives
CPX9000 Drive CPX9000 Base Drive Type 3R

40 7 25 38 FR6 CPX02534AA
30 46 FR6 CPX03034AA
40 40 61 FR6 CPX04034AA
50 72 FR7 CPX05034AA
40 60 87 FR7 CPX06034AA
75 105 FR7 CPX07534AA
40 100 140 FR8 CPX10034AA
40 125 170 FR8 CPX12534AA

150 205 FR8 CPX15034AA
40 8 200 261 FR9 CPX20034AA
250 300 FR9 CPX25034AA
7 25 38 FR6 CPX02534DA
40 30 46 FR6 CPX03034DA
40 40 61 FR7 CPX04034DA
50 72 FR7 CPX05034DA
40 60 87 FR7 CPX06034DA
75 105 FR8 CPX07534DA
40 100 140 FR8 CPX10034DA
40 125 170 FR8 CPX12534DA

8 150 205 FR9 CPX15034DA
40 200 245 FR9 CPX20034DA
Notes
40 All Type 3R drives use the Size F enclosure.
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40

CPX9000 Drives
40.7
575V Drives
40
Enclosure Current Chassis Base Catalog 40
Low Overload Drive 40
7 25 27 FR6 CPX02515AA
30 34 FR6 CPX03015AA
40
40 41 FR7 CPX04015AA
40
50 52 FR7 CPX05015AA
60 62 FR8 CPX06015AA 40
75 80 FR8 CPX07515AA
100 100 FR8 CPX10015AA 40
8 125 125 FR9 CPX12515AA
150 144 FR9 CPX15015AA
40
200 208 FR9 CPX20015AA 40
9 250 261 FR10 CPX25015AA
300 325 FR10 CPX30015AA 40
400 385 FR10 CPX40015AA
10 500 502 FR11 CPX50015AA
40
600 590 FR11 CPX60015AA
40
11 650 650 FR12 CPX65015AA
700 750 FR12 CPX70015AA 40
800 820 FR12 CPX80015AA
7 25 27 FR6 CPX02515DA
30 34 FR7 CPX03015DA
40
40 41 FR7 CPX04015DA
40
50 52 FR8 CPX05015DA
60 62 FR8 CPX06015DA 40
75 80 FR8 CPX07515DA
8 100 100 FR9 CPX10015DA 40
125 125 FR9 CPX12515DA
150 144 FR9 CPX15015DA
40
9 200 208 FR10 CPX20015DA 40
250 261 FR10 CPX25015DA
300 325 FR10 CPX30015DA 40
10 400 385 FR11 CPX40015DA
450 460 FR11 CPX45015DA
40
500 502 FR11 CPX50015DA
40
11 600 590 FR12 CPX60015DA
650 650 FR12 CPX65015DA 40
700 750 FR12 CPX70015DA
Notes
40
hp ratings are provided as a guideline. Drives should be sized per motor nameplate FLA. 40
40
40
40
40

CPX9000 Drives

40 7 25 27 FR6 CPX02565AA
30 34 FR6 CPX03065AA
40 40 41 FR7 CPX04065AA
50 52 FR7 CPX05065AA
40 60 62 FR8 CPX06065AA
75 80 FR8 CPX07565AA
40 100 100 FR8 CPX10065AA
40 8 125 125 FR9 CPX12565AA

150 144 FR9 CPX15065AA
40 200 208 FR9 CPX20065AA
9 250 261 FR10 CPX25065AA
40 300 325 FR10 CPX30065AA
400 385 FR10 CPX40065AA
40 10 500 502 FR11 CPX50065AA
40 600 590 FR11 CPX60065AA

11 650 650 FR12 CPX65065AA
40 700 750 FR12 CPX70065AA
800 820 FR12 CPX80065AA
40 7 25 27 FR6 CPX02565DA
30 34 FR7 CPX03065DA
40 40 41 FR7 CPX04065DA
50 52 FR8 CPX05065DA
40 60 62 FR8 CPX06065DA
75 80 FR8 CPX07565DA
40 8 100 100 FR9 CPX10065DA
40 125 125 FR9 CPX12565DA

150 144 FR9 CPX15065DA
40 9 200 208 FR10 CPX20065DA
250 261 FR10 CPX25065DA
40 300 325 FR10 CPX30065DA
10 400 385 FR11 CPX40065DA
40 450 460 FR11 CPX45065DA
40 500 502 FR11 CPX50065DA

11 600 590 FR12 CPX60065DA
40 650 650 FR12 CPX65065DA
700 750 FR12 CPX70065DA
40
Notes
40
40
40
40
40

CPX9000 Drives
40.7
CPX9000 Drive CPX9000 Base Drive Type 3R
40
Low Overload Drive
40
7 25 27 FR6 CPX02535AA
40
30 34 FR6 CPX03035AA
40 41 FR7 CPX04035AA 40
50 52 FR7 CPX05035AA
60 62 FR8 CPX06035AA 40
75 80 FR8 CPX07535AA
100 100 FR8 CPX10035AA
40
8 125 125 FR9 CPX12535AA
40
150 144 FR9 CPX15035AA
200 208 FR9 CPX20035AA 40
High Overload Drive
7 25 27 FR6 CPX02535DA 40
30 34 FR7 CPX03035DA
40 41 FR7 CPX04035DA
40
50 52 FR8 CPX05035DA 40
60 62 FR8 CPX06035DA
75 80 FR8 CPX07535DA 40
8 100 100 FR9 CPX10035DA
125 125 FR9 CPX12535DA
40
150 144 FR9 CPX15035DA
40
Notes
All Type 3R drives use the Size F enclosure.
40
The 18-pulse clean power assembly includes a standard drive, door-mounted local/remote keypad and enclosure. 40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40

CPX9000 Drives
Options
40
CPX9000 Series Option Board Kits
40 The CPX9000 Series drives can accommodate a wide selection of expander and adapter option boards
to customize the drive for your application needs. The drive’s control unit is designed to accept a total
40 of five option boards (see figure below).
The CPX9000 Series factory- installed standard board configuration includes an A9 I/O board and an A2
40
40
Option Boards Option Board Kits
40 Field Factory
40 Option Kit Description
Allowed Slot
Locations
Catalog
Number
Option
Designator
Local/
Basic Remote Standard MSS PID Multi-P. PFC

D E 2 RO (NC/NO) B OPTA2 — ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
A B C
40 6 DI, 1 DO, 2 AI, 1AO, 1 +10 Vdc ref, A OPTA9 — ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
2 ext +24 Vdc/ext +24 Vdc
6 DI B, C, D, E OPTB1 B1 — — — — — ■ ■
40 1 RO (NC/NO), 1 RO (NO), 1 therm B, C, D, E OPTB2 B2 — — — — — ■ ■
1 AI (mA isolated), 2 AO (mA isolated) B, C, D, E OPTB4 B4 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

40 3 RO (NO) B, C, D, E OPTB5 B5 — — — — — ■ ■
40 3 Pt100 RTD board B, C, D, E OPTB8 B8 — — — — — ■ —

Modbus D, E OPTC2 C2 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
40 Modbus TCP D, E OPTCI CI ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
BACnet D, E OPTCJ CJ
40 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
40 Johnson Controls N2 D, E OPTC2 CA ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
PROFIBUS DP D, E OPTC3 C3 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
PROFIBUS DP (D9 connector) D, E OPTC5 C5 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

40 CANopen (slave) D, E OPTC6 C6 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Notes
40 AI = Analog Input; AO = Analog Output, DI = Digital Input, DO = Digital Output, RO = Relay Output
40 OPTC2 is a multi-protocol option card.
40
40
40
40
40
40

CPX9000 Drives
40.7
the 9000X Drive as a slave the 9000X Drive on a the 9000X Drive to BACnet
on a Modbus network. The
interface is connected by
40
a 9-pin DSUB connector connector. Transfer method Data transfer is Master-Slave/
(female) and the baud rate is via CAN using a two-wire Token Passing (MS/TP) 40
ranges from 300 to 19,200 twisted shielded cable with RS-485. This interface uses
baud. Other communication two-wire bus power cable a collection of 30 Binary 40
parameters include an and drain. The baud rates Value Objects (BVOs) and
address range from 1 to 247; used for communication 35 Analog Value Objects 40
a parity of None, Odd or include 125K baud, 250K (AVOs) to communicate
Even; and the stop bit is 1. baud and 500K baud. drive parameters. The card 40
Communications Network Communications speeds and supports network 40
The PROFIBUS Network Card The OPTC2 fieldbus board addresses 1 to 127.
OPTC3 is used for connecting provides communication 40
the 9000X Drive as a slave between the 9000X Drive Ethernet/IP Network
on a PROFIBUS-DP network. and a Johnson Controls Communications 40
The interface is connected Metasys™ N2 network. The Ethernet/IP Network
by a 9-pin DSUB connector With this connection, the Card OPTCK is used for
(female). The baud rates drive can be controlled, connecting the 9000X Drive
40
range from 9.6K baud to 12M monitored and programmed to Ethernet/Industrial
baud, and the addresses from the Metasys system. Protocol networks. It includes 40
range from 1 to 127. The N2 fieldbus is available as an RJ-45 pluggable
a factory-installed option and connector. The interface uses 40
LonWorks Network as a field-installable kit. CIP objects to communicate
Communications drive parameters (CIP is 40
The LonWorks Network Card Modbus/TCP Network “Common Industrial
OPTC4 is used for connecting Communications Protocol,” the same protocol
the 9000X Drive on a The Modbus/TCP Network used by DeviceNet). The 40
interface uses Standard connecting the 9000X Drive 100 Mbps communication 40
Network Variable Types to Ethernet networks using speeds. The IP address of
(SNVT) as data types. The Modbus protocol. It includes the board is configurable 40
channel connection is an RJ-45 pluggable by Static, BOOTP and
achieved using a FTT-10A
DHCP methods. 40
cable. The communication values to communicate drive 40
78 kBits/s. supports 10 Mbps and 40
CANopen (Slave)
Communications
speeds. The IP address of 40
the board is configurable over
The CANopen (Slave) Ethernet using a supplied 40
Network Card OPTC6 is used software tool.
Drive to a host system. 40
According to ISO姞 11898
standard cables to be chosen 40
for CAN bus should have
a nominal impedance of 40
120 ohms, and specific line
delay of nominal 5 nS/m.
120 ohm line termination
40
resistors required for
installation. 40
40
40
40

CPX9000 Drives

40
40
40 Option
Option Description Type
40 K1 Door-Mounted Speed Potentiometer—Provides the CPX9000 with the ability to adjust the frequency reference using a door-mounted potentiometer. This option Control
uses the 10 Vdc reference to generate a 0–10V signal at the analog voltage input signal terminal. When the HOA bypass option is added, the speed is controlled
40 when the HOA switch is in the HAND position. Without the HOA bypass option, a two-position switch (labeled local/remote) is provided on the keypad to select speed
reference from the speed potentiometer or a remote speed signal.
40 K2 Door-Mounted Speed Potentiometer with HOA Selector Switch—Provides the CPX9000 with the ability to start/stop and adjust the speed reference from
door-mounted control devices or remotely from customer-supplied inputs. In HAND position, the drive will start and the speed is controlled by the door-mounted speed
Control
40 4–20 mA signal.
K3 3–15 psig Follower—Provides a pneumatic transducer that converts a 3–15 psig pneumatic signal to either 0–8 Vdc or a 1–9 Vdc signal interface with the CPX9000. Control
40 The circuit board is mounted on the inside of the front enclosure panel and connects to the user’s pneumatic control system via 6 ft (1.8m) of flexible tubing and a
1/4 inch (6.4 mm) brass tube union.
40 K4 HAND/OFF/AUTO Switch for Non-Bypass Configurations—Provides a three-position selector switch that allows the user to select either a HAND or AUTO mode
of operation. HAND mode is defaulted to keypad operation, and AUTO mode is defaulted to control from an external terminal source. These modes of operation can be
Control
configured via drive programming to allow for alternate combinations of start and speed sources. Start and speed sources include Keypad, I/O and fieldbus.
40 K5 MANUAL/AUTO Speed Reference Switch—Provides door-mounted selector switch for MANUAL/AUTO speed reference. Control
K6 START/STOP Pushbuttons—Provide door-mounted START and STOP pushbuttons for either bypass or non-bypass configurations. Control
40 KF Bypass Test Switch for RB and RA—Allows the user to energize the AF drive for testing while operating the motor on the bypass controller. The Test Switch is Addl. bypass
40 KO Standard Elapsed Time Meter—Provides a door-mounted elapsed run-time meter. Control
40 L1 Power On and Fault Power Lights—Provide a white Power On light that indicates power to the enclosed cabinet and a red fault light that indicates a drive fault
has occurred.
Light
L2 Bypass Pilot Lights for RB, RA Bypass Options—A green light indicates when the motor is running in Inverter mode and an amber light indicates when the motor is Addl. bypass
40 running in Bypass mode. The lights are mounted on the enclosure door, above the switches.
LE Red Run Pilot Light 0.87-Inch (22 mm)—Provides a red Run pilot light that indicates the drive is running. Light
40 P1 Input Circuit Breaker—High interrupting circuit breaker that provides a means of short-circuit protection for the power cables between it and the CPX9000, and Input
protection from high-level ground faults on the power cable. Allows a convenient means of disconnecting the CPX9000 from the line and the operating mechanism can be
40 padlocked in the OFF position. This is factory mounted in the enclosure. Standard rating is 65 kAIC at 208/480V. 100 kAIC is available as an option.
40 permissive logic. NC and NO auxiliary contacts rated at 10A, 600 Vac are provided for customer use. Bypass options RB and RA include an output contactor as standard.
40 PF Output Filter—Used to reduce the transient voltage (DV/DT) at the motor terminals. The output filter is recommended for cable lengths exceeding 100 ft (30.5m) with a
drive of 3 hp and above, for cable lengths of 33 ft (10.1m) with a drive of 2 hp and below, or for a drive rated at 525–690V. This option is mounted in the enclosure.
Output
40 PG MotoRx (300–600 Ft) 1000 V/μS DV/DT Filter—Used to reduce transient voltage (DV/DT) and peak voltages at the motor terminals. This option is comprised of a 0.5%
line reactor, followed by capacitive filtering and an energy recovery/clamping circuit. Unlike the output filter (see option PF), the MotoRx recovers most of the energy from the
Output
voltage peaks, resulting in a lower voltage drop to the motor, and therefore conserving power. This option is used when the distance between a single motor and the drive
40 is 300–600 ft (91.4–182.9m).
PH Single Overload Relay—Uses a bimetallic overload relay to provide additional overload current protection to the motor on configurations without bypass options. Output
40 It is included with the bypass configurations for overload current protection in the bypass mode. The overload relay is mounted within the enclosure, and is manually
resettable. Heater pack included.
40 PI Dual Overload Relays—This option is recommended when a single drive is operating two motors and overload current protection is needed for each of the motors.
The standard configuration includes two bimetallic overload relays, each sized to protect a motor with 50% of the drive hp rating. For example, a 100 hp drive would
Output
include two overload relays sized to protect two 50 hp motors. The relays are mounted within the enclosure, and are manually resettable. Heater packs not included.
40 PN Dual Overloads for Bypass—This option is recommended when a single drive is operating two motors in the Bypass mode and overload current protection is needed Addl. bypass
for each of the motors. The standard configuration includes two bimetallic overload relays, each sized to protect a motor with 50% of the drive hp rating. For example,
40 a 100 hp drive would include two overload relays sized to protect two 50 hp motors. The relays are mounted within the enclosure, and are manually resettable.
40
40
40
40
40
40

CPX9000 Drives
40.7
40
Option
40
Option Description Type
RA Manual HOA Bypass Controller—The manual HAND/OFF/AUTO (HOA)—three-contactor—bypass option provides a means of bypassing the CPX9000, allowing the Bypass
40
AC motor to be operated at full speed directly from the AC supply line. This option consists of an input HMCP, a fused control power transformer, and a full voltage bypass
starter with a door-mounted HOA selector switch and an INVERTER/BYPASS switch. The HOA switch provides the ability to start and stop the drive in the inverter mode.
IEC type input, bypass and input contactors are provided. The contactors are mechanically and electrically interlocked (see wiring diagram on Page 216).
40
RB Manual IOB Bypass Controller—The manual INVERTER/OFF/BYPASS (IOB)—three-contactor—bypass option provides a means of bypassing the CPX9000, allowing
the AC motor to be operated at full speed directly from the AC supply line. This option consists of an input HMCP, a fused control power transformer, and a full voltage
Bypass 40
bypass starter with a door-mounted IOB selector switch. IEC type input, bypass and input contactors are provided. The contactors are mechanically and electrically
interlocked (see wiring diagram on Page 216). 40
RC Auto Transfer HOA Bypass Controller —The manual HAND/OFF/AUTO (HOA)—three-contactor—bypass option provides a means of bypassing the CPX9000, Bypass
after a drive trip. This option consists of an input HMCP, a fused control power transformer, and a full voltage bypass starter with a door-mounted HOA selector switch
40
and an INVERTER/BYPASS switch. The HOA switch provides the ability to start and stop the drive in either mode. IEC type input, bypass and input contactors are
provided. The contactors are mechanically and electrically interlocked (see wiring diagram on Page 216). Door-mounted pilot lights are provided that indicate bypass or 40
inverter operation. A green light indicates when the motor is running in inverter mode and an amber light indicates when the motor is running in bypass mode.
40
RD Auto Transfer IOB Bypass Controller—The auto INVERTER/OFF/BYPASS (IOB)—three-contactor—bypass option provides a means of bypassing the CPX9000, Bypass
after a drive trip. This option consists of an input HMCP, a fused control power transformer, and a full voltage bypass starter with a door-mounted IOB selector switch. IEC 40
type input, bypass and input contactors are provided. The contactors are mechanically and electrically interlocked (see wiring diagram on Page 216). Door-mounted pilot
lights are provided that indicate bypass or inverter operation. A green light indicates when the motor is running in inverter mode and an amber light indicates when the
motor is running in bypass mode.
40
RG Reduced Voltage Starter for Bypass—Used in conjunction with bypass option RA, RB, RC or RD. This option adds reduced voltage soft starter to bypass assembly for Bypass
40
soft starting in bypass mode.
S7 10.00-Inch (254.0 mm) Expansion—Expansion cabinet allows for special components, customer-supplied components or oversized cables. Enclosure 40
NOTE: Enclosure expansion rated Type 1 only.
S8 20.00-Inch (508.0 mm) Expansion—Expansion cabinet allows for special components, customer-supplied components or oversized cables. Enclosure 40
NOTE: Enclosure expansion rated Type 1 only.
S9 Space Heater—Prevents condensation from forming in the enclosure when the drive is inactive or in storage. Includes a thermostat for variable temperature control. Enclosure 40
The heater requires a customer-supplied 115V remote supply source.
40
Dissipated Watt Losses 40
Horsepower 40 50 60 75 100 125 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 600 700 800
Watts 1844 2170 2540 3040 4011 4940 5730 8020 9383 11600 13600 15700 16250 17976 20393 27200 31400 40
Conformal (Varnished) Coating 480V Input Disconnect Selection 40
Chassis Delivery Chassis Delivery P1 Input Bypass Motor Circuit Protector
Frame Code Frame Code Horsepower Breaker (RA, RB, RC, RD) 40
FR6 FP FR9 FP 25 HFD3050 HMCP050K2C
40
FR7 FP FR10 FP 30 HFD3060 HMCP100R3C
FR8 FP FR11 FP 40 HFD3080 HMCP100R3C 40
— — FR12 FP 50 HFD3100 HMCP100R3C
60 HFD3100 HMCP150T4C 40
75 HFD3125 HMCP150T4C
100 HFD3150 HMCP150U4C
40
125 HFD3200 HMCP250W5C
40
150 HFD3225 HMCP250W5C
200 HKD3300 HMCP400X5C 40
250 HKD3400 HMCP400X5C
300–400 HLD3600 HMCP600L6W 40
500–600 HND3800 HMCP800X7W
Notes 650–800 HND312
40
See catalog number description to order.
Contact factory for 208V and 575V applications. 40
Contact factory.
40

CPX9000 Drives

40
Light Options Meter Options
40 Catalog Catalog
40 Power on, run, fault LED lights (22 mm) L1 Standard elapsed time meter KO
40 Power on, fault LED lights (22 mm) L3 Frequency meter KS

Green LED run light (22 mm) LA MP-3000 relay with URTD KV
40 Green LED stop light (22 mm) LD MP-3000 relay with URTD and CTs KU
Red LED run light (22 mm) LE
40 Red LED stop light (22 mm) LF
Enclosure Options
Red LED fault light (22 mm) LG
40 Power on white LED light (22 mm) LJ
Enclosure Catalog
Size Number Suffix
40 Miscellaneous LED light (22 mm) LU
10.00 Inch (254.0 mm) Expansion
7 S7
40 8 S7
Control Options
40 Description
Catalog
Number Suffix
9 S7
10 S7
40 Door-mounted speed potentiometer K1 11 S7
Door-mounted speed potentiometer with HOA selector switch K2 20.00 Inch (508.0 mm) Expansion
40 3–15 psig follower K3 7 S8
HOA selector switch K4 8 S8
40 MANUAL/AUTO reference switch K5 9 S8
40 START-STOP pushbuttons K6 10 S8
Type D2 control relay SD 11 S8
40 On-delay relay SE Space Heater
Off-delay relay SF 7 S9
40 Additional terminal blocks per 4 points SD 8 S9
9 S9
40 10 S9
Bypass Control Options
40 Catalog
11 S9
Description Number Suffix Plastic Nameplate

40 Bypass test switch used with RA and RB KF
7 SN
8 SN
40 Inverter/bypass pilot lights L2
9 SN
40 10 SN
11 SN
40 Note
Requires customer-supplied 115 Vac supply.
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40

CPX9000 Drives
40.7
208V and 230V Power Options, 25–200 hp 208V and 230V Bypass Options, 25–200 hp
Catalog Catalog
40
Input breaker P1 Manual HOA bypass controller RA
40
Output contactor PE IOB bypass controller RB
40
Single overload relay PH Auto transfer HOA bypass controller RC
Dual overload relays PI Auto transfer IOB bypass controller RD 40
MOV P7 Reduced voltage starter for bypass RG
50 kA surge protective device P8 Dual overloads for bypass PN 40
480 and 575V Bypass Options, 25–800 hp 40
480 and 575V Power Options, 25–800 hp Catalog
Catalog
Description Number Suffix 40
Description Number Suffix Manual HOA bypass controller RA
Input breaker P1 IOB bypass controller RB
40
Output contactor PE Auto transfer HOA bypass controller RC 40
Output filter PF Auto transfer IOB bypass controller RD
MotoRx (300–600 Ft) DV/DT filter PG Reduced voltage starter for bypass RG 40
Single overload relay PH Dual overloads for bypass PN
40
Input MOV P7
40
100 kA surge protective device P8 40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40

CPX9000 Drives

40
CPX9000 Drives
40 Primary Design Features Input/Output Interface Features

40 Output: AC volts maximum Input voltage base Remote keypad/display Standard
Output frequency range 0–320 Hz Personal computer Standard
40 Initial output current (IH) 250% for 2 seconds Operator control provisions
40 Overload (1 minute [IH/IL]) 150%/110% Drive mounted keypad/display Standard

40 Oversize enclosure Standard Conventional control elements Standard
Output contactor Optional Serial communications Optional
40 Bypass motor starter Optional 115 Vac control circuit Optional
Listings UL, cUL, 508C Speed setting inputs
40 Protection Features Keypad Standard
40 Incoming line fuses Standard 200 kAIC rating 0–10 Vdc potentiometer/voltage signal Standard
40 Phase rotation insensitive Standard 4–20 mA differential Configurable
EMI filter Standard FR6 thru FR9 3–15 psig Optional
40 Input phase loss protection Standard Analog outputs
Input overvoltage protection Standard Speed/frequency Standard
40 Line surge protection Standard Torque/load/current Programmable
40 Output short-circuit protection Standard Motor voltage Programmable

Output ground fault protection Standard Kilowatts Programmable
40 Output phase protection Standard 0–10 Vdc signals Configurable w/jumpers
Overtemperature protection Standard 4–20 mA DC signals Standard
40 DC overvoltage protection Standard Isolated signals Standard
40 Drive overload protection Standard Discrete outputs

Motor overload protection Standard Fault alarm Standard
40 Programmer software Optional Drive running Standard
Local/remote keypad Standard Drive at set speed Programmable
40 Keypad lockout Standard Optional parameters 14
Fault alarm output Standard Dry contacts 2 Form C contacts available
40 Built-in diagnostics Standard Additional discrete outputs Optional
40 Surge protective device Optional Communications

RS-232 Standard
40 RS-422/485 Optional
DeviceNet™ Optional
40 Modbus RTU Optional
CanOpen (slave) Optional
40 Profibus-DP Optional
40 LonWorks Optional
Johnson Controls Metasys N2 Optional
40 Ethernet IP/Modbus TCP Optional
BACnet Optional
40
Note
The EMI filter is optional in FR10 and larger.
40
40
40

CPX9000 Drives
40.7
CPX9000 Drives Standard I/O Specifications
40
24V: “0” ≤10V, “1” ≥18V,Ri >5 kohms
Performance Features Six–digital input programmable
40
Sensorless vector control Standard Two–analog input configurable Voltage: 0–±10V, Ri >200 kohms
w/jumpers Current: 0 (4)–20 mA, Ri = 250 ohms
40
Two–digital output programmable Form C relays 250 Vac
IR and slip compensation Standard 30 Vdc 2 amp resistive
Electronic reversing Standard One–analog output programmable 0–20 mA, RL max. 500 ohms 10 bits ±2%
40
Dynamic braking Optional configurable w/jumper
DC braking Standard
40
PID set point controller Programmable
I/O Specifications for Control/Communication Options 40
Critical speed lockout Standard
Current (torque) limit Standard 40
Analog voltage, input 0–±10V, Ri ≥200 kilohms
Adjustable acceleration/deceleration Standard
Linear or S curve accel/decel Standard
Analog current, input 0 (4)–20 mA, Ri = 250 ohms 40
Digital input 24V: “0” ≤10V, “1” ≥18V, Ri >5 kilohms
Jog at preset speed Standard
Auxiliary voltage 24V (±20%), max. 50 mA 40
Thread/preset speeds 7
Reference voltage 10V ±3%, max. 10 mA
Automatic restart Selectable
Analog current, output 0 (4)–20 mA, RL = 500 kilohms, resolution
40
Coasting motor start Standard 10 bit, accuracy ≤±2%
Coast or ramp stop selection Standard Analog voltage, output 0 (2)–10V, RL ≥1 kilohm, resolution
40
Elapsed time meter Optional 10 bit, accuracy ≤±2%
Carrier frequency adjustment 1–16 kHz Relay output max. switching voltage 300 Vdc, 250 Vac
40
Relay output max. switching load 3A/24 Vdc, 300 Vdc, 250 Vac
Standard Conditions for Application and Service
Relay output max. continuous load 2A rms
40
Maximum operating ambient 0–50°C up to FR9
temperature 0–40°C FR10 and larger, consult factory for 50°C
rating above FR9
Thermistor input Rtrip = 4.7 kohms 40
Storage temperature –40 to 60°C Note
Humidity (maximum), noncondensing 95%

For applications above 3A consult instruction manual. 40
Altitude (maximum without derate) 3300 ft (1000m) 40
Line voltage variation +10/–15%
Line frequency variation 45–66 Hz 40
Efficiency >95%
Power factor (displacement) 0.99+
40
Power factor (apparent) 0.99
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40

CPX9000 Drives
Wiring Diagrams
40
40 Power Diagram Up to FR9 Power Diagram Up to FR9 with Bypass
40 Circuit HMCP
Breaker
40
Input Inverter Input
40 Fusing
Inverter Input
Contactor I
I Contactor Input
40 Fusing
18-Pulse
Transformer
40 18-Pulse
Transformer
40 18-Pulse
Diode Bridge 18-Pulse
Optional
(IT.)
Reduced
Diode Bridge Voltage Starter
40
9000X
40 Drive 9000X
Drive
Mechanical
40 Interlock
Output M L Bypass
Contactor Contactor
40 Motor
40 Overload
40
Motor
40
40 Power Diagram FR10 and Larger Power Diagram FR10 and Larger with Bypass
40 HMCP
Circuit
Breaker
40
Inverter Input
I
40 Input
Contactor
Fusing Input
40 Fusing
(IT.)
18-Pulse Optional
18-Pulse Reduced
40 Transformer Transformer Voltage Starter
Pre-charge Pre-charge
40 Complete
Contactor
Complete
Contactor
40 6-Pulse
Diode Bridge
6-Pulse
Diode Bridge
40 9000X
12-Pulse Drive 9000X
40 12-Pulse Drive
Mechanical
Interlock
40 Output M
Contactor
L Bypass
Contactor
40 Motor
40 Overload
40 Motor
40

CPX9000 Drives
40.7
Dimensions
40
Enclosure Size 7 40
25–150 hp IL and 25–125 hp IH 480V—25–100 hp IL and 25–75 hp IH 575V 40
Exhaust Air 4.79
(121.7) 40
20.00
(508.0)
For
Cable
15.00 40
(381.0)
Entry
40
26.25
(666.8) Hinged
2.00
(50.8)
40
Side Door 10.00
Clearance at 90º (254.0) 40
Top View
4.00 (101.6) Minimum

40
40
40
Keypad
40
With Circuit Breaker
When Specified
40
Operator Elements 40
When Specified, Mounted
On These Panels
40
84.37
(2143.0)
90.00
93.92
(2385.6)
Door Handle
(key-lock optional)
40
(2286.0)
40
40
40
40
40
Quarter Turn Latch
(three places)
40
15.50 30.00 40
(393.7) ø0.56 (ø14.2) Dia. (762.0)
21.50
Mounting Holes
(five places) Opening For Bottom
40
(546.1) Cable Entry
14.90
40
Side View (378.5) 10.50
18.75
(476.3)
4.25 (266.7) 40
(107.9)
7.00
5.75
(146.1) (177.8) 40
1.75
Finish: Enclosure—ANSI 61 Gray (light) (44.5) 24.45 40
12 ga. = 0.1046 Cold Rolled Steel 28.05
(712.5) 40
Bottom View
40

CPX9000 Drives

40
Enclosure Size 8
40 200–250 hp IL and 150–200 hp IH 480V—125–200 hp IL and 100–150 hp IH 575V
40 1.25 31.00
(31.8) (787.4)
40
8.25
40 (209.6)
40
40 For Top
Cable Entry
(two places)
40 Top View
40 4.00 (101.6) Minimum

40
40
40
40
Drive
40 Circuit Breaker
40
40 90.00 84.37
93.50
(2374.9)
(2286.0) (2143.0)
40
Door Handle
40 (key-lock optional)
40
40
40
40
40 24.00 21.45
(544.8)
21.31
(541.3)
(609.6) 48.00
40 Side View
(1219.2)
For Bottom
Cable Entry
40 9.50
(241.3) 12.50
40 22.47 32.20 (317.5)
(570.7) (817.9)
13.97
40 (354.8) 7.73
5.48 ø0.56
(196.3) (139.2)
(ø14.2)
40 Finish: Enclosure—ANSI 61 Gray (light)
Material: Enclosure and Backplate— 3.01 (76.5)
(five places)
12 ga. = 0.1046 Cold Rolled Steel 37.47 (951.7)
40 45.22 (1148.6)
Bottom View
40

CPX9000 Drives
40.7
40
Enclosure Size 9
300–400 hp IL and 250–350 hp IH 480V—250–400 hp IL and 200–300 hp IH 575V
40
43.50 (1104.9) 40
1.50 (38.1)
8.75 40
(222.3)
7.46 x 15.00
(189.5 x 381.0) 40
Access in Top
(two places) 40
40
90° Max. 90° Max.
Door Door
27.36
(694.9)
Opening Opening
27.06
40
(687.3)
29.05
(737.9)
40
Top View 40
4.00 (101.6) Minimum
40
40
40
40
40
93.50
40
(2374.9) Drive
Circuit Breaker
40
40
90.00
(2286.0)
Door Handle
40
(key-lock optional)
40
Access
Plate
(4 places)
40
40
40
24.00 (609.6) 60.00 (1524.0)
25.14 (638.6) Front View
8.50 x 12.00 (215.9 x 304.8) 40
Side View 32.72 (831.1) Bottom Access
ø0.56 (ø14.2) Dia.
Mounting Hole 40
(five places)
25.00
(635.0)
40
18.84
Finish: Enclosure—ANSI 61 Gray (light)

(478.5)
11.93
40
8.20 (303.0)
12 ga. = 0.1046 Cold Rolled Steel 40
2.00 (50.8) 22.90 (581.7)
46.30 (1176.0) 40
54.90 (1394.5)
Bottom View
40

CPX9000 Drives

40
Enclosure Size 10
40 500–600 hp IL and 400–500 hp IH 480V—500–600 hp IL and 400–500 hp IH 575V
40 15.63
(397.0)
40 9.03
(229.4)
40
40
21.00 x 10.00
(533.4 x 254.0)
40 Access in Top
40 Top View
4.00 (101.6) Minimum
40 Free Air Space Required
40 Flanged
Disconnect
Supplied with
40 Circuit Breaker
When Specified
40
Keypad
40 Door Handle
Operator (key-lock optional)
40 Elements
When
Specified,
Mounted
40 93.50
on These
Panels
(2374.9)
40 90.00
(2286.0)
40 84.37
(2143.0)
Quarter-Turn
40 Latch (four places)
40
40 Intake Ventilating
Slots (filtered on
Type 12)
40
40 30.50 (774.7)
35.75 (908.1) 35.75 (908.1)
80.00 (2032.0)
Front View
40 31.75 (806.5)
Side View
15.64 21.00 x 10.00 (533.4 x 254.0)
(397.3) Bottom Access
40
40
40 29.04
(737.6) 17.79
4.87 (451.9)
40 (123.7)
40 2.00 (50.8)
38.00 (965.2)
40 Finish: Enclosure – ANSI 61 Gray (light)
42.02 (1067.3)
Material: Enclosure and Backplate— 78.02 (1981.7)
40 12 ga. = 0.1046 Cold Rolled Steel Bottom View

CPX9000 Drives
40.7
40
Enclosure Size F Type 3R Drives
25–250 hp IL and 25–200 hp IH 480V—25–200 hp IL and 25–150 hp IH 575V Type 3R Drives
40
60.00 (1524.0) 37.50 (952.5) 40
18.00 x 8.50
(457.2 x 215.9) 40
Exhaust Air Side Access
Venting Slots
40
Enclosure Flanged
Door Stop Disconnect
Supplied with
40
Keypad Located Circuit Breaker
Inside Locking When Specified 40
Enclosure Door Key Locking
Three-Position
Operator Elements Latch 40
When Specified, 93.50
Mounted Inside
Locking Enclosure Door
Filtered
Intake Air
(2374.9) 40
Ventilating
Slots 40
25.84
40
35.75 (908.0)
(656.2) Exhaust Air
48.00 (1219.2)
29.58 Venting Slots 40
(751.2)
18.00 x 8.50
(457.2 x 215.9) 40
Bottom Access
40
29.32
(744.7)
9.08
40
(230.5)
3.11 (78.9) 40
6.82 37.43 (950.7)
(173.3) 45.32 (1151.1) 40
40
CPX9000 Enclosure Dimensions
Enclosure
Size Width Height Depth
Approx. Shipping
Weight in Lbs (kg)
40
7 30.00 (762.0) 90.00 (2286.0) 21.50 (546.1) 1000 (454) 40
8 48.00 (1219.2) 90.00 (2286.0) 26.14 (664.0) 1400 (636)
9 60.00 (1524.0) 90.00 (2286.0) 25.74 (653.8) 1800 (817) 40
10 80.00 (2032.0) 90.00 (2286.0) 31.75 (806.5) 2100 (953)
11 120.00 (3048.0) 90.00 (2286.0) 25.74 (653.8) 2500 (1,135)
40
F 60.00 (1524.0) 93.50 (2374.9) 37.50 (952.5) 2500 (1,135)
40
Notes
Enclosure sizes accommodate drive and options, including bypass and disconnect. 40
For other power options, consult your Eaton representative.
Consult factory. Limited power options available.
Enclosure size 11 consists of two of the enclosure size 9.
40
All Type 3R drives use the Size F enclosure.
40
40
40
40
40

LCX9000 Drives
LCX9000 Liquid Cooled Adjustable Frequency Drives Contents

40 Description Page
40 LCX9000 Drives
Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227
Wiring Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 230
40 Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232
40
40
40
40
40
40 Standards and
Product Description Features and Benefits Certifications
40 The LCX9000 Liquid Cooled ● Compact size and low ● CE mark ensures ● CE
Drive family continues heat transfer rates allow compliance with the
40 Eaton’s tradition of providing enclosure size to be greatly Electromagnetic
state-of-the-industry reduced, which is especially Compatibility Directive
40 products, by taking advantage beneficial in UL Type 4X (EMC) and the Low Voltage
of liquid cooling technology in applications Directive (LVD)
40 lieu of air-cooling techniques. ● Design is modular, with ● Reliable drive with over
control and power 500,000 hours MTBF
The LCX9000 drives are based on MIL 217
40 liquid-cooled products that modules independent of
each other. Connection
utilize potable water or a
● Currently supports
between power and DeviceNet, PROFIBUS-DP,
40 water-glycol mixture as a
control modules can be Modbus RTU and Modbus
cooling medium.
direct or extended via a TCP communication
40 fiber optic cable protocols
● Same reliable control ● Separately mounted line
40 module and operating reactor included with AC
system as the SPX9000 fed models
40 air-cooled drives
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40

LCX9000 Drives
40.8
40
LCX9000 Liquid Cooled Adjustable Frequency Drives
40
LCX 016 A 0 – 4 A 3 B 2 _ _ _ _ _ _
40
Product Family Options
LCX = High performance, liquid-cooled drive List options in alphabetical order.
40
Extended I/O Card Options
A3 = 2 RO, therm 40
A4 = Encoder low volt +5V/15V/24V
Current Rating
480V
A5 = Encoder high volt +15V/24V
A7 = Dual encoder +15V/24V
40
016 = 16A 385 = 385A A8 = 6 DI, 1 DO, 2 AI, 1AO
022 = 22A 460 = 460A AE = Encoder with 2 DOs
40
031 = 31A 520 = 520A Software Series
038 = 38A
045 = 45A
590 = 590A
650 = 650A
A = Standard
B4 = 1 AI (mA isolated), 2 AO (mA isolated), 40
061 = 61A 730 = 730A 1 ext +24 Vdc/EXT + 24 Vdc
072 = 72A
087 = 87A
820 = 820A
920 = 920A Enclosure Rating
B5 = 3 RO (NO)
40
105 = 105A H10 = 1030A 0 = Open chassis B9 = 1 RO (NO), 5 DI 42–240 Vac input
140 = 140A H11 = 1150A BB = SPI, absolute encoder 40
168 = 168A H13 = 1370A Communication Cards
205 = 205A
261 = 261A
H16 = 1640A
H20 = 2060A
CA = Johnson Controls N2
CI = Modbus TCP
40
300 = 300A H23 = 2300A Voltage Rating C2 = Modbus
690V 4 = 380–500V
5 = 520–690V
C3 = Profibus DP
C4 = LonWorks
40
170 = 170A 590 = 590A
C5 = Profibus DP (D9 Connector)
208 = 208A
261 = 261A
650 = 650A
750 = 750A C6 = CANopen (Slave) 40
325 = 325A 820 = 820A C7 = DeviceNet
385 = 385A
416 = 416A
H10 = 1030A
H11 = 1180A
Keypad
A = Alphanumeric
C8 = Modbus (D9 Type Connector)
D1 = Adapter
40
460 = 460A H13 = 1300A D2 = Adapter
502 = 502A H15 = 1500A D3 = RS-232 with D9 Connection 40
Input Options
3 = Three-phase, EMC T Board Modifications
40
7 = DC Input 2 = Varnished boards
40
Brake Chopper Options 40
N = No brake chopper circuit
B = Internal brake chopper
40
Note
Brake chopper is only available in 480V CH3 drives. 40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40

LCX9000 Drives
Product Selection
40
40 LCX9000 Liquid Cooled 380–500 Vac Liquid Cooled Drives
Drives Motor Output
40 Current
Thermal, Ith (A) IL (A) IH (A) kW Chassis Catalog Number
40
16 15 11 7.5 CH3 LCX016A0-4A3N2
40 22 20 15 11 CH3 LCX022A0-4A3N2
31 28 21 15 CH3 LCX031A0-4A3N2
40 38 35 25 18.5 CH3 LCX038A0-4A3N2
45 41 30 22 CH3 LCX045A0-4A3N2
40 61 55 41 30 CH3 LCX061A0-4A3N2
40 72 65 48 37 CH4 LCX072A0-4A3N2
87 79 58 45 CH4 LCX087A0-4A3N2
40 105 95 70 55 CH4 LCX105A0-4A3N2
140 127 93 75 CH4 LCX140A0-4A3N2
40 168 153 112 90 CH5 LCX168A0-4A3N2
205 186 137 110 CH5 LCX205A0-4A3N2
40 261 237 174 132 CH5 LCX261A0-4A3N2
40 300 273 200 160 CH61 LCX300A0-4A3N2

385 350 257 200 CH61 LCX385A0-4A3N2
40 460 418 307 250 CH72 LCX460A0-4A3N2
520 473 347 250 CH72 LCX520A0-4A3N2
40 590 536 393 315 CH72 LCX590A0-4A3N2
650 591 433 355 CH72 LCX650A0-4A3N2
40
730 664 487 400 CH72 LCX730A0-4A3N2
40 820 745 547 450 CH63 LCX820A0-4A3N2

920 836 613 500 CH63 LCX920A0-4A3N2
40 1030 936 687 560 CH63 LCXH10A0-4A3N2
1150 1045 766 600 CH63 LCXH11A0-4A3N2
40 1370 1245 913 700 CH74 LCXH13A0-4A3N2
40 1640 1491 1093 900 CH74 LCXH16A0-4A3N2

2060 1873 1373 1100 CH74 LCXH20A0-4A3N2
40 2300 2091 1533 1200 CH74 LCXH23A0-4A3N2
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40

LCX9000 Drives
40.8
LCX9000 Liquid Cooled 525–690 Vac Liquid Cooled Drives
Drives Motor Output
40
Current
Thermal, Ith (A) IL (A) IH (A) kW Chassis Catalog Number
40
170 155 113 110 CH61 LCX170A0-5A3N2
40
208 189 139 132 CH61 LCX208A0-5A3N2
261 237 174 160 CH72 LCX261A0-5A3N2 40
325 295 217 200 CH72 LCX325A0-5A3N2
385 350 257 250 CH72 LCX385A0-5A3N2 40
416 378 277 250 CH72 LCX416A0-5A3N2
460 418 307 300 CH72 LCX460A0-5A3N2
40
502 456 335 355 CH72 LCX502A0-5A3N2 40
590 536 393 400 CH63 LCX590A0-5A3N2
650 591 433 450 CH63 LCX650A0-5A3N2 40
750 682 500 500 CH63 LCX750A0-5A3N2
820 745 547 560 CH74 LCX820A0-5A3N2 40
920 836 613 650 CH74 LCX920A0-5A3N2
1030 936 687 700 CH74 LCXH10A0-5A3N2
40
1180 1073 787 800 CH74 LCXH11A0-5A3N2 40
1300 1182 867 900 CH74 LCXH13A0-5A3N2
1500 1364 1000 1000 CH74 LCXH15A0-5A3N2 40
40
540–675 Vdc Liquid Cooled Inverter Units
Drive Output 40
Current Motor Output Power Power Loss
Thermal Rated Cont. Rated Cont. Optimum Motor Optimum Motor c/a/T 40
Ith (A) IL (A) IH (A) at Ith 400V (kW) at Ith 500V (kW) (kW) Chassis Catalog Number
16 15 11 7.5 11 0.4/0.2/0.6 CH3 LCX016A0-4A7B2 40
22 20 15 11 15 0.5/0.2/0.7 CH3 LCX022A0-4A7B2
31 28 21 15 18.5 0.7/0.2/0.9 CH3 LCX031A0-4A7B2
40
38 35 25 18.5 22 0.8/0.2/1.0 CH3 LCX038A0-4A7B2
40
45 41 30 22 30 1.0/0.3/1.3 CH3 LCX045A0-4A7B2
61 55 41 30 37 1.3/0.3/1.5 CH3 LCX061A0-4A7B2 40
72 65 48 37 45 1.2/0.3/1.5 CH4 LCX072A0-4A7N2
87 79 58 45 55 1.5/0.3/1.8 CH4 LCX087A0-4A7N2 40
105 95 70 55 75 1.8/0.3/2.1 CH4 LCX105A0-4A7N2
140 127 93 75 90 2.3/0.3/2.6 CH4 LCX140A0-4A7N2
40
168 153 112 90 110 2.5/0.3/2.8 CH5 LCX168A0-4A7N2 40
205 186 137 110 132 3.0/0.4/3.4 CH5 LCX205A0-4A7N2
261 237 174 132 160 4.0/0.4/4.4 CH5 LCX261A0-4A7N2 40
300 273 200 160 200 4.5/0.4/4.9 CH61 LCX300A0-4A7N2
385 350 257 200 250 5.5/0.5/6.0 CH61 LCX385A0-4A7N2
40
460 418 307 250 315 5.5/0.5/6.0 CH62 LCX460A0-4A7N2
40
520 473 347 250 355 6.5/0.5/7.0 CH62 LCX520A0-4A7N2
590 536 393 315 400 7.5/0.6/8.1 CH62 LCX590A0-4A7N2 40
40
40
40
40

LCX9000 Drives
LCX9000 Liquid Cooled 540–675 Vdc Liquid Cooled Inverter Units, continued
40 Drives Drive Output
Current Motor Output Power
40 Thermal Rated Cont. Rated Cont. Optimum Motor Optimum Motor
Power Loss
c/a/T
Ith (A) IL (A) IH (A) at Ith 400V (kW) at Ith 500V (kW) (kW) Chassis Catalog Number
40 650 591 433 355 450 8.5/0.6/9.1 CH62 LCX650A0-4A7N2
730 664 487 400 500 10.0/0.7/10.7 CH62 LCX730A0-4A7N2
40
820 745 547 450 560 12.5/0.8/13.3 CH63 LCX820A0-4A7N2
40 920 836 613 500 600 14.4/0.9/15.3 CH63 LCX920A0-4A7N2

1030 936 687 560 700 16.5/1.0/17.5 CH63 LCXH10A0-4A7N2
40 1150 1045 766 600 750 18.4/10.1/19.5 CH63 LCXH11A0-4A7N2
1370 1245 913 700 900 15.5/1.0/16.5 CH64 LCXH13A0-4A7N2
40 1640 1491 1093 900 1100 19.5/1.2/20.7 CH64 LCXH16A0-4A7N2
40 2060 1873 1373 1100 1400 26.5/1.5/28.0 CH64 LCXH20A0-4A7N2

2300 2091 1533 1250 1500 29.6/1.7/31.3 CH64 LCXH23A0-4A7N2
40 2470 2245 1647 1300 1600 36.0/2.0/38.0 2*CH64 LCXH24A0-4A7N2
2950 2681 1967 1550 1950 39.0/2.4/41.4 2*CH64 LCXH29A0-4A7N2
40 3710 3372 2473 1950 2450 48.0/2.7/50.7 2*CH64 LCXH37A0-4A7N2
4140 3763 2760 2150 2700 53.0/3.0/66.0 2*CH64 LCXH41A0-4A7N2
40
40 710–930 Vdc Liquid Cooled Inverter Unit
40 Drive Output
Current Motor Output Power Power Loss
Thermal Rated Cont. Rated Cont. Optimum Motor Optimum Motor c/a/T
40 Ith (A) IL (A) IH (A) at Ith 400V (kW) at Ith 500V (kW) (kW) Chassis Catalog Number
170 155 113 110 160 4.5/0.2/4.7 CH61 LCX170A0-5A7N2
40
208 189 139 132 200 5.5/0.3/5.8 CH61 LCX208A0-5A7N2
40 261 237 174 160 250 5.5/0.3/5.8 CH61 LCX261A0-5A7N2

325 295 217 200 300 6.5/0.3/6.8 CH62 LCX325A0-5A7N2
40 385 350 257 250 355 7.5/0.4/7.9 CH62 LCX385A0-5A7N2
416 378 277 250 355 8.0/0.4/8.4 CH62 LCX416A0-5A7N2
40 460 418 307 300 400 8.5/0.4/8.9 CH62 LCX460A0-5A7N2
40 502 456 335 355 450 10.0/0.5/10.5 CH62 LCX502A0-5A7N2

590 536 393 400 560 10.0/0.5/10.5 CH63 LCX590A0-5A7N2
40 650 591 433 450 600 13.5/0.7/14.2 CH63 LCX650A0-5A7N2
750 682 500 500 700 16.0/0.8/16.8 CH63 LCX750A0-5A7N2
40 820 745 547 560 800 16.0/0.8/16.8 CH64 LCX820A0-5A7N2
920 836 613 650 850 18.0/0.9/18.9 CH64 LCX920A0-5A7N2
40 1030 936 687 700 1000 19.0/1.0/20.0 CH64 LCXH10A0-5A7N2
40 1180 1073 787 800 1100 21.0/10.1/20.1 CH64 LCXH11A0-5A7N2

1300 1182 867 900 1200 27.0/1.4/28.4 CH64 LCXH13A0-5A7N2
40 1500 1364 1000 1050 1400 32.0/1.6/33.6 CH64 LCXH15A0-5A7N2
1700 1545 1133 1150 1550 N/A CH64 LCXH17A0-5A7N2
40 1850 1682 1233 1250 1650 34.2/1.8/36.0 2*CH64 LCXH18A0-5A7N2
2120 1927 1413 1450 1900 37.8/2.0/39.8 2*CH64 LCXH21A0-5A7N2
40 2340 2127 1560 1600 2100 48.6/2.5/51.1 2*CH64 LCXH23A0-5A7N2
40 2700 2455 1800 1850 2450 57.6/3.0/60.6 2*CH64 LCXH27A0-5A7N2

3100 2818 2066 2150 2800 N/A 2*CH64 LCXH31A0-5A7N2
40
40
40

LCX9000 Drives
40.8
Options
40
The 9000X Series drives can accommodate a wide selection of expander and adapter option boards to 40
customize the drive for your application needs. The drive’s control unit is designed to accept a total of
five option boards. 40
Option Boards Option Board Kits 40
Field Factory
Installed Installed SVX Ready Programs 40
Option Kit Description Locations Number Designator Basic Remote Standard MSS PID Multi-P. PFC 40
Standard I/O Cards
B C
D E 2 RO (NC-NO) B OPTA2 — ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ 40
A
2 ext +24 Vdc/EXT +24 Vdc 40
Extended I/O Cards
2 RO, therm B OPTA3 A3 — ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ 40
Encoder low Volt +5V/15V/24V C OPTA4 A4 — ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Encoder high Volt +15V/24V C OPTA5 A5 — ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

40
Dual encoder +15V/24V C OPTA7 A7 — ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
6 DI, 1 DO, 2 AI, 1 AO A OPTA8 A8 — ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

40
3 DI (encoder 10–24V), out +15V/+24V,
C OPTAE AE ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
40
6 DI, 1 ext +24 Vdc/EXT +24 Vdc B, C, D, E OPTB1 B1 — — — — — ■ ■
40
1 AI (mA isolated), 2 AO (mA isolated),

B, C, D, E OPTB4 B4 — ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ 40
3 RO (NO) B, C, D, E OPTB5 B5 — — — — — ■ ■
40
SPI, absolute encoder C OPTBB BB — — — — — — —
Communication Cards 40
Modbus D, E OPTC2 C2 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Johnson Controls N2 D, E OPTC2 CA — — — — — — — 40

40
40
DeviceNet D, E OPTC7 C7 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ 40
Modbus (D9 Type connector) D, E OPTC8 C8 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Modbus TCP D, E OPTCI CI ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ 40


40
Keypad
40
9000X Series standard keypad — KEYPAD-
STD
— — — — — — — ■
40
9000X Series remote mount keypad unit — OPTRMT- — — — — — — — —
(keypad not included, includes 10 ft cable, KIT-9000X 40
keypad holder, mounting hardware)
Notes
40
Option card must be installed in one of the slots listed for that card. Slot indicated in bold is the preferred location. 40
40

LCX9000 Drives
Line Reactors
40 The line reactor carries out reactor is needed as an against harmonics. The line
several functions in the liquid essential component for reactors are included in the
40 cooled drive. Connection of motor control, to protect the standard delivery of liquid-
the line reactor is necessary input and DC-link components cooled drives (not inverters).
40 except if you have a against abrupt changes of However, you can also order
component in your system current and voltage as well as your drive without a line
40 that performs the same tasks to function as a protection reactor.
(e.g. a transformer). The line
40
Line Reactor Specifications
40 Drive Rating Drive Rating
Thermal
Current
Nominal
Inductance
Calculated
Loss
Choke
Catalog Number
480V 690V (A) (μH) A/B (W) (690 Vac)
40 16 to 22A 12 to 23A 23 1900 145 CHK0023N6A0
40 31 to 38A 31 to 38A 38 1100 170 CHK0038N6A0

45 to 61A 46 to 62A 62 700 210 CHK0062N6A0
40 72 to 87A 72 to 87A 87 480 250 CHK0087N6A0
105 to 140A 105 to 140A 145 290 380 CHK0145N6A0
40 168 to 261A 170 to 261A 261 139/187 460 CHK0261N6A0
40 300 to 385A 325 to 385A

820 to 1180A
400 90/126 570 CHK0400N6A0
460 to 520A 416 to 502A 520 65/95 610 CHK0520N6A0

40 1370A 1300 to 1500A
590 to 650A 590 to 650A 650 51/71 840 CHK0650N6A0
40 1640A
730A — 730 45/61 850 CHK0730N6A0
40 2060A
820A 750A N/A N/A N/A CHK0820N6A0
40 2300A
920 to 1030A — 1000 30/41 950 CHK1030N6A0
40 1150A — 1150 26/36 1000 CHK1150N6A0
Dimensions, see Page 232.
40
Notes
40 Inductances for different supply voltages: A = 400–480 Vac; B = 500–690 Vac.
Drives require three chokes of the designated catalog number with six-pulse supply.
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40

LCX9000 Drives
40.8
40
LCX9000 Products
40
General Specifications Ambient Conditions 40
Line voltage 400 to 500 Vac; 525 to 690 Vac; (–10% to 10%) Ambient operating temperature 14°F (–10°C), no frost to 122°F (50°C) at Ith
465 to 800 Vdc; 640 to 1100 Vdc; (–0 to 0%) 122 to 158°F (50 to 70°C), derating required
40
Frequency 50/60 Hz Storage temperature –40°F to 158°F (–40 to 70°C)
Line voltage variation –10% to 10%
No liquid in heatsink under 32°F (0°C)
40
Relative humidity 5–96% RH, noncondensing, no dripping water
Input frequency variation 45–66 Hz
Continuous output current Rated current at incoming cooling liquid
Air quality Chemical vapors:
IEC 721-3-3, unit in operation, class 3C2
40
temperature of 30°C Mechanical particles:
Output frequency 0–320 Hz IEC 721-3-3, unit in operation, class 3S2 (no conductive 40
dust allowed); No corrosive gases
Drive efficiency >95%
Power factor (displacement) 0.96
Altitude Up to 1,000m: 100% load capacity (no derating) 40
Above 1,000m: Derating of 1% per each 100m required
Liquid coolant pressure 87 psi (6 bar) maximum Vibration EN 50178, EN 60068-2-6; 5–150 Hz
Displacement amplitude: 0.25 mm (peak) at 3–31 Hz
40
Liquid coolant flow rate 1.3 to 7.9 gal./min. (5 to 30 liter/min.)
Max. acceleration amplitude: 1G at 31–150 Hz
minimum depending on drive size
Shock EN 50178, EN 60068-2-27, UPS drop test
40
Liquid coolant fittings Standard quick connect, NPT
(for applicable UPS weights)
Operating ambient temperature –10/50°C Storage and shipping: Max. 15G, 11 ms (in package) 40
Storage temperature –40/70°C Enclosure class IP00 open frame standard in entire kW/hp range
Humidity 95% maximum (non-condensing) EMC
40
Altitude 3300 ft (1000 m) maximum without derating Immunity Fulfils all EMC immunity requirements
Enclosure IP00 Emissions EMC level N; EMC level T for IT networks
40
Warranty Standard terms, 3 years with certified start-up Safety 40
Mains Connection Approvals EN 50178, EN 60204-1, CE, UL, CUL, FI,
Input voltage (Vin) 400–500 Vac; 525–690 Vac; (–10%–10%) GOST R, IEC 61800-5
(See unit nameplate for more detailed approvals.)
40
465–800 Vdc; 640–1100 Vdc; (–0–0%)
Input frequency (fin) 45–66Hz Control Connections
40
Connection to mains Once per minute or less (normal case) Analog input voltage 0 to +10V, Ri = 200 kohm (–10V to +10V joystick control)
Resolution 0.1%; accuracy ±1%
Motor Connection 40
Analog input current 0(4)–20 mA, Ri = 250 ohm differential
Output voltage 0–Vin
Continuous output current Rated current at nominal inflow cooling water
Digital inputs 6 positive or negative logic; 18–24 Vdc 40
temperature of 30°C; Overload 2 sec./20 sec. Auxiliary voltage +24V, ±15%, max. 250 mA
Starting current Rated current at 2 sec./20 sec. if output frequency Output reference voltage +10V, +3%, max. load 10 mA 40
<30 Hz and temperature of heatsink <149°F (65°C) Analog output 0(4)–20 mA, RL max. 500 ohm
Output frequency 0–320 Hz (standard); 7200 Hz (special software) Resolution 10 bits; accuracy ±2% 40
Frequency resolution Application dependent Digital outputs Open collector output, 50 mA/48V
Control Characteristics Relay outputs Two programmable change-over relay outputs

40
Switching capacity: 24 Vdc/8A, 250 Vac/8A,
Control method Frequency control (V/f)
Open loop: Sensorless vector control
125 Vdc/0.4A
Min. switching load: 5V/10 mA
40
Closed loop: Frequency control
Closed loop: Vector control Note 40
Derating required if higher switching frequency than the default is used.
Switching frequency Adjustable with parameter 2.6.9
480V Up to and including 61-Amp size: 40
1–16 kHz (factory default, 10 kHz)
From 72-Amp size:
1–12 kHz (factory default, 3.6 kHz) 40
575V 1–6kHz (factory default, 1.5kHz)
Frequency reference Analog input: resolution 0.1% (10 bits); accuracy ±1%
40
Panel reference: resolution 0.01 Hz
Field weakening point 30–320 Hz
40
Acceleration time 0.1–3000 seconds
40
Deceleration time 0.1–3000 seconds
Braking torque DC brake: 30% x Tn (without brake option) 40
40

LCX9000 Drives
LCX9000 Products, continued

40 Protections Protections, continued

Overvoltage protection Overcurrent protection Yes
40 480V 911V Motor overload protection Yes
575V 1200V Motor stall protection Yes
40 Undervoltage protection Motor underload protection Yes
480V 333V
Short-circuit protection Yes (+24V and +10V reference voltages)
40 575V 461V
Liquid Cooling
Ground fault protection In case of ground fault in motor or motor cable,
40 only the drive is protected
Allowed cooling agents Drinking water
Water-glycol mixture
Mains supervision Trips if any of the input phases are missing (drives only)
40 Motor phase supervision Trips if any of the output phases are missing
Temperature of cooling agent 32 to 86°F (0 to 30°C) at Ith for input;
86 to 149°F (30 to 65°C)
Max. temperature rise during circulation: 9°F (5°C), no
40 Unit overtemperature protection
Alarm limit 149°F (65°C) for heatsink, 158°F (70°C) for circuit boards
condensation allowed
System max. working pressure 87 psi (6 bar)
40 Trip limit 158°F (70°C) for heatsink, 185°F (85°C) for circuit boards
System max. peak pressure 580 psi (40 bar)
Pressure loss (at nominal flow) Varies according to size
40
40
Wiring Diagrams
40 Cooling System Diagrams
40 Example of a Typical Cooling System
40
40 30.0°C 18.0°C
40
40
40 Heat
Exchanger
40
40
40
35.4°C 26.1°C
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40

LCX9000 Drives
40.8
Example PI-Diagram of a Typical Cooling System and Connections
40
Cooling Water Inlet
Frequency
Converters
40
40
40
40
40
Cooling Water Outlet
40
40
40
Customer Delivery
40
40
I/O Board Diagrams
40
A9 Option Board Control Wiring
Basic I/O Board A9

40
+10 V ref 1
AI1+ 2 Reference 40
(voltage)
GND 3 40
AI2+ 4
Reference
AI2- 5
(current) 40
24Vout 6 Control Voltage Output 40
GND 7
DIN1 8
40
DIN2 9 40
DIN3 10 24V
CMA 11
GND 40
24Vout 12 40
GND 13
DIN4 14
40
DIN5 15 40
DIN6 16 24V
CMB 17 GND 40
AO1+ 18 0 (4)/20mA 40
AO1- 19 RL<500Ω
DO1 20 + V<+48V
40
I<50mA
40
Dotted lines indicate the connections for inverted signals
40
40
40

LCX9000 Drives
A2 Option Board Wiring

40
Basic Relay Board A2
40 RO1/1 21
40 RO1/2 22
RL
RO1/3 23 AC / DC
40
RO2/1 24 Switching:
40 RO2/2 25
<8 A / 24 Vdc
<0.4 A / 125 Vdc
40 RO2/3 26
<8 A / 250 Vac
<2 Arms
Continuous
40
40
40 Dimensions
Line Reactors
40 Sizes Up To 61A Sizes Larger Than 61A
40 ZWY V X U Mains
40
40 H1
40
40 H1
W1
D1
40 Converters
40 W1 D1
40 Catalog Number H1 W1 D1
Weight
Lbs (kg)
40 CHK0023N6A0 7.01 (178) 9.06 (230) 4.76 (121) 22 (10)

CHK0038N6A0 8.23 (209) 10.63 (270) 5.71 (145) 33 (15)
40 CHK0062N6A0 8.39 (213) 11.81 (300) 6.30 (160) 44 (20)
CHK0087N6A0 9.13 (232) 11.81 (300) 6.69 (170) 57 (26)
40 CHK0145N6A0 11.50 (292) 11.81 (300) 7.28 (185) 82 (37)
40 CHK0220N6A0 12.05 (306) 13.86 (352) 7.28 (185) 119 (54)

CHK0325N6A0 13.66 (347) 13.86 (352) 7.28 (185) 132 (60)
40 CHK0460N6A0 16.54 (423) 13.70 (348) 9.41 (239) 203 (92)
CHK0520N6A0 17.60 (447) 15.51 (394) 10.71 (272) 231 (105)
40 CHK0590N6A0 20.43 (519) 15.51 (394) 10.71 (272) 276 (125)
CHK0650N6A0 20.51 (521) 15.51 (394) 10.71 (272) 276 (125)
40 CHK0750N6A0 24.72 (628) 15.51 (394) 11.10 (282) 331 (150)
40 CHK0820N6A0 24.72 (628) 15.51 (394) 11.10 (282) 331 (150)

CHK1000N6A0 22.68 (576) 19.57 (497) 11.85 (301) 441 (200)
40 CHK1150N6A0 22.83 (580) 19.57 (497) 11.85 (301) 441 (200)
40
40

LCX9000 Drives
40.8
40
LCX9000 Drives
Chassis Size, CH3 40
H2
W1
W2
R2 40
40
40
40
Top
H1
40
40
40
40
H3 W3 D1 Bottom 40
R1
Front Side 40
Weight
Voltage Amps H1 H2 H3 D1 W1 W2 W3 R1 Dia. R2 Dia. Lbs (kg)
40
380–500 Vac 16–61 16.97 0.53 0.59 9.69 6.30 4.80 4.80 0.39 0.35 66 (30)
(431.0) (13.5) (15.0) (246.0) (160.0) (122.0) (122.0) (10.0) (9.0)
40
Chassis Size, CH4
40
W1
R1
40
H2 W2
40
40
40
40
H1 Top
40
40
40
H3
40
W3 R1 D1
Right Side Front Left Side

Bottom 40
Weight
Voltage Amps H1 H2 H3 D1 W1 W2 W3 R1 Dia. R2 Dia. Lbs (kg) 40
380–500 Vac 72–140 19.41 0.49 1.77 10.14 7.60 3.35 5.24 0.39 — 77 (35)
(493.0) (12.5) (45.0) (257.5) (193.0) (85.0) (133.0) (10.0) 40
40
40
40

LCX9000 Drives

40
Chassis Size, CH5
40 W1
40 W2 R1
40
40
40
40 H1 H3 Top
40
40
40
40 H2
W3 R1 D1 Bottom
40 Front Side
Weight
40 Voltage Amps H1 H2 H3 D1 W1 W2 W3 R1 Dia. R2 Dia. Lbs (kg)
380–500 Vac 168–261 21.77 1.30 19.88 10.39 9.69 3.94 7.87 0.51 — 88 (40)
40 (553.0) (33.0) (505.0) (264.0) (246) (100.0) (200.0) (13.0)
40
Chassis Size, CH61
40 W1
40 R2 W2
40
40
40
H3
40 Top
H1
40
40
40 H2
40 R1
40 W3 D1
Bottom Right Side Front Left Side

40
Weight
40 Voltage Amps H1 H2 H3 D1 W1 W2 W3 R1 Dia. R2 Dia. Lbs (kg)
380–500 Vac 300–385 25.91 2.09 23.23 14.69 9.69 3.94 5.91 0.55 0.51 121 (55)
40 525–690 Vac 170–208
(658.0) (53.0) (590.0) (373.0) (246.0) (100.0) (150.0) (14.0) (13.0)
40

LCX9000 Drives
40.8
40
Liquid-Cooled Inverter—Chassis Size, CH62
W1
40
R2 W2
40
40
40
40
Top
H1 H3
40
40
40
H2
40
D1 W3 R1
40
Bottom Side Front 40
Voltage Amps H1 H2 H3 D1 W1 W2 W3 R1 Dia. R2 Dia.
540–675 Vdc 460–730 26.50 2.0 23.23 14.69 9.69 3.94 5.91 0.55 0.51
40
(673) (53) (590) (373) (246) (100) (150) (14) (13)
710–930 Vdc 325–502
40
Chassis Size, CH63
40
H2 40
40
40
40
40
H3 H1
Top 40
40
40
40
R1 W2 D1
40
W1
Bottom
40
Weight 40
Voltage Amps H1 H2 H3 D1 W1 W2 R1 Dia. Lbs (kg)
380–500 Vac 820–1030 36.36 0.91 34.39 15.35 19.88 13.98 0.43 264 (120) 40
(923.5) (23.0) (873.5) (390.0) (505.0) (355.0) (11.0)
525–690 Vac 590–750
40
40

LCX9000 Drives

40
Liquid-Cooled Inverter with Mounting Bracket, Chassis Size CH64, IP90
40
40
40
40
40
40 Bottom Top
40 H2
40
40
40
40
40 H3 H1
40
40
40
40
40
40 W2 W2 W2 R1
W1
40 D1

40 Voltage Amps H1 H2 H3 D1 W1 W2 R1 Dia.
40 540–675 Vdc 1370–4140 36.38

(924)
1.03
(26)
34.37
(873)
15.35
(390)
29.37
(746)
7.87
(200)
0.43
(11)
710–930 Vdc 820–3100
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40

LCX9000 Drives
40.8
40
Chassis Size, CH72
W1 R1 40
40
40
40
40
Top
H3 H1
40
40
40
40
40
Bottom
40
H2 W1 R2 D1 40
Front Side
Weight
40
Voltage Amps H1 H2 H3 D1 W1 R1 Dia. R2 Dia. Lbs (kg)
380–500 Vac 460–730 42.38 1.57 39.37 14.65 7.87 0.55 0.51 198 (90)
40
(1076.5) (40.0) (1000.0) (372.0) (200.0) (14.0) (13.0)
525–690 Vac 261–502
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40

LCX9000 Drives

40
Chassis Size, CH74
40 R2
40
40
40
40
40
40 Top
H1 H3
40
40
40
40
40
40 Bottom
H2
40 W2 W3 R1 D1
W4 W4
W1
40
Front Side
40 Weight
Voltage Amps H1 H2 H3 D1 W1 W2 W3 W4 R1 Dia. R2 Dia. Lbs (kg)
40 380–500 Vac 1370–2300 42.38 1.57 39.37 14.65 29.06 0.91 7.87 9.69 0.51 0.55 617 (280)
(1076.5) (40.0) (1000.0) (372.0) (738.0) (23.0) (200.0) (246) (13.0) (14.0)
525–690 Vac 820–1500
40
40 Control Unit
40 D1
D2
H2
40
40
40 H1 H3
40
Bottom
40
40 W1
Front Side Back
40 H1 H2 H3 D1 D2 W1
40 12.93
(328.5)
0.33
(8.5)
11.81
(300.0)
2.95
(75.0)
0.33
(8.5)
5.75
(146.0)
40

SPA9000/SPN9000/SPI9000 Common DC Bus Drive Products
40.9
SPA9000/SPN9000/SPI9000 Common DC Bus Drive Products Contents
Description Page
40
SPA9000/SPN9000/SPI9000 40
Common DC Bus Drive Products
Application Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240 40
Product Comparison . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240
Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241 40
Catalog Number Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241 40
Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243
Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246 40
Wiring Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249 40
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250
40
40
40
Product Description 40
Eaton offers a comprehensive Front-End Units Inverter Unit 40
range of common DC bus The front-end units convert a The SPN (non-regenerative The SPI9000 Inverter Unit is a
drive products. The product mains AC voltage and current front-end) unit is a uni- bidirectional DC-fed power
family covers a number of into a DC voltage and current. directional (motoring) power inverter for the supply and
40
front-end units and inverter The power is transferred converter for the front-end control of AC motors. The
units in the entire power from the mains to a common of a common DC bus drive inverter is supplied from a 40
range from 1-1/2 to 2000 DC bus (and, in certain cases, line-up. The device operates common DC bus drive line-
horsepower at 460V and
690V. The drive components
vice versa). as a diode bridge using diode/ up. A charging circuit is 40
thyristor components. A needed in case a connection
are built on the SPX9000 The SPA (active front-end)
technology. unit is a bidirectional
dedicated external choke is
used at the input. The unit
to a live DC bus is required.
The DC side charging circuit
40
(regenerative) power has the capacity to charge a is integrated up to 75 kW
converter for the front end common DC bus. This unit is (FR4–FR8) and external 40
of a common DC bus drive suitable as a rectifying device for higher power ratings
line up. An external LCL filter when a “normal” level of (FI9–FI14). 40
is used at the input. This unit harmonics is accepted and
is suitable in applications
where low mains harmonics
no regeneration to the mains 40
is required.
are required.
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40

40
The common DC bus product portfolio fulfills all solution demands with a flexible architecture.
40 Front end units are selected according to the level of harmonics and power requirements. Typical
drive system configurations are illustrated the following figures.
40 SPA + Inverters SPN + Inverters Combination Configuration
40 Active
Front End
Non-regenerative
Front End
Non-regenerative
Front End
Active
Front End
(SPA) (SPN) (SPN) Alternative (SPA) Alternative
40 3 3 3 3
40
2 2 2 2
40 Common DC Bus
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
40
40 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
Inverter Inverter Inverter Inverter Inverter Inverter Inverter Inverter
40 ● Low harmonics, -Pmains ● Low total mains power, Common DC bus

≈ +Pmains/Pmains ≤∑PINU Pmains ≤∑PINU components are used in a
40 ● Suitable for almost every ● Suitable e.g. for small
multitude of combinations.
Drives which are braking can
application processing line with transfer the energy directly to
40 un- and recoiler, em-stop the drives in motoring mode.
coasting
40
40 Product Comparison
40 Advantages over Conventional Front Ends
Eaton Front Ends vs. Conventional
40 Non-Regenerative Active Conventional
Front End Front End Regenerative Front End
40 Input device Choke (L) Filter (LCL) Choke or auto-transformer (L)
40 Bridge type Diode/thyristor bridge IGBT bridge, two-level type Anti-parallel connected thyristor bridge
Type of operation Controlled half-bridge High frequency modulation Firing angle controlled
40 (1.5 to 3.6 kHz)
Direction of power Motoring Motoring and regenerating Motoring and regenerating
40 Charging Constant current External required Usually internal
DC voltage Nominal (approx. 1.35 Stable at +10% of nominal Lowered DC voltage for commutation margin
40 alternative UN) (approx. 110% of 1.35
alternative UN)
(e.g. 17% fi approx. 83% of 1.35 alternative UN) or
autotransformer on regenerative bridge
40 THD Similar to six-pulse bridge

normal <40%
Very low Similar to six-pulse bridge or worse
40 Note
Conventional regenerative front end (a.k.a. “anti-parallel thyristor bridge”) is not available from Eaton.
40
40
40
40
40
40
40

40.9
Features
40
Standard Features
SPI9000 SPA SPN
40
Feature FR4, 6, 7 FR8 FI9–FI14 FI9–FI14 FI9
40
IP00 — ■ ■ ■ ■
IP21 ■ — — — — 40
Air cooling ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Standard board ■ ■ ■ ■ 40
Varnished board — — — — —
Alphanumeric keypad ■ ■ ■ ■ —
40
EMC class T (EN 61800-3 for IT networks) ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
40
Safety CE/UL ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Input choke — — — — ■ 40
LCL filter — — — ■ —
No integrated charging — — ■ ■ — 40
Integrated charging (DC side) ■ ■ — — ■
Diode/thyristor rectifier — — — — ■
40
IGBT ■ ■ ■ ■ — 40
40
● CE 40
● UL
● cUL 40
● EN 61800-5-1 (2003)
40
40
40
40
Active Front End
40
SPA 205 A 0 – 4 A 3 N 1
40
Product Family Board Modifications
SPA = Active Front End 1 = Standard boards 40
2 = Varnished boards
Current Rating 40
480V 575V Brake Chopper Options
205 = 205A 125 = 125A N = No brake chopper circuit 40
385 = 385A 325 = 325A
H10 = 1150A 920 = 920A
EMC Level 40
3 = IT network
Software Series 40
A = Standard
Keypad
A = Alphanumeric 40
Enclosure Rating Voltage Rating
0 = Chassis 4 = 480V 40
5 = 575V
40
40
40

Non-Regenerative Front End

40
SPN 510 A 0 – 4 A 3 N 1
40
40 Product Family Board Modifications
SPN = Non-regenerative 1 = Standard boards
40 SPN = front end 2 = Varnished boards
40 Current Rating Brake Chopper Options

480V/575V
40 510 = 510A
EMC Level
40 Software Series 3 = IT network
A = Standard
40 Keypad
A = Alphanumeric
40 Enclosure Rating
0 = Chassis
Voltage Rating
4 = 480V
40 5 = 575V
40
SPI9000 Inverter Unit
40
40 SPI 016 A 1 – 4 A 3 N 1
40 Product Family Board Modifications
SPI = Inverter unit 1 = Standard boards
40 2 = Varnished boards
40 Current Rating
480V (FR4–FR8) 575V (FR6–FR8) Brake Chopper Options
40 003 = 3.3A
007 = 7.6A
031 = 31A
038 = 38A
003 = 3.2A
004 = 4.5A
022 = 22A
027 = 27A
009 = 9A 061 = 61A 005 = 5.5A 034 = 34A

40 012 = 12A 071 = 72A 007 = 7.5A 041 = 41A EMC Level
016 = 16A 087 = 87A 010 = 10A 052 = 52A 3 = IT network
023 = 23A 105 = 105A 013 = 13.5A 062 = 62A
40 018 = 18A 080 = 80A
480V (FI9–FI13) 575V (FI9–FI14) Keypad
40 140 = 140A 730 = 730A 100 = 100A 502 = 502A A = Alphanumeric
170 = 170A 820 = 820A 125 = 125A 590 = 590A
40 205 = 205A
245 = 245A
920 = 920A
H10 = 1030A
144 = 144A
170 = 170A
650 = 650A
820 = 820A Voltage Rating
300 = 300A H11 = 1150A 208 = 207A 920 = 920A 4 = 480V
40 385 = 385A
460 = 460A
H13 = 1300A
H16 = 1600A
261 = 261A
325 = 325A
H10 = 1030A
H13 = 1300A
5 = 575V
520 = 520A H19 = 1940A 385 = 385A H15 = 1500A Enclosure Rating
40 590 = 590A H23 = 2300A 460 = 460A H19 = 1900A 1 = NEMA Type 1/IP21
650 = 650A 0 = Chassis
40
Software Series
40 A = Standard
40
40
40
40
40

40.9
Product Selection
40
SPA9000 Active Front End 480V
Common DC Bus Drive
Products Low Overload (AC Current) High Overload (AC Current) Imax
40
Frame IL-cont (A) I1min (A) IH-cont (A) I1min (A) I2s (A) Catalog Number 40
FI9 261 287 205 308 349 SPA205A0-4A3N1
FI10 460 506 385 578 693 SPA385A0-4A3N1 40
FI13 1300 1430 1150 1725 2070 SPAH11A0-4A3N1
40
SPN9000 Non-Regenerative Front End 480V 40
Low Overload (AC Current) High Overload (AC Current) Imax
40
Frame IL-cont (A) I1min (A) IH-cont (A) I1min (A) I2s (A) Catalog Number
FI9 520 572 460 690 828 SPN460A0-4A3N1 40
40
SPI9000 Inverter Unit 480V
Low Overload (AC Current) High Overload (AC Current) Imax 40
40
FR4 4.3 4.7 3.3 5 6.2 SPI003A1-4A3N1
9 9.9 7.6 11.4 14 SPI007A1-4A3N1 40
12 13.2 9 13.5 18 SPI009A1-4A3N1
FR6 16 17.6 12 18 24 SPI012A1-4A3N1 40
23 25.3 16 24 32 SPI016A1-4A3N1
31 34 23 35 46 SPI023A1-4A3N1
40
38 42 31 47 62 SPI031A1-4A3N1
40
46 51 38 57 76 SPI038A1-4A3N1
FR7 72 79 61 92 122 SPI061A1-4A3N1 40
87 96 72 108 144 SPI072A1-4A3N1
105 116 87 131 174 SPI087A1-4A3N1 40
FR8 140 154 105 158 210 SPI105A0-4A3N1
FI9 170 187 140 210 280 SPI140A0-4A3N1
40
205 226 170 255 336 SPI170A0-4A3N1 40
261 287 205 308 349 SPI205A0-4A3N1
300 330 245 379 444 SPI245A0-4A3N1 40
FI10 385 424 300 450 540 SPI300A0-4A3N1
460 506 385 578 693 SPI385A0-4A3N1
40
520 572 460 690 828 SPI460A0-4A3N1
40
FI12 590 649 520 780 936 SPI520A0-4A3N1
650 715 590 885 1062 SPI590A0-4A3N1 40
730 803 650 975 1170 SPI650A0-4A3N1
820 902 730 1095 1314 SPI730A0-4A3N1 40
920 1012 820 1230 1476 SPI820A0-4A3N1
1030 1133 920 1380 1656 SPI920A0-4A3N1
40
FI13 1150 1265 1030 1545 1854 SPIH10A0-4A3N1
40
1300 1430 1150 1720 2070 SPIH11A0-4A3N1
1450 1595 1300 1950 2340 SPIH13A0-4A3N1 40
FI14 1770 1947 1600 2400 2880 SPIH16A0-4A3N1
2150 2365 1940 2910 3492 SPIH19A0-4A3N1 40
Note
For filter and line reactor information, see Page 245.
40
40

Common DC Bus Drive SPA9000 Active Front End 575V

40 Products Low Overload (AC Current) High Overload (AC Current) Imax
40 Frame IL-cont (A) I1min (A) IH-cont (A) I1min (A) I2s (A) Catalog Number
FI9 144 158 125 188 213 SPA125A0-5A3N1
40 FI10 385 424 325 488 585 SPA325A0-5A3N1
FI13 1030 1133 920 1380 1656 SPA920A0-5A3N1
40
40 SPN9000 Non-Regenerative Front End 575V
Low Overload (AC Current) High Overload (AC Current) Imax
40 Frame IL-cont (A) I1min (A) IH-cont (A) I1min (A) I2s (A) Catalog Number
40 FI9 600 660 510 732 888 SPN510A0-5A3N1
40
SPI9000 Inverter Unit 575V
40 Low Overload (AC Current) High Overload (AC Current) Imax
40 FR6 4.5 5 3.2 5 6.4 SPI003A1-5A3N1
40 5.5 6 4.5 7 9 SPI004A1-5A3N1

7.5 8 5.5 8 11 SPI005A1-5A3N1
40 10 11 7.5 11 15 SPI007A1-5A3N1
13.5 15 10 15 20 SPI010A1-5A3N1
40 18 20 13.5 20 27 SPI013A1-5A3N1
22 24 18 27 36 SPI018A1-5A3N1
40
27 30 22 33 44 SPI022A1-5A3N1
40 34 37 27 41 54 SPI027A1-5A3N1
FR7 41 45 34 51 68 SPI034A1-5A3N1
40 52 57 41 62 82 SPI041A1-5A3N1
FR8 62 68 52 78 104 SPI052A0-5A3N1
40 80 88 62 93 124 SPI062A0-5A3N1
40 100 110 80 120 160 SPI080A0-5A3N1

FI9 125 138 100 150 200 SPI100A0-5A3N1
40 144 158 125 188 213 SPI125A0-5A3N1
170 187 144 216 245 SPI144A0-5A3N1
40 208 229 170 255 289 SPI170A0-5A3N1
FI10 261 287 208 312 375 SPI208A0-5A3N1
40 325 358 261 392 470 SPI261A0-5A3N1
40 385 424 325 488 585 SPI325A0-5A3N1

FI12 460 506 385 578 693 SPI385A0-5A3N1
40 502 552 460 690 828 SPI460A0-5A3N1
590 649 502 753 904 SPI502A0-5A3N1
40 650 715 590 885 1062 SPI590A0-5A3N1
750 825 650 975 1170 SPI650A0-5A3N1
40
FI13 920 1012 820 1230 1476 SPI820A0-5A3N1
40 1030 1133 920 1380 1656 SPI920A0-5A3N1

1180 1298 1030 1464 1755 SPIH10A0-5A3N1
40 FI14 1500 1650 1300 1950 2340 SPIH13A0-5A3N1
1900 2090 1500 2250 2700 SPIH15A0-5A3N1
40 2250 2475 1900 2782 3335 SPIH19A0-5A3N1
40 Note
For filter and line reactor information, see Page 245.
40

40.9
LCL Filters Line Reactor
40
Line Reactor for
LCL Filters for Active Front End (480V) Non-Regenerative
Amps Catalog Number Amps Catalog Number Front End (480/575VV)
40
10 REG 10 5 0 270 REG 270 5 0
Amps
Watts
Losses
Catalog
Number 40
18 REG 18 5 0 410 REG 410 5 0
32 REG 32 5 0 580 REG 580 5 0
600 493 CHK600
40
48 REG 48 5 0 840 REG 840 5 0
75 REG 75 5 0 1160 REG 1160 5 0
40
110 REG 110 5 0 1480 REG 1480 5 0
40
180 REG 180 5 0
40
LCL Filters for Active Front End (690V)

40
Amps Catalog Number Amps Catalog Number 40
14 REG 14 6 0 287 REG 287 6 0
23 REG 23 6 0 390 REG 390 6 0 40
35 REG 35 6 0 460 REG 460 6 0
52 REG 52 6 0 620 REG 620 6 0
40
85 REG 85 6 0 780 REG 780 6 0
40
122 REG 122 6 0 920 REG 920 6 0
185 REG 185 6 0 1180 REG 1180 6 0 40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40

Options
40
40 The 9000X Series drives can accommodate a wide selection of expander and adapter option boards to
customize the drive for your application needs. The drive’s control unit is designed to accept a total of
40 five option boards.
Option Board Kits
40 Option Boards
Field Factory
D E 2 RO (NC-NO) B OPTA2 — ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
40 A B C
2 RO, therm B OPTA3 A3 — ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
40 Encoder low volt +5V/15V24V C OPTA4 A4 — ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Encoder high volt +15V/24V C OPTA5 A5 — ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

40 Double encoder C OPTA7 A7 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
6 DI, 1 DO, 2 AI, 1 AO A OPTA8 A8 — ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

40 3 DI (encoder 10–24V), out +15V/+24V, C OPTAE AE ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
2 DO (pulse+direction)
40 6 DI, 1 ext +24 Vdc/EXT +24 Vdc B, C, D, E OPTB1 B1 — — — — — ■ ■

40 1 AI (mA isolated), 2 AO (mA isolated), B, C, D, E OPTB4 B4 — ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
40 3 RO (NO) B, C, D, E OPTB5 B5 — — — — — ■ ■

40 1 RO (NO), 5 DI 42–240 Vac input B, C, D, E OPTB9 B9 — — — — — ■ ■
SPI, absolute encoder C OPTBB BB — — — — — — —

Modbus D, E OPTC2 C2 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
40 Johnson Controls N2 D, E OPTC2 CA — — — — — — —
40 Modbus TCP
BACnet
D, E
D, E
OPTCI
OPTCJ
CI
CJ
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
40 Ethernet IP D, E OPTCK CK ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
40 CanOpen (slave) D, E OPTC6 C6 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
40 Modbus (D9 type connector) D, E OPTC8 C8 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Adapter D, E OPTD1 D1 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
40 Adapter D, E OPTD2 D2 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

40 Keypad
9000X Series local/remote keypad — KEYPAD- — — — — — — — ■
40 (replacement keypad) LOC/REM
9000X Series remote mount keypad unit — OPTRMT- — — — — — — — —
40 (keypad not included, includes 10 ft cable, KIT-9000X
keypad holder, mounting hardware)
40 9000X Series RS-232 cable, 13 ft — PP00104 — — — — — — — —
Notes
40 AI = Analog Input; AO = Analog Output, DI = Digital Input, DO = Digital Output, RO = Relay Output
40 OPTC2 is a multi-protocol option card.

40.9
40
SPA9000/SPN9000/SPI9000
40
Supply Connection 40
Input voltage Uin (AC) front end modules 380–500 Vac/525–690 Vac –10% to 10%
Input voltage Uin (DC) inverter 465–800 Vdc/640–1100 Vdc –0% to 0%, the waviness of the inverter supply voltage, 40
formed in rectification of the electric network’s alternating voltage in basic frequency,
must be less than 50V peak-to-peak
40
Output voltage Uout (AC) inverter 3 ~ 0–Uin/1.4
Output voltage Uout (DC) active front end module 10.10 x 1.35 x Uin (factory default) 40
Output voltage Uout (DC) non-regenerative front end module 1.35 x Uin
Ambient Conditions 40
Ambient operating temperature 14 (no frost) to 122°F (–10 to 50°C): IH
14 (no frost) to 104°F (–10 to 40°C): IL 40
Storage temperature –40 to 158°F (–40 to 70°C)
Relative humidity 0 to 95% RH, non-condensing, non-corrosive, no dripping water
40
Air quality
Chemical vapors IEC 721-3-3, unit in operation, class 3C2
40
Mechanical particles IEC 721-3-3, unit in operation, class 3S2 40
Altitude 100% load capacity (no derating) up to 1000m
1% derating for each 100m above 1000m; max. 3000m
40
Vibration 5–150 Hz
EN50178/EN60068-2-6 Displacement amplitude 0.25 mm (peak) at 3–15.8 Hz
Max acceleration amplitude 1G at 15.8–150 Hz
40
Shock
EN50178, EN60068-2-27
UPS Drop Test (for applicable UPS weights)
Storage and shipping: max 15G, 11 ms (in package)
40
Cooling capacity required Approximately 2% 40
Cooling air required FR4 41 cfm, FR6 250 cfm, FR7 250 cfm, FR8 383 cfm
FI9 677 cfm, FI10 824 cfm, FI12 1648 cfm, FI13 2472 cfm
40
Unit enclosure class FR4–FR7 NEMA Type 1/IP21; FR8, FI9–FI14 chassis (IP00)
EMC (at fault settings) 40
Immunity Fulfill all EMC immunity requirements
Safety 40
Approvals CE, UL, cUL, EN 61800-5-1 (2003), see unit nameplate for more detailed approvals
Control Connections
40
Analog input voltage 0–10V, Ri = 200 kohms, (–10V to 10V joystick control)
Resolution 0.1%, accuracy ±1%
40
Analog input current 0(4)–20 mA, Ri = 250 ohms differential
40
Digital inputs 6, positive or negative logic; 18–30 Vdc
Auxiliary voltage +24V, ±15%, max. 250 mA 40
Output reference voltage +10V, +3%, max. load 10 mA
Analog output 0(4)–20 mA; RL max. 500 ohms; resolution 10 bits 40
Accuracy ±2%
Digital outputs Open collector output, 50 mA/48V 40
Relay outputs 2 programmable change-over relay outputs
Switching capacity: 24 Vdc/8A, 250 Vac/8A, 125 Vdc/0.4A 40
Min. switching load: 5V/10 mA
40
40
40
40
40

SPA9000/SPN9000/SPI9000, continued
40 Description Specification
40 Protections
Overvoltage protection 480V/911 Vdc, 575V/1200 Vdc
40 Undervoltage protection 480V/333 Vdc, 575V/460 Vdc
Ground fault protection In case of ground fault in motor or motor cable, only the inverter is protected
40 Motor phase supervision Trips if any of the output phases is missing
Overcurrent protection Yes
40 Unit overtemperature protection Yes
40 Motor overload protection Yes

40 Motor underload protection Yes
Short circuit protection of 24V and 10V reference voltages Yes
40
40 Input Fuses
SHT fuses can be assembled into same-size DIN fuse base.
40
SPA9000/SPN9000/SPI9000
40 Module
Component Frame Bussman Fuse Type (aR) Size UN (V) IN (A) Qty.
40 Inverter Units
SPI003A1-4 FR4 170M1560 0 690 20 2
40 SPI007A1-4 FR4 170M1562 0 690 63 2
40 SPI009A1-4 FR4 170M1562 0 690 63 2

SPI012A1-4 FR6 170M1565 0 690 63 2
40 SPI016A1-4 FR6 170M1565 0 690 63 2
SPI023A1-4 FR6 170M1565 0 690 63 2
40 SPI031A1-4 FR6 170M1567 0 690 100 2
SPI038A1-4 FR6 170M1567 0 690 100 2
40 SPI061A1-4 FR7 170M1570 0 690 200 2
40 SPI072A1-4 FR7 170M1570 0 690 200 2

SPI087A1-4 FR7 170M1571 0 690 250 2
40 SPI105A0-4 FR8 170M3819 DIN1 690 400 2
SPI140A0-4 FR8 170M3819 DIN1 690 400 2
40 SPI170A0-4 FR8 170M3819 DIN1 690 400 2
SPI205A0-4 FI9 170M6812 DIN3 690 800 2
40 SPI245A0-4 FI9 170M6812 DIN3 690 800 2
40 SPI300A0-4 FI10 170M8547 3SHT 690 1250 2

SPI385A0-4 FI10 170M8547 3SHT 690 1250 2
40 SPI460A0-4 FI10 170M8547 3SHT 690 1250 2
SPI520A0-4 FI12 170M8547 3SHT 690 1250 2x2
40 SPI590A0-4 FI12 170M8547 3SHT 690 1250 2x2
40 SPI650A0-4 FI12 170M8547 3SHT 690 1250 2x2

SPI730A0-4 FI12 170M8547 3SHT 690 1250 2x2
40 SPI820A0-4 FI12 170M8547 3SHT 690 1250 2x2

SPI920A0-4 FI12 170M8547 3SHT 690 1250 2x2
40 SPIH10A0-4 FI13 170M8547 3SHT 690 1250 6
SPIH11A0-4 FI13 170M8547 3SHT 690 1250 6
40 SPIH13A0-4 FI13 170M8547 3SHT 690 1250 6
40 SPIH16A0-4 FI14 170M8547 3SHT 690 1250 2x6

SPIH19A0-4 FI14 170M8547 3SHT 690 1250 2x6
40 SPIH23A0-4 FI14 170M8547 3SHT 690 1250 2x6

40.9
SHT fuses can be assembled into same-size DIN fuse base.
40
SPA9000/SPN9000/SPI9000, continued
Module 40
Component Frame Bussman Fuse Type (aR) Size UN (V) IN (A) Qty.
Active Front Ends 40
SPA205A0-4 FI9 170M6202 3SHT 1250 500 3
SPA385A0-4 FI10 170M6277 3SHT 1250 1000 3 40
SPAH10A0-4 FI13 170M6277 3SHT 1250 1000 3x3
Non-Regenerative Front Ends
40
SPN468A0-4 FI9 170M8547 3SHT 690 1250 3 40
40
Wiring Diagrams
SPA9000— SPN9000—Non- SPI9000—Inverter Unit SPI9000—Inverter Unit 40
Active Front End Regenerative Front End (FR4–FR8) (FI9–FI14)
380 – 500V AC 380 – 500V AC 425 – 800V DC 425 – 800V DC
40
L1 L1 DC+ DC+
L2
L3
L2
L3
DC- DC-
40
AFE -F1 NFE
INU DC+ DC- INU DC+ DC- 40
-F1 -F1
-F1
-F4
40
-K4
-L1.1
-K5
40
-V4
-L1.2 40
-L1
-U1
-R4
-U1
40
40
PE U V W PE U V W
40
-F2 -F2
40
425 – 600V DC 425 – 800V DC M M
DC+ DC+
DC- DC- 40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40

Dimensions
40 SPA9000/SPN9000/SPI9000
Weight
40 Frame Height Width Depth Lbs (kg)
Active Front Ends
40 FI9 40.6 (1030) 9.4 (239) 14.6 (372) 148 (67)
FI10 40.6 (1032) 9.4 (239) 21.7 (552) 220 (100)
40 FI12 40.6 (1032) 2 x 9.4 (2 x 239) 21.7 (552) 441 (200)
40 FI13 40.6 (1032) 27.9 (708) 21.8 (553) 674 (306)

FI14 40.6 (1032) 2 x 27.9 (2 x 708) 21.8 (553) 1348 (612)
40 Non-Regenerative Front Ends
FI9 40.6 (1030) 9.4 (239) 14.6 (372) 148 (67)
40 Inverter Units
40 FR4 11.5 (292) 5.0 (128) 7.5 (190) 11 (5)

FR6 20.4 (519) 7.7 (195) 9.3 (237) 35 (16)
40 FR7 23.3 (591) 9.3 (237) 10.1 (257) 64 (29)
FR8 29.8 (758) 11.4 (289) 13.5 (344) 106 (48)
40 FI9 40.6 (1030) 9.4 (239) 14.6 (372) 148 (67)
FI10 40.6 (1032) 9.4 (239) 21.7 (552) 220 (100)
40 FI12 40.6 (1032) 2 x 9.4 (2 x 239) 21.7 (552) 441 (200)
40 FI13 40.6 (1032) 27.9 (708) 21.8 (553) 674 (306)

FI14 40.6 (1032) 2 x 27.9 (2 x 708) 21.8 (553) 1348 (612)
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40

Eaton Cutler-Hammer-Adjustable Frequency Drives

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Eaton Cutler-Hammer-Adjustable Frequency Drives

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Adjustable Frequency Drives

M-Max 40.1 NFX9000 Drives

Control Products Catalog CA08102001E—October 2010 www.eaton.com 1

NFX9000 Drives Contents

2 Control Products Catalog CA08102001E—October 2010 www.eaton.com

Control Products Catalog CA08102001E—October 2010 www.eaton.com 3

Technical Data and Speciﬁcations

40 NFX9000 Drives Keypad

40 Motor Performance Description Speciﬁcation

40 Computerized testing Standard

40 optical external braking resistor.

4 Control Products Catalog CA08102001E—October 2010 www.eaton.com

Multi-Function Assistant Terminal

Multi-Function Input Selection 1

Digital Input Selection 2

Digital Input Selection 3

Control Products Catalog CA08102001E—October 2010 www.eaton.com 5

Basic Wiring Diagram

NFXF50A0-1, NFXF25A0-2, NFXF50A0-2 or NFX001A0-2.

6 Control Products Catalog CA08102001E—October 2010 www.eaton.com

Control Products Catalog CA08102001E—October 2010 www.eaton.com 7

M-Max Series Drives for Machinery Applications Contents

delivers energy savings to

8 Control Products Catalog CA08102001E—October 2010 www.eaton.com

2 575V three-phase out 2.7 3.6 MMX35AA2D7N0-0 40

Control Products Catalog CA08102001E—October 2010 www.eaton.com 9

40 Communication adapter kit MMX-NET-XA

40 3% Line Reactor, Single-Phase

40 3% Line Reactor, Three-Phase

40 3 hp, 480V K64-000989-4091

40 2 hp, 575V K64-000989-8091

10 Control Products Catalog CA08102001E—October 2010 www.eaton.com

Control Products Catalog CA08102001E—October 2010 www.eaton.com 11

40 7 GND I/O signal ground — —

40 10 DI3 Digital input 3 Preset speed P) —

A A RS-485 signal A FB communication —

40 13 GND I/O signal ground — —

12 Control Products Catalog CA08102001E—October 2010 www.eaton.com

Control Products Catalog CA08102001E—October 2010 www.eaton.com 13

SVX9000 Drives Contents

14 Control Products Catalog CA08102001E—October 2010 www.eaton.com

Control Products Catalog CA08102001E—October 2010 www.eaton.com 15

16 Control Products Catalog CA08102001E—October 2010 www.eaton.com

Control Products Catalog CA08102001E—October 2010 www.eaton.com 17

Standards and Certiﬁcations

18 Control Products Catalog CA08102001E—October 2010 www.eaton.com

Control Products Catalog CA08102001E—October 2010 www.eaton.com 19

480V SVX9000 Drives

40 3 5.6 5 7.6 SVX003A1-4A1B1

40 FR8 W 75 105 100 140 SVX075A1-4A1N1

40 1-1/2 3.3 2 4.3 SVXF15A2-4A1B1

40 FR8 W 75 105 100 140 SVX075A2-4A1N1

20 Control Products Catalog CA08102001E—October 2010 www.eaton.com

Control Products Catalog CA08102001E—October 2010 www.eaton.com 21

SVX9000 Open Drives 525–690V, NEMA Type 12/IP54 Drives

40 3 4.5 — 5.5 SVX003A2-5A4N1

40 125 125 150 144 SVX125A2-5A4N1

40 FR11 FP 400 385 450 460 SPX400A0-5A2N1

40 900 920 1000 1030 SPX900A0-5A2N1

22 Control Products Catalog CA08102001E—October 2010 www.eaton.com

Flange Kit NEMA Type 12/ Flange Kit NEMA Type

Control Products Catalog CA08102001E—October 2010 www.eaton.com 23

40 Encoder low volt +5V/15V/24V—SPX only C OPTA4 A4 — ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

Encoder high volt +15V/24V—SPX only C OPTA5 A5 — ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

CanOpen (slave) D, E OPTC6 C6 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

40 SPX9000 drives only (FR10 and larger).

40 Rectifying board not included.